Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutB08-0010 Project Manual Volume I (pgs 1-260)• a Landmark 610 West Lionshead Circle Vail, Colorado 81657 Project Manual Vol. I Building Permit Number B08 -0010 SAFEbuiltinc. n • 0 CONDOMINIUMS VAIL, COLORADO PROJECT MANUAL INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION BIDDING REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICATION E PSTE I N ARCHITECTS ENGINEERS PLANNERS 600 WEST FULTON STREET CHICACO IL 60661 TEL 312 ASA 9100 FAX 312 559 1217 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 00001 LANDMARK 1 • 0 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. DOCUMENT 00010 l LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS CONTENTS Following listed documents and sections comprise the Project Manual for the Work. Where numerical sequence of documents and sections is interrupted, such interruptions are intentional Project Manual for the Work shall not be separated for any reason.: Owner and Architect : disclaim responsibility for any interpretation, assumption or action made because of not receiving a complete Project Manual DOCUMENT /SECTION DATE PAGES INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 0006C - COVER PAGE - - - - - - - 1 00001 - TITLEPAGE - - - - - -= 1 00010 - CONTENTS 18JAN08 7 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 00300 - AVAILABLE INFORMATION 1'8JAN08 2 0057 SU $-STIT4JX REQUEST. 18JAN, 08 2 -- 00710 - GENEW ONPITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONST. 01SEP9. 44 00810 - SUPPLEM €NTA.RY CONDITIONS 1 8JAIxl08 24 SPECIFICATION DIVISION 1-�.: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011.10 SUMMA r, WORK 18JA 8 8 0123Q ALTER _ 1,7 1 : 4 01270- MOQIFIC I&N 1'8JAh10$ 2` 01312, COORDINATION 1'8JAI8 6, 013'16 COORDINATION, DRAWINGS 18JAN08` 6 0131;8' MEETING; 1.8JANQB. 4 01325 PROCRES , SC 4EDULES 18JA1 8.= 4 01330 SUBMIT�;PROCEDURES 18JAN8 9 01352: EXISTINCx ufILIT�f PROCEDURES 1;8JAN8 2 01'56 - ALTERATI,QN;PROCEDURES 1;8JAN08 12" 01410 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 18JAN08 3 01415'- PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS M)A , N 8 9 014,52 CONTRAC B O O R QUALITY CONTROL 18JAN08 2 01455 QUALITY tROL SERVICES 18JAh10.8 fi 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 18JAN08 14 01630 - PRODUCT` SUBSTITUTIONS 18JAN08 3 01724 - FIELD ENGINEERING 18JAN08 5 AES1 27210 01 OCT07 CONTENTS 00010 -1 150CT07 (Al) 220CT07 (A2) 18JAN08 O 4 DOCUMENT /SECTION DATE PAGES 01732 - CUTTING AND PATCHING 18JAN08 9 01740 - CLEANING 18JAN08 3 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 18JAN08 4 01783 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 18JAN08 6 01785 - WARRANTIES 18JAN08 4 01787 - RECORD DOCUMENTS 18JAN08 2 01789 - MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS 18JAN08 2 01810 - COMMISSIONING 18JAN08 2 DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02260 - EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 18JAN08 2 02261 - PERMANENT WALL TIEBACKS 18JAN08 9 02265 - ENGINEERED MICROPILES 18JAN08 8 02300 - EARTHWORK 18JAN08 4 02302 - SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 18JAN08 15 02370 - EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 18JAN08 3 02510 -WATER DISTRIBUTION 18JAN08 13 02530 - SANITARY SEWERAGE 18JAN08 12 02580 - ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION 18JAN08 5 02620 - SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEM 18JAN08 2 02630 - STORM DRAINAGE 18JAN08 8 02720 - UNBOUND BASE COURSE 18JAN08 2 02740 - FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT 18JAN08 6 02750 - RIGID PAVEMENT 18JAN08 5 02751 - CONCRETE PAVING JOINTS 18JAN08 4 02752 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 18JAN08 3 02760 - PAVEMENT MARKING 18JAN08 2 02810 - PERFORMANCE SPEC UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION SYSTEM 18JAN08 10 02920 - SOIL PREPARATION 18JAN08 2 02950 - PLANTINGS 18JAN08 6 02960 - SODDING 18JAN08 3 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 18JAN08 45 03371 - SHOTCRETE 18JAN08 9 03410 - STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 18JAN08 19 03530 - CONCRETE TOPPING 18JAN08 4 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 18JAN08 18 04865 - STONE VENER ASSEMBLIES 18JAN08 10 AESI 27210 CONTENTS 00010 -2 01 OCT07 15OCT07 (Al) 220CT07 (A2) 18JAN08 • !I 0 DOCUMENT /SECTION DATE PAGES DIVISION 5 - METALS 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL 05311 - STEEL FORM DECK 05312 - STEEL COMPOSITE DECK 05313 - STEEL ROOF DECK 05400 - COLD- FORMED STRUCTURAL FRAMING 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS 05700 - ORNAMENTAL;METAL 05810 - EXPANSION JOINT ASSEMBLIES 18JAN08 16 18JANQ8 7 18JAN08 7 18JAN08 8 18JAN08 10 18JAN08 29 18JAN08 8 18JAN08 5 DIVISION <6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 - ROUGH C. R,. ENTRY 18JAN08 14 00180-GLUED-1 AMIN/TED CONSTRUCTION 18JANU8 , 5 0,6400 - ARCHITECT. RAL WOODWORK -13 06415 - STONE UNTERTOPS 1 WAWA 7 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07413 - BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 1 18JAN08 6 6 Q71:40 RUBBER ED 4sPHALT FLUID WATERPROOFING < <18J�4N08 1 11 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 1 18JAN08 1 13 07312 ASP HAL T SHINGLE ROOFING 1 18JAN08 5 5 07412 PREFORMED METAL PANEL ROOFING 1 14 07650 MODIEIE10t8ITUMEN ROOFING 1 18. ANw- 2 20 0620 FLASHIN� TRIM, v v 18J1R18 1 12 07721 PRE.FAS ICATED R00.F CURBS 9 9 SPRAYED=FIREPROOFING 1 18JANU8 1 12 07846 FIRE�TOPPING.," M MI 08 "" 1 12 07920 JOINT, SI= ALANTS - t t8JA0 1 19 NV AN Ll AESI 27210 01 OCT07 15OCT07 (Al) 220CT07 (A2) 18JAN08 _,AMED STOREFRONT 18JAN08 .. 21 IvLWINDOWS 18JAN08 22 ,RDWARE 18JANU8 . 40 18JAN00 18 IRRORS 18JAN08 6 R WALL MOCKUP AND TESTING 18JAN08 10 CONTENTS 00010 -3 CONTENTS 00010 -3 L1 E DOCUMENT /SECTION DATE PAGES K DIVISION 23 - MECHANICAL 230500 - Common Work Results for HVAC (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 8 230513 - Common Motor Requirements for HVAC (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 3 230516 — Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 5 230519 — Meters and Gages for HVAC (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 6 230523 — GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 9 230529 — HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 9 230548 — VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR HVAC PIPING (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 4 230553 — IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 4 230593 — TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 9 230700 — HVAC INSULATION (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 23 230800 — COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural E ng i neer i ng Consultants, consultant to Owner) 22-, 5 230900 — INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 10 230993 — SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 1 231123 — NATURAL GAS PIPING (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 5 232113 — HYDRONIC PIPING (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 12 232123 — HYDRONIC PUMPS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 3 232300 — REFRIGERANT PIPING (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 9 232500 — HVAC WATER TREATMENT (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 5 233113 — METAL DUCTS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 5 233300 — DUCT ACCESSORIES (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 11 233423 — POWER VENTILATORS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 5 233713 — GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 2 235100 — BREECHING CHIMNEYS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by AESI 27210 CONTENTS 00010 -6 01 OCT07 150CT07 (Al) 220CT07 (A2) 18JAN08 11 1 s DOCUMENT /SECTION DATE PAGES Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 235216 — BOILERS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 235700 — HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 236313 — AIR COOLED REFRIGERANT CONDENSERS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 238113 —HEAT PUMPS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 238239 — UNIT HEATERS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 238316 — RADIANT FLOOR AND SNOW MELT PIPING (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 220CT07 DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL o> 260500 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 260526 - GROUNDING (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 260529 - SUPPORTING DEVICES (AEC 27815 - Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 260533 - RACEWAYS,, BOXES AND CABINETS (AEC 27815 - Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 260553 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION (AEC 27815 - Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 260923 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES (AEC 27815 Prepared by Architectural. Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 262413 - SWITCHBQARDS (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural °Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 262416 - PANELBOARDS;:(AEC 27815— Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 262726 - WIRING ( DEVICE AEC 27815 Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 263213 - EMERGENCY GENERATOR (AEC 27815 - Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 265100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) 265600 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING (AEC 27815 — Prepared by Architectural Engineering Consultants, consultant to Owner) END OF DOCUMENT 220CT07 220CT07 220CT07 220CT07 220CT07 220CT07 220CT07 220CT07 220CT07 220CT07 220CT07 220CT07 6 2 3 3 3 3 5 4 5 5 3 5 4 4 5 10 5 6 AESI 27210 CONTENTS 00010 -7 01 OCT07 150CT07 (Al) 1 220CT07 (A2) 18JAN08 E E Lionshead Circle Vail Colorado: prepared for Michael Gardner, Alter Construction Group, 5500 West Howard Street, Skokie, IL 60077; prepared by Koechlein Consulting Engineers, Inc., Job No. 07 -125, dated December 3, 2007; prepared by Jessica E. Street, E.I., Staff Engineer and reviewed by Scott B. Meyers, P.E. Senior Engineer, Koechlein Consulting Engineers. 1.04 SURVEY DOCUMENTS A. General: Land, property, topographical and utility surveys of project site were conducted, results which are to be found in survey documents described in this Article. B. Property Survey: Plat of Survey and Topographical Survey; prepared by Peak Land Surveying Inc, 1637 1000 Lion's Ridge Loop, Vail Colorado 81657; telephone (970) 476 -8644; Survey Number 1484 -1; Brent Briggs, Colorado Licensed Professional Land Surveyor No. 27598. Survey includes, but is not limited to, following: 1. Plat of Survey: a. ALTA/ASCM Plot Plan Location Key and Legal Description, Sheet 1 of 3, dated 07/25/07. b. Grading and Utility Plan, Sheet 2 of 3, dated 07/25/07. c. Building detail Plan, Sheet 3 of 3, dated 07/25/07. 1.05 EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. Existing Building Documents - Original Buildings: Landmark at Lion's Head, A Joseph L. Levin Properties Development; prepared by Dana Christopher Rickli, Architect, Denver Colorado; initially dated February 28, 1973; Revised August 3, 1973 Documents include, but are not limited to, following: 1. Drawings: 65 pages, numberd and titled as indicated on Cover sheet except for sheets A 21 and A 22 replaced with unnamed sheets and sheet S -11 missing. 1.06 RELATED PROJECT DOCUMENTS A. General: Information related to development and construction of other Project work which precedes, is concurrent with, overlaps or follows the Work of Contract may be found in project documents described in this Article. 1.07 SEPARATE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Development and construction of other Project work under separate contracts which precedes, is concurrent with, overlaps or follows the Work of Contract may be found in documents of separate contracts described in this Article. B. Landmark Phase One Lot Block One Vail Lionshead 3`" Filing; Partial tower Exterior Wall package, as prepared by Fritzlen Pierce Architects, dated 08/01/07 C. Commercial space renovations drawings END OF DOCUMENT AESI 27210 AVAILABLE INFORMATION 00300 -2 18JAN08 • A. EPSTEIN & SONS INTERNATIONAL LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS To: A. Eostein and Sons International. Inc. Substitution Request (SR): 600 West Fulton Street From: Ch =o. IL 60661 -1259 I It Attention: Date. Work Contract: Specification Section: Article/Paragraph: Drawing: Detail: Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer. Address: Telephone. Trade Name: Model: Installer: Address: Telephone: History. ❑ New Product ❑ 2 -5 years old ❑ 5-10 years old ❑ More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product or work: ❑ Point -by -point comparative data of proposed substitution with specified product or work attached -REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT Compliance of proposed substitution with performance requirements of Contract Documents: Life cycle cost or proposed substitution relative to specified product or work: P J DOCUMENT 00670 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST Reason for not providing specified product or work: Similar Installation: Project: _ Address: Proposed substitution affects other parts of the Work and Project: Architect: Owner: Date Installed: ❑ No ❑ Yes; explain Description of Changes to Contract Documents that proposed substitution will require for proper installation: AESI 27210 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST 00670 -1 18JAN08 Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: ❑ No ❑ Yes; Add/Deduct calendar days. Supporting Data Attached: ❑ Product Data ❑ Drawings ❑ Tests ❑ Reports ❑ Samples ❑ Contractor certifies: • Contractor has thoroughly evaluated proposed substitution and has determined proposed substitution will result in total Work which is equal to or better than the Work originally required by Contract Documents, in every respect of significance, except as otherwise specifically stated in Substitution Request Form, and that proposed substitution will perform adequately in application indicated, regardless of equality and exceptions thereto. Contractor waives rights to additional payment and time which may subsequently be necessitated, by failure of substitution to perform adequately, and for required work to make corrections thereof. • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. • Same warranty will be fumished for proposed substitution as for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. • Proposed substitution will not affect or delay progress of the Work. • Cost data is complete. Claims for additional costs and time related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived and for required work to make corrections thereof. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for evaluation review of proposed substitution, and for any changes to design of the Work and Project, and to Contract Documents caused by accepted substitution, including architectural and engineering services. • Payment will be made for other separate contractors, if any, and Owner for increased cost of other work caused by accepted substitution. • Coordination, installation and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. Submitted by. 0 Signature: Contractor: Address: Telephone: Attachments: ARCHITECT REVIEW AND ACTION • Substitution reviewed - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. • Substitution reviewed with comments - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. ❑ Substitution rejected - Use specified products. ❑ Substitution Request received too late - Use specified products. Reviewed by. Date: Additional Comments: ❑ Contractor ❑ Architect ❑ A AESI 27210 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST 00670 -2 18JAN08 • 1990DITI0 N AIA DOCUMENT General Conditions of the Contract for Construction TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. OWNER 3. CONTRACTOR . 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK 8. TIME 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT CAUTION: Yon should use an original AIA document with the AIA logo printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur ltdren da-tunents are reprodttced. Copyright 1912, 1915, 1915 1925. 1937, 1951 1958, 1961. 1963, 1966, 1967, 1920, 1976, 1987, ®1997 by The American institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. A201 -1997 This document has impor- tant legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 1 0" A i 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 E INDEX Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6, J.9.3, 12.3 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9-3,9-10.1, 9-10-3,12.3 Access to Work 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Accident Prevention 4.2.3,10 Acts and Omissions 3- 9.5-1, 10 - 2 .5, 1 3-4. 2 , 1 3.7, 1 4. 1 Addenda 1.1.1, 3. Additional Costs, Claims for 4-3-4,4-3-5, 4.3.6, 6.1.1, 10.3 Additional Inspections and Testing 9.8.3,12.2.1,13.5 Additional Time, Claims for 4-3-4,4.3.7,8.3.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.1-3.4,9.4.9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1. 1.1 Aesthetic Effect 4.2-13, 4.5.1 Allowances 3.8 All - risk Insurance 11.4.1.1 Applications for Payment 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,9 .3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5, 9-10, Approvals 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 3.12, 4.2.7, 9.3.2,13.4.2,13.5 Arbitration 4.3-3,4.4, 4-5. 8 .3- 1, 9.7. 1 , 11 .4.9, 1 1.4-10 Architect 4.1 Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.4, 3.12.7, 4.2, 4.3. 4.4, 5.2, 61.3, 7.1.2, 73. 7.41 9. 1 3-5- 1 , 1 3-5. 2 , 1 4. 2 . 2 , 1 4. 2 -4 «� Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility mo o. 0 2.1.1,3.3.3,3.12.4,3. 12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2, °o . 9 a c� 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.4, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.4 9.6.6 ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2 .4 ,11 .4 . Architect's Administration of the Contract 3- Architect's Approvals 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.5.1, 3.10.2, 4.2.7 x Architect's Authority to Reject \York 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 12.1.2,12.2.1 Architects Copyright 1.6 Architect's Decisions 4. 4. 4.4. 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, H.5.1, 9 .8.4,9.9.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 Architect's Inspections 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.4, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1,13.5 Architect's Instructions 3.2-3,3-3-1, 4. Architect's Interpretations 4. Architect's Project Representative 4.2.10 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2, 1.6, 3.1.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3,:3.3.1, 34 2, 3 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3 -16, 3.i8, 4.i.2, 4.1.3, 4?, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.7, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9. ?: yr3 ; :9.4 y,5,.'� -7r 9.8, 9.9,10.2.6,10.3,11.3,11.4.7. iz>:13.q 2, Architect's Relationship with.Subcontn(do►s 1 . 1 - 2, 4. 2 .3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6. 3 >:9.6.4� 11 --T Architect's Representations 9.4. Architect's Site Visits 4- 9.5A,.q..9.2,.9.)1q.1,. 13.5 Asbestos ►0.3.1 „. Attorneys' Fees 3. Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1, 6.1.2 Award of Subcontracts and:Other.Contracts. for Portions of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements Boiler and Machinery `Insurance 11.4.2 Bonds, Lien 9.10.2 Bonds, Perfonnauce :and;Payiiient 7.3.6.4, 9.6.71 9.10.3, 1.1..4.901.5 Building Permit 3.7.1 Capitalization 1.3 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8-3,9.8.4.9.8.5 Certificates for Payment 4-2-5,4.2.9,9-3.3,9.419.5,9.6.1, 9.6.6,, 9.74, 9. 0.). 9.10.3,13.7,14.1.1.3,14.2.4 %rARN1r4G: Unlicensed photocopying violates US. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. • • Certificates of Inspection, "Testing or Approval Conditions of the Contract l 13.5.4 1.).),1.1.7,6 .1.1,6.1.4 Certificates of Insurance Consent, Written 9.10.2,11 .).3 1 . 6, 34. 2 ,3 32 . 8 ,334-2, 4- Change Orders 9- 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.8.2.3, 3.1).1, 3.12.8 4.2.8, 4.3.4, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE 4.3.9, 5. 7. 7.2, 7.3 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3,11.4.1.2, CONTRACTORS 11.4-401-4.9,12-1.2 1.1.4, 6 Change Orders, Definition of Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.2.1 7.31 CHANGES IN THE WORK Construction Change Directives 3. 11-4.9 1 . 1 - 1 , 3. Claim, Definition of.:.; Construction Schedules, Contractor's 1 .4.1.2,3 .10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 Claims and Disputes 3 -3, 4 3, 4 4 ?4 =5, 4.A, 6.1.t, 6.3, 7.3.8, 9.3.3 ,910.4, .•;.:10.3.3 .. Cl aims ;`and :Timely Assertion of:Claims 4.6.5 C10ins: or Additional Cost 4,3.4, 4:3.8 +. 4.3.6 , Claims for Aslditionai;fiime '''' 3 2.3 8.3.2, 10.3.2 Claims foi::Conceale or.Unknown Coladiti6ns. 4.3:4;:; for?Danlages 3.2 3 3.18, 4.3 .10, 8:3.3, 9-53; > 10:3 u .):1, 114.5 C s Su*t to Arbitrai on 4 .4.1, 4.51, Clearing Up . } 13:15, G.3 .`.Comrilencementaf'Statutory ljmitation ftriod • 73.7 j... Commencement: .ffie. AAWk • .: , -on itions•Relating to. 5:2.3; :6:2:z, 8 .1:i, 8.2. .1014: .5. `: >:Comnlegceai}ent of�i�elNork ,llefiniti011.of:;:'.:' Co1»inuziicatlons Facilitating Contract``; Administration Colt pJeI on Conditions Relatin 16.1 3.11, 3.151 :4:2t 2; , .4-2- 9,8 .2 9:4:2, y.8, .9,9.1;9.)0,12.2,13:7; COMPLETION, PAYMENTS ANp 9 ;. Completion, Subiun- al,`.'. 9.10.4.2; 12.2, 1 3.7 Compliance with Laws :.,:.. : 3 -0 ,3.2.21. 6,.3 7, 3.12.)0, 3. 1 1;.4. 1 . 1 ,4 .4. 4 .6 .4, — 4.6 ,6;9.64,10.2 .1 II.); ,14.2 .1•3 - Concealed or nown Conditions ....% Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4,14.2.2.2 Continuing Contract Performance 4.3.3 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 5.4.1.1,11.4.9,14 Contract Administration 3. Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7-1,3.10,5.2,6.1, 1 1- 1 .3, 11.4.6,11.5.1 Contract Documents, The 1.1, 1.2 'Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 1 . 6,2 - 2 .5,5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Sum 3- 7-4,93,9-4.21 9.5.1.4,9.6.7, 9.72 10.3.2,11.4.1,14.2.4,14.3.2 Contract Sall, Definition of 9.1 Co»tra4r ;4.3.4,:4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2-1.3-7.3,7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2, 9.5.1,9.7,10.3.2,12.1.1,14.3.2 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 :CONTRACTOR Contractor, Definition of 3 .1, 6.1.2 Contractor's Construction Schedules 1 .4 - 1 . 2, 3 . 10 ,3. 12 . 1 ,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 Contractor's Employees 3.3. 11.1 .1, 11.4,7,14.1,14.2.1 .1, Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.1 w4RNiNG,; unlicensed photocopylllR violates`l).S. copvriAl laws and will subiect the violator to leeal prosecution. 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A2011997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 v C The American Institute Damage to the Work 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2,34.1-1.3,14.2-1.2,13..6 of Architects 3-14.2,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.6,11.4,)2.2.4 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 WARNING: Unlicensed ohotocoovina violates U.S. coovriaht laws and will sublect the violator to Ieval orosecution. _. Contractors Relationship with Separate Damages, Claims for Contractors and Owner's Forces 3.12.5,3.14 .2,4.2.4,6,11.4.7,12.1.2,12.2.4 3.2.3, 3-18,4-3-)o, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5. It. 1.1,11.4.5,11.4.704.1.3,14.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Damages for Delay 1.2.2,3..3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6-7,9.)0.2, 6.1.1, 8-3-3,9-5J.6,9-7,10-3.2 11.4.1.2,11.4.7,11.4.8 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 8.1.2 1.1.2,1.6, 3.1.3, 3.2.1, 3.2-2,3.2-3,3-3-1) 3-4-2,3.5-1, Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 3.7•3, 310, 3.11, 312, 3.16, 318, 4.1.2, 4-1-3,4.2, 4.3.4, 8.1.3 4-4-I.4-4-7,5-2,6.2.2,7,8..J.), 9. 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, ►0.2.6, 10.3,11.3, 11.4.7, 12,13.4.2,13.5 Day, Definition of Contractor's Representations 8.1.4 1.5.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.33, 9.8.2 Decisions of the Architect Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing 4.2.61, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4. 4.4.5, the Work 4.4.6, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6-7.3-8, 8.1.3, 8 .3• 1 , 9.2,9-4, 9.5. 33.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3 .8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1,10 9.8.419.9.1,13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Decisions to Withhold Certification:; 1-5.2,3-2,3-7-3 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.7,14.13.3 :....:.. 4 . Contractor's Right to Stop the \Arork Defective or Nonconforming Work;'cceptance ,*.`,- ` Rejection and Correction of ; .:.. 9 ' 7 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5. j.8,2, Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.9.3, 9. .. 4.3-10,14.1 Defective Wark, Definition o f:. * '. Contractor's Submittals 3.5.1 Sao, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3, Definitions 9.8.2,9.8.3, .9.1, 9.10,2,9.10.3,11.1.3,11.5.2 1.1 2.1.1 1 1, 12.1 , 3• , 3.5• 3• , 3 ,.3 .. 3, 4... 7> 4 3• , 5:. �..:....... Contractor's Superintendent 6.1.2, 7.2.11 7.3 - 7.3.6, 8 . 1 ..9 ;;'x:8.1_. 39,10s.6 Delays and Extensions of Tiiiie Contractor's Supervision and Construction 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.37,.?4..4.5:`5.2.3, j;2.1, 7:3.1,'7.4,1, Procedures 7. 5.1, 8.3, 9.5 -1, 9.7.1,10.:3.?, i0 -..1. 1._4..3:2, 1.2.2, 3-3,34, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3 6.2.4, Disputes 7 1. b 8.2 10 12 1 . 3, 7.3.4, 7.3• , , 4 4.1.4, 4.3, 4.41 4.5, 4.6, 6 .3,.:7.3 8 :. ` Contractual Liability Insurance Documents and Samples at the,Site 11.1.1.8, 11.2, 11.3 3.11 Coordination and Correlation Drawings, Definition of `. 1.2, 1.5.2, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Copies f=urnished of Drawings and Specifications Drawings and SpecificationsAl`s ai a.'O nership. `,`` 1.6, 2.2.5, 3. -f 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.2.5, 3.11, 5.3 Copyrights Effective Date of Insurance j. 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Correction of Work Emergencies g 2.3, 2.4, 3.7.4, 4.2.1, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12 . 2 , 1 3.7- 1 .3 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents Employees, C<ntractor's. 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.81, 3 9,3:1$.2, 4.2 .3 yo 2" 0 1.2 11.1.1,11.4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1 Cost, Definition of Equipment, labor, Materials and _._ 7.3.6 1-1-3, m.6, 3413 }$.3,.3.1 3.13, 3151, :. (j 1 Costs 4.2.6,4.2-7-5. 2.1, t 2> 9.3 3, 9.54.3�::::;.::_ 2.4, 3.2.3, 3.7.4, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 4.3, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 9.)0.2,10-2.1,10-2. 7.3.33, 7.3.6, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 9.10.2, 10-3.2,10.5,11.3, Execution and Progress of the 1!Vprk,, 16 C� 11.4,12.1,12.2.1,12.2-4,13.5,14 - _. ...:..:.. , :. 1 .1-3,1.2.),).2.2. 2.23, 2 .2.�, 37; 3.3,..3.4,31-5,31-7, Cutting and Patching 3-10,3-12,3-14' 4-2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.3, 6.2.2,'71.3, 7.3.4, ® 1997 A I A ® 6.2-5,3.14 8.2, 9.5, 9.9.1, to.2,1a.3, 14.2, 14..3 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate .►2.2, Extensions of Time GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR Contractors 3 . 2 .3 ,4.3.1, 4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5, 5. ? - 7. 13,'7•;41.:'_ CONSTRUCTION 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 9. 1o.6, 11.1, 11.4, 9.5.1, 9.7-1,10.3.2, ]0.6.1, 14.3.2 12'2'4 Failure of Payment The American Institute Damage to the Work 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2,34.1-1.3,14.2-1.2,13..6 of Architects 3-14.2,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.6,11.4,)2.2.4 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 WARNING: Unlicensed ohotocoovina violates U.S. coovriaht laws and will sublect the violator to Ieval orosecution. _. 0 Faulty Work k (See Defective or Nonconforming \klork) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2.1, 4. 9. 11 .4,5,12.3.1,13,7,14,2.4,14.4.3 Financial Arrangements, Owner's 2 . 2 . 1 1 1 3. 2 . 2 , 1 4 3 - 1 -5 File and Extended Coverage Insurance 11 .4 .:...:..:....:.:, GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 Governing Law 13.1 Guarantees (See Warranty) Hazardous Materials 10.2.4003 Identification of Contract Documents 1.5.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Sin 1iei-s 5.2.1 Indemnification 317, 3.18, 9.10.2, 10.5,11.4.1.2. u.q 7 Information, and Services Required of the 6ww ner 2.14; 22,3.2.1; :3.12.4, 3.12-10, 4.2.7, 4:3:3; G:1.3, G -1.4, -.2 5, 9.3.219.G.1, 9.6,4, 9.9.2, 9 .10.3 ; 11.2; 71.4,13.5.1,`13.5.2, 14.1-1.4,14-1.4 Injury or Damage to `Person or Property .Inspections 3,1.3,3.3,3,3.7 .114.2 = 14.2.6,4= J,9:q:2 >9.8.z,. 948.3, 0-9-2,94.1, 12.2.1, 1 3.5 Instructions to Bidders l.l.l Instructions to the.Contractor 3. 3.3.113.8;114.2.8, 5.2.1, 7,12,8-2-203-5.2% 11S.Ura11Ce.:` . 7.3 8.2,1, 9.3.2,9.8-4.9-9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10,5,11.. Insurance,. Boiler and Machinery Insurance, Contractor's Liability Insurance, Vflective.Illate of Insurance, Loss of Ilse. Insurance, Owner's Liability 11.2 Insurance, Project Management 11.3 Insurance, Property 10,2.5,11.4 ........... .. tlnsuraince, Stored ivlaterials INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 9.9,1,11.4.1.5 Insurance Companies, Settlement with 11.4.10 Intent of the Contract Documents 1 . 2 . 1 14- 2 .7,4-2-12,4.2.13,7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.2.3,1.4,4.1.1,4.3,1,5.1, 6.1.2, 8.1.4 Interpretation, V%frilten 4.2-11, 4.2,12, 4.3.6 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required 4.6.4 Judgment on Final Award 4.6.6 Labor and Materials, Equipment 1 . 1 .3 ,1 . 1 . 6,3 . 4, 3.5. 1 ,3. 8 . 2, 3. 8 .3,3- 12 ,3- 1 3,3-)5-11 4 9.10.2,10.2 .1,10.2.4,14.2.1.2 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1 .6,3.2.2,3.6,3. 7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, 9. 13.6,14 Liens 2.1.2, 4-44 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder 4.6.4 Limitations, Statutes of 4.6,3,12.2.6,13.7 Limitations of liability 2.3, 3.2.1, 3.5,1, 3.7.3, 3.12,8, 3,12.10, 3.1713.18, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6,4, 9.6.7, 9 -10.4,10.3.3, 10.2.5,11. 1.2,11.2.1,11.4.7,12.2.5,13.4.2 Limitations of Time 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4. 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 4.3. 4.4. 4-5, 4.6, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5.9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11-1.3,11.4-1.5,11-4.6,11.4-10,12.2,13-5,13-7,14 Loss of Use Insurance 11.4.3 Material Suppliers 1.6, 3.12-1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2,1, 9.3, 9.4. 9. Materials, Hazardous 10.2.4,10.3,10.5 Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3.1x.6,1.6.1, 3.4, 3.5.1.3.8.2, 3.8.23, 3.1213.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2,1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5- Means, Methods,'Iechniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 3.3 .1,3.12 .10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 Mechanic's Lien 4.4.8 WARNING: Unlicensed Photocoovkut vlolates U.S. coovriaht laws and will subiect the violator to laoal n t"os Inn G- ,p 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 Mediation Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 4.4.1, 4-4-5,446,448,45, 4.6.1, 4.6.2, 8.3.1,10.5 11.4.3 Minor Changes in the Work Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.1, 3.12.8,4.2-8,4.3. 7.1,7.4 1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4-9.6-4.9-10.2,14-2.2 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 13 2.4, Modifications, Definition of Owner's Right to Clean Up t.l.l 6.3 Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 1.1.1,1.1.2.3-7.3,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5. Award Separate Contracts 10 -3. 2 , 11 -4. 1 6.1 Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Stop the Work 6.2 2.3 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3,12.3 14.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 2.3, 2-4,3-5-1,4.2.6, 6 . 2 -5-9.5. 1 ,9. 8 . 2 ,9.9.3,9. 1 0.4, 14.2 12.2.1,13.7-1.3 Ownership and Use of Drawings; Specifications Notice and Other Instruments of Service 2.2.1,2.3, 2 .4,3. 2 .3,3-3. 1 ,3.7. 2 .3-7.4,3. 12 .9,4.3, i.i.1 1.6, 2.2.5, 3.2.1, 3.11.1, 3 .17.i,`4.z.i2� 5.3 4.4-8,4.6-5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,11-1.3, Partial Occupancy or Use 11.4.6,12.2.2,12.2 .4,13.3,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1,14.2 9.6.6,9.9, 11 .4- 1 .5 Notice, Written Patching, Cutting and 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9, 3.12.9,3.t2.10,4.3,4.4.8,4.6.5, 3.14, 62.5 5.2.1, 8 .2.2,9.7,9. 10 , 10 . 2 . 2 , 1 0.3, 11 - 1 .3, 11 -4. 6 , 12.2.2,12.2.4 13.3, 14 Patents Notice of 'Testing and Inspections 3'17 13. 5.1 Payment, Applications for.. Notice to Proceed 4.2.5, 7.3.8, 9.2, 93, 9-4,95-1, 9- 9.8.5,: ::.::.. 8.2.2 9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.5,11.13,2 2.41444: =. Notices, Permits, Fees and Payment, Certificates for ;: ;. 2. 4.2.5, 4.2.9,51-3-3-9.4, 9.5, 0:6.7,..9.6.6, 9.j.i,.9.10.1;: 9.10.3, 13.7,14.1.1.3,14.2.4 Observations, Contractor's Payment, Failure of 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,4.3.4 4.3.6, 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9 .10.2,14,l.1.�.,14.2.1;2,33.6_, Occupancy Payment, Final 2.2.2,9.6.6,9.8,11.4-1.5 4.2.1,4• - 9,4.3._, 9.8._,910, 71.1 ;1.1.1.3,1141, ;: Orders, Written 11-4.5,12-3.1,13.7, ; .....::::.::.. 1.1.1, 2.3,3-9,4.3.6,7-8.2.2,11-4.9,12.1,12.2,13-5.2, Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 14.3.1 7.3 OWNER Payments, Progress,. :: Owner, Definition of PAYMENTS AND COMPIL E 710 . 2.1 9 Owner, Jnformation and Services Required of the Payments to Subcontractors .. 2 . 1 . 2,2.2,3.2.1,3. 12 -4,3.12.10,4.2-7,4-3-3,6.1-3- 5-4-2,9-5- g.G.3, j 0,4,9.6-7, 11.4.'8, . 6.1-4,6.2-5,9.3.2,9.6.1, 9.6-4,9.9.2,9.10.3,10-3.3, I4.2.1.2 I (l 11 . 2 , 11 -4, 1 3-5- 1 , 1 3-5. 2,1 4 ,1 .).4, 1 4- 1 .4 PCB o Owner's Authority 10.31 u o. 0 1.6, 2.1.1, 2. 2.4, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, o 4.1.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 4.4.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, Performance Bond and Paymen4'J3ond . 6.1, 6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8,2.2,8.3.1,9.3.1,9-3.2,9-5-1, 7.3.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3,11.4.9, 71.5.:. 01 997 A l A O 9.9.4 9.10.2,10.3.2,11.1.3,11.3.1,1 1•4.3,11.4.10, Permits, Fees and Notices', AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 12.2.2,12.3.1,13.2.2,14.3,14.4 2.2.2, 3.7,3-13,7-3.6-4,10-2.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR Owner's Financial Capability 1 y PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF... " CONSTRUCTION 2.2.1113-2.2 ,14.1.1.5 10 Owner's Liability Insurance Polychlorinated Biphenyl _ The American Institute 11.2 10,3.1 of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 WARNING: unlicensed ohotoconvino violates US. coovriaht laws and will sublect the violator to legal Drosecution C J Product Data, lfinition of 3.12.2 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 3- Progress and Completion 4,2.2, 4-.3-3,8.2, 9,8, 9.9.1,14.1.4 Progress Payments 4.3-3 Project, Definition of the 1.1.4 Project Management Protective Liability Insurance 11.3 Project Manual, Definition of the 1.1.7 Project Manuals 2 . 2 .5 Project Representatives 4.2.10 Property Insurance 10.2.5,11.4 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Regulations and laws 1.6, 3- 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1,1, 4.4-8,4.6, 9.G.4, 9.9 -1, la2.z,113, 11.4, 13 -1,1 4, 13.5.1, 1i -5.2, 13.6,14 Rejection of Work 3.5.1.4.2.6, 12,2.1 Releases and \Vaivers of Liens 9.to.2 Representations 1.5.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3-3,9.4. 9.8.2, 9.10.) Representatives 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1 -1, 4.2.1, 4.230, 5.1-1, 5.1.2, 13.2.1 Resolution of Claims and Disputes 4 . 4 ,4-5,4.6 Responsibility for T hose Performing the \4 3-3- 6a.3. if> Retainage 9.3.1, 9. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 1.5.2,3.2,3-7-3, 3.12.7, 6.1.3 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect 3.10.1,3 -10.2,3. 11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 3. Rights and Remedies 1 . 1 . 2,2 -3, 2 4.3-5- 1 , 3. , 5.4, 63, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3,12.2.2, 12 . 2 .4, 1 3.4, 1 4 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights 3. Rules and notices for Arbitration 4.6.2 • Safety of Persons and Property 1o.2, 1o.6 Safety Precautions and Programs 3.3.1, 4.2.2, 4- Samples, Definition of 3.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and 3- 4.2.7 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction 1.4.1.2, 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 4- 3.7.2, 6.1.3 Separate Contracts and Contractors MA, 3.12.5, 3-14.2, 4. 6, 8.3.1,11.:1.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.5 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3-1),3.12, 4.2.7 Site, use of 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Site Inspections 1 . 2 . 2, 3.2. 1 ,3.3.3,3. 7.1,4.2,4.3.4,942,9.10.103.5 Site Visits, Architect's 4 4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 Special Inspections and Testing +2.6, )2.2.1.1.1.5 Specifications, Definition of the 1 .1.6 Specifications, The Statute of limitations 4.6.3,12.2.6,13.7 Stopping the Work 2.3,4.3.6,9.7, 10.3,14.1 Stored Materials 6.2 -1, 9.3.2,10.2.1.2,10.2.4,11.4.1.4 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subconllactors, \Vbrk by 1 . 2 . 2, 3.3. 2 ,3. 12 . 1 ,4. 2 .3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6.7 Subcontractual Relations 5.3, 5.4.9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10 10.2.1, 1).4.7, 11.4.8,14-1, 1 4. 2 . 1,1 4-3. 2 Submittals 1.6, 3 9- Subrogation, Waivers of 633,11.4.5, 11.4.7 Substantial Completion 4. 9 -10.4.z, 12.2,13-7 Substantial Completion, l:)efinition of 9.8.1 WARIJI?JG• 11 c .n —;.k. .-A ...ill ...W... d,..,,..,........ 1..., .....---........ 0 01997 AIAIV AIA DOCUMENT A201.1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 U Substitution of Subcontractors 5. Substitution of Architect 4.1.3 Substitutions of Materials 3.4-2,3.5.1, 7.3.7 Sub - subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions Unit Prices 4.3.4 4.3-9,7.3.3.2 Successors and Assigns Use of Documents 131 ma, 1.6, 2.2.5, 3.12.6, 5.3 Superintendent Use of Site 3.9,)o.2.6 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 I l k , 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1 . 2 . 2 , 3 .3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1-3,6.2-4, 7.1.3, 7.3.6, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2,10,12,14 Surety 4.4.7, 5.4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2 Surety, Consent of 9. Surveys 2.2.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 14.4 Suspension of the Work 5.4.2,14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contract 4-3.6, 5-4- Taxes 3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.6.4 Termination by the Contractor 4.3.10,14.1 Termination by the Owner for Cause 4-3- 1 0,5-4-1-1,14.2 Termination of the Architect 4.1.3 Termination of the Contractor 14.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 74 Tests and Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 10 -3. 2 , 11 -4. 1 - 1 , 12 . 2 . 1 , 13 . 5 TIME Time, Delays and Extensions of 3.x.3,4.3. ,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, 7.4- 9.5- Time Limits 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.10, 3. 3. 3.15.1, 4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5 ,4.6,5.2,5.3,5.4,6.7.4,7.3,7.4, 8. .3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9, 9.10, 11-1.3,11.4-1.5, 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 1 3.5, 1 3.7, 1 4 Time Limits on Claims 4 - 3 . 2 ,4.3.4,4.3. 8 ,4-4,4-5, 4.6 K Title to Work 9.3. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions 4.348-3.1,10.3 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3-1 Waiver of Claims by the Architect::: 13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor::`::.'. 4.3.10, 9.10.5,11.4.7,13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Owner. 4.3.10, 9.9-3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11..4.3, 11.4.5 -- P.4.7, 12.2.2.1,)3.4.2,14.2.4 Waiver of Consequential Damages 4.3.10,)4.2.4 Waiver of Liens 9.10.2, 9.10.4 Waivers of Subrogation 1).4.5,11.4.7 Warranty . 35, 4- 9.9,1;.9,10.4, 13.7.1.3 Weather Delays 4.3-7•2 Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Written Consent 1 . 6, 3.4. 2, 3. 12 . 8 ,3. 1 4. 2 ,4. 1 . 2 ,4.3..4,4.6-4,9.3.2, Written Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.( Written Notice 2.3, 24 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3. 12 -10, . 4.3, 4.4.8,39.6:5; ?;' :. 5.2.1, 8. 1 )4' 6 ) ­. 12.2.2,12.2-4,13.3) -4.:: Written Orders 1.1.1, 2 .3, 3.9, 4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11..4-9,12-1; 12.2,13.5.2, 14.3.) J ..:..1 »..:, C 0 • ARTICLE i GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (r) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1,1.2.=.. THE.CO,NTRACT The form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, .representations:or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified ` :only by a Modification. The Contract. Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relation hip of :any. kind 'I):between the Architect and Contractor; (2) between the Owner and a Subcolitractor• .or:Sub- subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or (4) between any persons.or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however; be entitled ao performance . and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate perforplance of the Architect's duties. 1.1.3: THE WORK The term "AVbrk ";means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, '%4hether completed_ :or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and .. .....services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The York may constitute.the whole or a part of the Project. THE PROJECT.`., ... The Project._ is the.' total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract 1)ocuments'nray tie the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate. contractors. HE DRAWINGS The_,Drawings:are. the graphic °and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the d.esigri,']Mtion and.dirpensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, ;deWs, schedules and .diagrams. 1.1.6..: : THE SPECIFICATIONS , 17he $ pecifications are:thii.poation of the Contract Documents consisting of the written require- ruents for. ?materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and perfor- mance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The project Manual: is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding . :- requirements, sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. CORRELATION AND INTENT OPTHE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor, The Contract Documents are WARNING:rinllennind nhntnennvinn vinlAt.t ILS rnnvrieM taws and will " ,,, oo,, 71v oll . 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A2011997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. a 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.2.3 unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well- known - technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.3 CAPITALIZATION 1.3.1 Terns capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (I) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by,the American Institute of Architects. 1.4 INTERPRETATION 1.4. In the interest of brevity the Contact Documents frequently omit modifying vprds such. as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an;' but the fact that a modifier or:a'n arfcle is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect ihe.intel pretation. of either statement. 1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If :either. the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contact Documents, the Architect shall ideniifi�.. such unsigned Documents upon request. 1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the;Contractor.bas visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which 1RC,WNork. is to be.: performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contraci.Documenis.:;'., ...::. 1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER --INSTRUMENTS. OF SERVICE 1.6.1 1'he Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those,in electronic form, prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments • of.Service.ahr�iugh which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. .The:Cont•actor anal %`etain` one record set. Neither the Contactor nor any Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or `material .or.; equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings; Specifications alid:oiher_.` documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless.'otlrei� vise' indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deerped tlie.authors of then�'and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in additio».ao the copyrights A,11. copies of Instruments of Service, except the Contractor's record set, sliall'be returned or s6ital?1y u. D accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, 0000 Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's.consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respectio this project. They are 019 A I A ® not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or miaterial or AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the.Work . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR .. without the specific written consent of the Owner; Architect and the Architect's consultants.The. CONSTRUCTION Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub- subcontractors and material or equipment suppl.ie> ::are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other The American Institute of Architects documents pr epared b the Architect and the Architect's consultants a ppropriate to and for use in Y 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 ' itlARNING• Ilnlirane.el nMlnrnnvinn uinlaro< 11 C rnnurtnb L.ue an.l ...ill en6i.r, s6. ..t..lalnr ,n Lnal nnmr.dinn ... .. ........ 0 0 the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' copyrights or other reserved rights. ARTICLE 2 OWNER :2.1 GENERAL 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in ....Subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the :Owner orIlle Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2_. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, :information necessary and .relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or :..`enforce. mechanic's lien rights. Such. information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the. property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the .::Owner's interest,iherein. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1. The Owner shall, at the written request of the Contractor, prior to commencement of the i Work and thereafterJurnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements ® `.have been made to.fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work. After such ':.'. evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior ii.otice to the Contractor. 2.2.2. `. Except for permits and fees, including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1, which are "tine responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for.lnecessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2:3 : The Omer shall fw nish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and ut lity for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site.'rhe Contractor shall ` be'.emitleii to rely on-the accuracy of information. furnished by the Owner but shall exercise pioper.precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. 2.2,4... anfornnation or : services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the 0 'ner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the \Mork under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.3. OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 if the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in oml /J ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A2011997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven -day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and`: promptness, the Owner may after such seven -day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a three -day period. If the Contractor within such three -day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost oftorrecting?.such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Ow:i a :ond arilOWAS charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payiirie»ts tlieri�or' thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the' ;Cjoritraciorshalp. ay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the AgreemenL..a d is n refei ed to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in umber. The term ``Contractor peai>s_ the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the NNork in accordance with the Contraa.:.D. cu 5 eiiis, 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the. Work iii accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Archit&d.'.. the: rchitectt,: administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or:erfor3ied _liy persons other than the Contractor. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR.. 3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the vari.ous'Drawings ai4bih6.C-oi tract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the `iifoxiation furnished. li�cahe::;;.: Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3, shall take field measurements`6f airy existiiig'_coxrdrtions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site ..affectiiig ii 1.116se obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Coiiiracor. and are not foi purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies ih :'t2 a `Co tract Doctune tisx` < : :. however, any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be reported q. n promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. 3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor duriiigA i s revieiw shail'be ®1997 "I"® reported promptly to the Architect, but it is recognized that the Contractor's is invade in the AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 g GENERAL CONDITIONS Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless. otlign OF THE CONTRACT FOR specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is not required to ascea tali at CONSTRUCTION the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinwices;:biiiading The American Institute codes, and rules and regulations, but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the of Architects Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect. 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 0 3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.23 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditiolls::and::ihe Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, .inconsistency, omission..or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 'rile Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction :: means :ii el hods; tecliniques,,Sequences apd procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work: >:inder'e:_Contract, :.unless the::.Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning tliese.:_�natters.'if::;the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning truction means, methods, techniques,,sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate Ahe.}obsite safety thereof and;: Except asI a te d below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the ;:'iobsite : : &afety;ofsuch means;, methods;: .techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor �deteianes tha1:`sueh means;: method. s: techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall:give timely- Writte'n.notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with tllai::':jziortion ' of: tlre.>; Work without': further:: written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is:tlien,.iirsiructed I. qpro6eed, krr .. required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures' wit liout:; acceptne of;changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solelyresporisib}e for,any resulting loss :or.famage. :3:3.2 T ie Contractor shall be responsible to. Owner for acts and omissions of the Con - aractors employees, Subcontractors :and .theiu-:agents and employees, and other persons or entities ;eforming_porions.of the Work for aron.iiehalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to etliatsuch..poriions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 4::.:` ABOR AND..MATERIALS otlimvise: 'in tlie.Con.tract Documents, the Contractor shall P rovide and ayforlaUor;!iateiials;e ui .niexlt;:.tools,consiruction equipment and machinery, water, heat, q _P.. .. eq t :;::atilt. lies; - iansporiation ,..and�t'ther:;:facilities and:;sexvices: necessary for proper execution and completion of the 1Nork;:3vhether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to ncorporated in thi ; ork: The Contractor. may* make °substitu.tioals;oarly.with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Bcclitecand in accordance.with :aChange Urder. 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other. persons carrying :outAhe Contract. T'he Contractor shall not permit ::employment of unfit persons or persons in tasks assigned to them. WARRANTY 5.1._.:' The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment fiir ;iished::under the Contract:.will: _be.: of good quality and new wiles otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract .. ... .:.WARNING• Ilnll.....e.1 ...1...,.........a.... .n.l_. -_ a, a- ___.._._�. ,_..._ _ _ -.. ... .. . .. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 01997 AIA® AiA DOCUMENT A2014997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 Documents. NVork not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Colltractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. if required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 3.6 TAXES 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract 1.)ocuments, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received. or negotiations concluded. 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules,. regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance .of the :\Mork. 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in. . accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents.are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, WaDd necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, The Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such \York and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in1be Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ' persons .. . or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: a allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, `,labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (r) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.1 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.2. 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay in the Work. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT I 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other conntllunications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architects information a Contactors construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed tithe limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the V %cork and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES .3.12.1 Shop Drawwings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor; manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion.of the Work. 3.12.2 Product. Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion, of the Work. 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. .3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contact Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contact Documents. Submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contact Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. ��i���` - 00000000 ®1997 AIA0 AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5192 r 0 0 the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay _ in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. 3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the \ ork and of the Contract Documents. 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. 3.12.6 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (r) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the \Mork, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested . by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the \Mork designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect o. o shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, . �• � certifications or a pprovals performed b y such design p rofessionals, pp' l ) provided the Owner and g p' 1 Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services 01 997 A i n O must satisfy. Pursuant to this Subparagraph 3.32.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance. with GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor CONSTRUCTION shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. The American institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. 9 • 3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, pennits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the \-York or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shalt not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 1f the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS 3.17.1 ' The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a .patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 7o the fullest _extent. permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance. with Paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such slain, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be .IIAb \I, \I/.'• IIwllwwr,wJ ..L�M�..�..I.... ..t..1�a��.1! v� ..- I.L•I- ...- ��J...e11_..LI -_. .L_..._I- .__._I___I .. ___ .. 0 1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A2011997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The Arnerican Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be an Owner's representative (t) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the one. -year period for correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals.appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations (r) to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and duality of the portion of the Work completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, and (3) to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect Nvill not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be fill responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the ' o Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in 101 Q� Subparagraph 3.3.1. F � 019 A A ® 4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have GENERAL CONDITIONS control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION Subcontracto s, or their a gents or employees, ees, or an other persons or entities performing portions b I Y Y 1 1 g l of the Work. The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in t the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the (;ont•act Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Woork in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 1 3.53• whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Howe - er, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 4.2.7 'rile Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable 41 promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architects review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and C onstruction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the W as provided in Paragraph 7,4- 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the _ Owners review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the C ontract X111 and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. o, o o. .o oQ � Qo 4.2.10 if the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, 01997 A 1 A 0 responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 an exhibit to be incorporate in the Contract Documents. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 WARNING: Unlicensed nrtotoroovino vinretae u c rnnvrioh� I >,ue >.,d ...tit .0,1— N,,. „:..t,..._ ... t.__, ____. _...,. _ 0 The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and initial decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. 4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Subparagraph 9.73 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encou the site which are (n) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of.any part of the Work, recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the aswill Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different fron those p indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, 1 96 the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by c� either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect 01 997 A I A O has given notice of the decision. If the conditions encountered are materially different, the AIA DOCUMENT A201.1997 Contract Sum and Contract T ime shall be equitably adjusted, but if the Owner and Contractor GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be CONSTRUCTION referred to the Architect for initial determination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to The American Institute Paragraph 4.4. of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 ' WARNING: Unlicensed ohotocoovinn violates U.S. copyright laws and will subiect the violator to legal prosecution. . .. • • 4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. if the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the i Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the WMork. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph ro.6. 4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not Iimited to (r) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the \Mork where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in the \Mork issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner; (5) termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Paragraph 4.3. 4.3.7 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL TIME 4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the \Mork. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessarv. 4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented i>y data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. 4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for 4P whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. 4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contact Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of \Mork proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes: a damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and repu- tation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the NMork. This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3-10 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding those arising under Paragraphs 10.3 through io.5, shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. An initial decision by the Architect shall lx required as a WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. MINN 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A2011997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 0 condition precedent to mediation, arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 3o days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the Architect. 'the Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. 4.4.2 'The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that, in the Architect's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim. 4.4.3 in evaluating Claims, the Architect may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. 4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data, advise the Architect :when the response or supporting data will be hirnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. 4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision, which shall state the rea- sons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. 'The approval or rejection of a Claim by (lie Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration. 4.4.6 When a .written decision of the Architect states that (1) the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 3o days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 3o days' period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect or the Owner ff-t may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the suret.ys assistance in resolving the controversy. ° o 4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim 401997 AIA® may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or fling deadlines AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect, by mediation or by arbitration. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR 4.5 MEDIATION CONSTRUCTION 4,5.1 Any Claini arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic The American Institute effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4-3-10,930-4 and 9.10.5 shall, after of Architects initial decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 WARNING- linlicanced nhotnemvino vinlAtes U.S. ennvriaht laws and will subiact the vinlatnr to laoal orosecutlon. '. • 0 subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or equitable proceedings by either party. 4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 6o days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. 4.5.3 'The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.6 ARBITRATION 4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3- 1 0,9-10.4 and 9 -10.5, shall, after decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5. 4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. The demand for arbitration shall be fled in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. 4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.4.6 and 4.6-1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. 4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopVinR violates U.S. copvrittht laws and wig subiect the violator to leval oros*cutinn. M ®1997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 C 0 4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Clainns then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. 4.6.6 judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub - subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the \Vork at the site. The term "Sub- subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub - subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub - subcontractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not. be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the'Work, the Contract Sum and Contract "lime shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted ll�) promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. o, a oa d o° 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person o• entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS 5.3.1 13y appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the \Vo•k to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the The American institute of Architects Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopvinrt violates U.S. copvriaht laws and will sublect the violator to legal prosecution. • • Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub - subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agree- ment, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub - subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the WVork is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: .1 assignment is effective only after terininatio n of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contact. 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 3o days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially sirnilar to these inchiding those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the teen "Contractor" in the Contact Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner- Contractor Agreement. 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. fo 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in tine Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copwiteht laws and will subiect the violator to laoal Drosen,tinn- "0 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 Contractor under the Conditions of (lie Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles no, 11 and 12. 6.2 MUTUAL. RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 if part of the Contractor's VNIork depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, tine Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of tale \Mork, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper executio n and results. f=ailure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by Ilse Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contactor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contactor in Subparagraph 3.14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility wider their respective contacts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 GENERAL 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. °vta7�o° 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requites agreement by the Owner and Architect and 01997 A 1 A O may or may not be agreed to by the Contactor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be AiA DOCUMENT A2014997 issued by the Architect alone. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FO CONSTRUCTION N 7.1. Changes in the Mork shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change The American Institute Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 iFl4RNINf.• IIn l:.nnee.l nL..a...nn..tnn .r.nle,n. 11! ... «..t�L. 1...... .,J ...ill ...L:.. _. .L_..t_I_.__._ 1___f ______....__ - 0 • 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and .3 the extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Tirne. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum ►nay include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3. 73 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract 'Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contact Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 AC onstruction Change Directive signed by the Contactor indicates the agreement oft lie Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for detennining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 7.3.6 If the Contactor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fi•inge benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; WARMIur., 1I.,n...,..4 ..W.— to a i...... _w ...:u ...L,__..&- . -' •-- •- ' - ' - ®1997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A2014"7 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and .s additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the V4 change. 7.3.7. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sunl shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related leVork or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 7.3.8 fending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute, the Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4. 7.3.9 \Mien the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall-be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjust- ment in the Contract Suln or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent.wilh the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Linless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. 8.1.2 The date of conunencement of the NVork is the date established in the Agreement. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By o, a executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period oo.� o0 �-- for performing the V %Rork. ®1997 A!AO AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 8.2.2 The C ontractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in GENERAL CONDITIONS writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of OF THE CONTRACT FOR insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of CONSTRUCTION commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless The American Institute the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006.5292 0 0 by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other 10 agreed period before commencing the \lrork to permit the timely filing of morgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 if the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor fw• performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Mork, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, rile Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if.provided for in the Contract Documents. 11 j1 9.3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for payment on o account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. 01997 AIA® 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the \AIork for AiA DOCUMENT A2014997 which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 LtlARNtNf.• f 1..11......,1 ..f............a�_..f..f....._ ,. c ___.._._t. f -..._ __., ....fi _..�.__. .� _ ...... _ G� O 9.3.2 LLlless otherwise provided in file Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon com- pliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the tinge of payment.'rhe Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all \ for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encum- brances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing'of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the \\pork has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the lest of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. Tile foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is. entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the X'Vork, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the o Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is usable to certify °� po payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as 199 provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, AIA DOCUMENT A201 0 1997 � 99 7 promptly sue a ertcate the Architect will is Cifi for P ment for the amount for which the Architect GENERAL CONDITIONS is able to Make such representations to the Owner. Tile Architect may also withhold a Certificate OF THE CONTRACT FOR for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part. of a CONSTRUCTION Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect'; The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Subparagraph 3.3.2, because of- .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .s damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. .9.6 - PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect: 9.6.2 `The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of paynent from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's :portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained. from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor. shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub - subcontractors in a similar manner: 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information A egarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such :`..Subcontractor. 9.6.4 N either the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs g.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.¢. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall.not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the :Contract.or for which payment. was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require ` -money to be. placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust br shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. WARNING- Unlicensed ohotoconvina violates U.S. couvrioht laws and will cu6iect the violater to Moat — ar.ol— ;m ip• �i��p . 01997 AIA® AiA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5291 0 O 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract 'Time shall be extended appropri- ately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs. of shut -down, delay and start -up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the O ner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare lid sulyixil::lo the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prioriio f iial payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of tiie.;Contract�r, o. complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspectiori.'to etermi»e: :: : ' whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complet_;If inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractors which:: is.. sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the.'44net or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the 4Coiiiiaciorshall,.j?fibre issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct sucl 1tem upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then subriiit:a?request for.anoliei ':;::. inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete .tli .,.,Architect will..'.:`:':,::: :,.. prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the .;date::pf;Sunsiantial;:::::.i: Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Coritracior... foi.security;'_`;;: maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shallfizihe :.iinle'within::::;;r` which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties.::'° required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Comokiiin of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certifi sate;Qfulisantial; Completion. 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be su&n.ft.ted to the, ..Owi�_e Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to themjn such ':Certificate Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall of.retaii age. applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such paymentAshall be;adjusted for Work O- that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the_>✓orit rant Documents`: ' !' ° o o Q 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed.,0pi,tion:of the Work 01 997 A 1 A O at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement'.,.w :'the Contractor, AlA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause 11 .4.1.5 a nd.. GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR . authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occup 06... ` CONSTRUCTION may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the ;_Owi er:;:and The American Institute Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them:: `or pa }iii eiils, r'� of Architects retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, dam to the Work and insurance, and g 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 rNARMlNC,e l3nllcensed n1,nMrnnvino vinl„twc ILC rnnvrinAt lawn and ,will er,6inrt the .d..latn. t.. 1....1 n.wan.„tinn .. .. 0 have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. :9.9.2 .: alntnediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect.>the area to he occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. .0.93':` i.lnless'otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. FINALtOMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT : 0pon ..receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and`ul oii receipt of a final Applicatioii'. r Payment, the Architect will promptly make such Anspect" and; wlren the Architect Ann ds`dhe Work acceptable under tlne Contract Documents and :ate Coitract hilly:performed, the Architect. will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment statiiigiliai be. best,of.ilne Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of 'ate c hitect's on -site visits and inspections, ilie Work has been completed in accordance with terms. and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and iaoted the,fr»a1.Certifi6atejs due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate ; for Payment �will:constitute .A further.reprekntation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 `. as jwecedent to tl e;Contractor's being ei>titled to,.f nal payment have been fulfilled. 9,10.2 `. ieithei'fbil Payment nor.any repji iping retained percentage shall become due until the ractar ?subunits to the Architect (1} ; an `affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, a id. other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might bewrespoiisible or;encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise: satisfied, (2) a certificate; evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or., allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a ten :statemeniahat. the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not berenewahle to cover. the jneriod required.hythe Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, -final` ` iaymeint =and (5),::if required by the Ownerother data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligatici &,.such as receipts, releases :aind :waivers of liens, claims, security interests ::or: encumbrances arising out. of the Contract, to the extent and in such Form as may be designated by the Owner: If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the `t3ti+�ner `ish a band satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner the Coiltractor:anay furn against such lien. Tf sucli' remains unsatisfied' after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner All money that the Owner be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, intruding all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Woi'k> final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, w. :and. :the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certifi- cation by the Architect, and withoiit_terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due ; f'd that portion of the ti fully corrm ileted and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not f * or corrected is.less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if blinds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that . - : WABNINf- Ilnliranead nhntnennvino vinlatot 11 S. rnnvrloht laws and will n,hlart tho vinlatnr to heal — a...w... m 01997 AlA® AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .r liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of (lie Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Iocuments. 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervisiiig all. safety. precautions and programs in connection with the performance oft lie Contract. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 'tire Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall -provide . reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .t employees on the Mork and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in'.storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub - subcontractors; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws,:ordinances. rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons . or property or. their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and '...'.:. performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, .:including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety.regulations atid;notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment 'or .unusual. methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall, exercise utmost care:and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 1111 .' 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss U. insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in o Clauses to.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a 01997 AIA® Sub - subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for AiA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses ro.2a.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or OF THE CONTRACT FOR anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts eitber:of CONSTRUCTION them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Colitractor..`The The American Institute foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under of Architects Paragraph 3.18. 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006.5292 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at t11e site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. 10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is.found to be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required.by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect. the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe: containnl ent of tsuch material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will .' protnpoy reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or:`entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have. no reasonable objection. When the material or substance . has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum sh.211 be'inereased:in the amount -of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut -down, delay and start =: which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 10.3.3. To the fulles permitted by law,'the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attor- neys' fees; arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Subparagraph r0.3i:and iiot'been rendered harmless; provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,'sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage, loss or expense is not due ':to, the sole negligence of:a party seeking indemnity. 10.4 The Owner shall. not be responsible under paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by Alre.Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents..... 10.5 If, without: negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. EMERGENCIES 10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or [0111i 01997 Ara® AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 J extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death .of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage;.' .s claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury: to orJestructio »;of .. tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person .or:propei•ty,,`dagiage:,'; arising out of ov +mership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;.. .7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed perations;.and `:;`.. . .a claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to ;..tlze;:C oniract ors .:.:.'.: obligations under Paragraph 3A8. 11.1.2 The insurance required b Su bparagraph 1 • q Y r.r.r shall be written risen for.�a�ol. _tharl;l>.mrts;of:..: liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whidlevei;:coNerage.Js; greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall be . maintained without . :. . interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final. p :' me»i and.,: termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment: ' 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed withrt : hz Owtler prior to.: _:.'... commencement of the Work. 'These certificates and the insurance I>olicies:requirr'd ' by this. >':::. :',' Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the-.,policies wili`iioi canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been:..giveliao. they;:; Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to, remain i1i..16Qrce:aflerfinal payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidenci»g amtinuatioii`bf such .., ... coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as: by:Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage Or] account of revised limits or claiiiis. izaid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the. Contractor with 'reasotiable.. .:. promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and.helief u a 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE C, go 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining jhe.::.O.twner's usual r —� liability insurance. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 11,3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR 11 .1 Optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Troject. .. CONSTRUCTION Management Protective Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources ;`:as.` rip �ar coverage for the Owners, Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability for'construciion The American Institute of Architects operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 0 • shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage, and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner. The minimum limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Clauses mm.2 through 11 . 1 . 1 .5. 11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance, .the Owner, Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages, except such :rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance. The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner, Architect or other persons or entities.as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Paragraph mi. 11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE .11.4.1 Unless. - otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property.:insurance written on .a builder.'s.risk "all- risk" or equivalent policy form in the amount .1f the.:initial.,'Cgptract Sum, plus value of .subsequent Contract modifications and cost of .. .: . ..materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be ::'inainiained, unless others +rise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing :.by all. jiersons and .entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as providedin Paragraph 9.10 or:until..no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable : inteiest: mthe:property required:bythis Paragraph 11.4 to be covered, whichever is later. ..- This insurance :shall. include interests::'of the • Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and ?.Sub- subcontractors.Jn the.Project::.. ; 11.4.1 Propertyansurance shall be on an "all- risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, iAthout.limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss oAV damage :including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, `::collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including delmolition 'occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services agd:expenses required as a result of such insured loss. 111.4.12 Af. thc.',- Owner. does :not - :intend `to purchase such property insurance required by the ConiracL and wish all of coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform t11e. Contractor in writing:hrior to commencement of the 1Vork. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect : the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and subcontractors in the Work,`and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner..4f:the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain :insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in writing, then the Owneushall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 1.1.4.1.3 if the property insurance requires __deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. 11:4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also : vortions of the Work in transit. 11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial il160L11 AI/;• Ilwiiron. s. 7. .1...•........d.....anle.e.fit �w... ..t..4,1- ........l..sl,- ..Lt.. .L ..�.L. - �.. .____• .. I k 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 a occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the 1Vork, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. 11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall he charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. 11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment properly insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate Policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.4.5 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the Policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article G, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire- or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the VNrork, except such rights as they have fill to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described ° in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees of any of oQQO them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each 0 in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a GENERAL CONDITIONS person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnifica- OF THE CONTRACT FOR tion, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and CONSTRUCTION whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. The American Institute of Architects 1135 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 • s 11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as I fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.4-10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. 11.4.9 If required1n writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such 'agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6. if after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged.property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the .Work in accordance with Article 7. `J1.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the - .parties in interest shall object-in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the I s `bwiier : : :.. f this power; if such 'objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved as provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration, make settlement with :insurers in accordance with `directions of the arbitrators. If distribution of insumnce proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 11.5 `.. PERFORMANCE OND AND PAYMENT. t3OND 11.5.1 The Owner..sball have the right-to` require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering ,faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the - Contract. 11:5.2 Upon the request of any person. or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payinent . obligations -arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a cnpy of.the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ARTIC.I.E i2 t1N .9 RING. AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12..1 :.; VNCOVERING.OF WORK.. .. 12-1.1_ .If:a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in. the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, '. be: uncovered . for thetlrchitect's.examination and be.repfaced at the Contractor's expense without chapge:in the Contract Time., 1.2..1.2 . If a portion, 4af..flle AVbrk has been.. covered.. which the Architect has not specifically requested to,examine..prior :to its being covered, the.Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be .uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs : of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's. expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, correction shall be at the Contractor's• expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be:responsible for payment of such costs. r: WARNING: Unikensed phowcopWnst violates U.S. coovriQht laws and will sublect the violator to teoal orosecutinn. e 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 0 0 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.1.1, The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5, if, within one year after the ::.::.: date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The O.Hrner shall. .give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one -year period. £or correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor ai>I:opgoriupityto make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and.io make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonc6iifoi6ing 1". within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the.:;Owner:orlchitect; the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. 12.2.2.2'rhe one -year period for correction of Work shall he extended with respect. to portions of . . Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time.- ietwe.en Substantial: Completion and the actual performance of the Work. 12.2.2.3The one -year period for correction of Work shall not be extended: corrective Wcir�C.:. performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2. „. 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the \York Yhich :are. not accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the.,`':,::'_.`; Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged c6rstiuction. ; whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused `by tlne Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with ihe're, uirenients of:::..;: the Contract Documents. 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to - establish .a.::_period'.4.. limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have-under tlw.Cbr* r i Documents. Establishment of the one -year period for correction_ of :Work as descri in...:..: Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Confractor io correct the Work, Il!` and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to. comply :*A; the Coiitira�t a Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be oQ.�cQ commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractors obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 01997 AtAO AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirelnents.'of OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correctiUii; in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustini nt The American Institute of Architects shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 ' • • ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such. other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign 1he..Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an institutional lender providing construction financing for the Project. In such event, the lender -shall assume.the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor m shall execute:.all. consents asonably required to facilitate such assignment. .: X13.3: WRITTEN t4OTtCE 7 :13.3.1 Writteii:.notice shah;:be:.deemed:.to have been duly served if delivered in person to the idual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it %vas intended; or if delivered at or sent by.. -.m tered;or certifed mail to the last business address known ao ihe.party giyng notice. 13.4 ::;:; RlGHTS AND - REMEDIES 13.4.1'::;Duties and, obligations : imposed ;liy..jhe. : Contract Documents and rights and remedies a�,ailable thereunder ahall bean add ion and::3zot a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and 'remedies otherty se imposed or available bylaw,:: 13 No ac iota. or failure to by the 0 >vjq rm Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver fa :right or. duty afforded therl>.:under Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act corzstiiute anpro��al.:af or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed 'in writing. TS AND INSPEC710N5:. 13,3.x:.,: :Tests, inspections.. and approvals „of.__.portions of the Work required by the Contract l ACU tietits or y,caws,_;qrdi.iances,,rules,_ regulations_ or orders of public authorities having jurisdiciipit shall be: made :at.an;appropri.ate time. LI►lless,oiherwise provided, the Contractor shall make >:Orangements for. such tests, inspections,_ and. :approvals with an independent testing <; 'sal oratory or:'entity acre ,Obje:.io the Owner, or.r ritli the appropriate public authority, and shall `.:':bear all :related : costs of tests,._inspegjgns and. :approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect tits ely :notice of when ..and where tests and inspections, are to be made so that the Architect may ?be. present for such: :procedures. The Owner. shall Gear. costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become. -re iih until after.'bids :are: received or negotiations concluded. 13.5.2 If the.Architect, Owner or public-authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions ;of the Work require additional testing, ins ectipp or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the Architeet upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to snake arrangements for such:additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to e;t3tivner,,and the Contractor sha11 ive timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests al) daiispecttons are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs; except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner's expense. WARNIN& InRr.ncad nhnenrnnuln %AM.t.. I I C .......d..6. 1........a ..au ...u...... ,....,..i..__ ._ ,___, ___ _ __...._ _ 111 11e.. rril.� 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A2014997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 13.5-5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the aW6nci> thereof, fat. the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located..:. . 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act oc curring priorJo the:;',.....:: relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute'oE`iiiiiitationsslrall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed'to.hive any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Conipli ?lion;' =.` .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. A .to .acts Or.. *i: >. failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substalitiai. Compleiion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute:.of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be d crie* d to.::::;.;:: have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of:issuance..:of?ibr. final.:_i.::. Certificate for Payment; and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring afterabe:_:::; relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicalile:`staiute of:_.::;;:` limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action sl1all.be to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or: failure°;o,:act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under. Paragraph 3.5;`the:` iaie4anv correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under'Paragraph.:: . 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty. or :....: obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. !Il( ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT o a 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for.a:perio of 30 con - r — secutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub= subcontractor or 01 997 A 1 A O their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiciioil::.wliich CONSTRUCTION requires all Work to be stopped; The American Institute 2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all of Architects Work to be stopped; 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 L .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or .4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than too percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 12o days in any 365 -day period, whichever is less. 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages. 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped fo • a period of 6o consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect., terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough property skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction; or .4 othelivise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by t11e Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days'written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4; and .3 finish the'Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the dif ference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. ImM y��, 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or inter- rupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract 'rime shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: 1 . .1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted. by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of .the Contract. 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's.convenience and without cause. 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination' for the:'.Qw.ner's convenience, the Contractor shall: .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and... preservation of the \Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date lf. termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter: into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled.. to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 -5292 9/97 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. L] A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 9 DOCUMENT 00810 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. General Conditions: The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, Fifteenth Edition, 1997, Articles 1 through 14 inclusive, non - electronic format, is a part of the Contract, except as modified by these Supplementary Conditions. B. Supplementary Conditions: These Supplementary Conditions modify the General Conditions. Where any article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause of the General Conditions is modified by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered provisions shall remain in effect. Where any part of the General Conditions is in conflict with these Supplementary Conditions, these Supplementary Conditions shall govern. C. Specification Division 1: Requirements, in addition to the provisions of the General Conditions and these Supplementary Conditions, relating to project administration, procedures or work related requirements of the Contract are specified in Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification. Division 1 shall not be construed as being part of the General Conditions and these Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Subparagraph 1.2.1: Add following Clauses: 1.2.1.1 Except where work or portion thereof, is specifically noted as not in the Contract, it is understood that all products and items shall be provided necessary to provide a fully functioning facility. Where additional or supplementary details or instructions are required to complete an item of work, the Architect upon request will furnish the necessary information to the Contractor. No work shall commence which depends upon the furnishing of such information without the written instructions of the Architect for each specific condition. The furnishing of such data shall not be grounds for a claim to extra work by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be deemed to have based the Contract Sum on a complete installation. Where additional details or instructions are required to complete the Work, the Contractor is deemed to have made an allowance in the Contract Sum for the completion of such work, consistent with adjoining or similar details on the best accepted practice of the trade, whichever is more expensive. 1.2.1.2 Dimensions shall be figured rather than determined by scale or rule from the Drawings. 1.2.1.3 Dimensions on Drawings are subject in every case to measurements of existing, adjacent, incorporated and completed work which shall be taken by the Contractor before undertaking any work dependent upon such data. B. Subparagraph 1.2.2, Line 3: Following "by any trade ", insert "or in any manner in which the Contractor desires to manage the Work, except when required that certain parts or phases of interrelated work be performed under a single responsibility". AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -1 18JAN08 C. Paragraph 1.2: Add following Subparagraphs: 1.2.4 Graphic symbols used on Drawings are those recognized in construction industry for purposes indicated. Where not otherwise noted, symbols are defined by "Architectural Graphic Standards ", published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Ninth Edition. 1.2.4.1 Graphic symbols used on Mechanical Drawings are generally aligned with symbols recommended by ASHRAE. Where appropriate, graphic symbols are supplemented by more specific symbols recommended by technical associations, including ASME, ASPE and similar organizations. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for clarification before proceeding with work. 1.2.4.2 Graphic symbols used on Electrical Drawings are generally aligned with symbols recommended by ANSI /IEEE 315 and ANSI /IEEE 315A. Where appropriate, graphic symbols are supplemented by more specific symbols recommended by similar technical organizations. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for clarification before proceeding with work. 1.2.5 The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on The Construction Specifications Institute MasterFormat, 1995 Edition, organization system. 1.2.6 The Specifications employ conventions in the use of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are as follows: 1.2.6.1 Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is the abbreviated type and includes incomplete sentences. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires and shall be supplied by inference; nevertheless the requirements of the Specifications and other Contract Documents are mandatory. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 1.2.6.2 The imperative language is generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed imperatively shall be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that shall be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or by others when so noted. 1.2.7 The Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification are a part of each section of the Specification. 1.2.8 The basic mechanical, plumbing and electrical requirement specifications of the Specification are a part of each mechanical and electrical specification section, respectively, of the Specification. 1.2.9 In event of conflict, ambiguity or inconsistency in or between the elements comprising the Contract Documents, not clarified by a Modification, the Contractor will be deemed to have estimated on, and agreed to provide, the greater quantity or better quality of products and the Work in accordance with the interpretation by Architect of which conflicting requirement governs, unless he shall have, before submission of his bid, asked for and obtained written decision of the Architect as to which products and work will be required. If the Owner with consultation of the Architect decides to accept a lesser quantity or lower quality of products and work, the Contractor shall remit to the Owner the difference between the cost of the Work that the Owner accepts and the cost of the greater quantity or better quality of products and work. R1 AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -2 18JAN08 1.2.10 Whenever a provision of the Contract Documents conflicts with agreements or ' regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions or councils which regulate or distinguish that work shall or shall not be included in the Work of a particular trade, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage or addition to Contract Sum and without recourse to the Owner or Architect. In event progress of work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing products required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreements or regulations, the Architect may require that another product of equivalent kind and quality be provided, if approved by Owner, at no addition to Contract Sum. D. Subparagraph 1.5.2: Add following Clause: 1.5.2.1 The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall evaluate and satisfy themselves as to the conditions and limitations under which the Work is to be performed, including without limitation the location areas, environmental conditions, anticipated labor supply and cost, and availability and cost of materials, tools and equipment. The Owner assumes no responsibility or liability for the physical condition or safety of the Project site or any improvements located on the Project site. Except as set forth in Subparagraph 10.3, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing a safe place for the performance of the Work. The Owner will not be required to make any adjustment in either the Contract Sum or Contract Time in connection with any failure by the Contractor or any Subcontractor to comply with the requirements of this Subparagraph 1.5.2. E. Paragraph 1.6: Add following Subparagraph: 1.6.2 Contractor's Use of Instruments of Service in Electronic Form: 1.6.2.1 The Architect may, with the concurrence of the Owner, furnish to the Contractor versions of Instruments of Service in electronic form. The Contract Documents executed or identified in accordance with Subparagraph 1.5.1 shall prevail in case of an inconsistency with subsequent versions made through manipulatable electronic operations involving computers. 1.6.2.2 The Contractor shall not transfer or reuse Instruments of Service in electronic or machine readable form without the prior written consent of the Architect. 1.03 ARTICLE 2 OWNER A. Paragraph 2.1: Add following Subparagraph: 2.1.3 The Contractor is denied the right of using in any form or medium the name of the Owner for advertisement, unless express written permission is granted by the Owner. B. Subparagraph 2.2.5: Delete, and replace with following: 2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, one print of each Drawing and one copiy of the Project Manual. Additional copies of the Contract Documents as the Contractor may require may be obtained directly from Reproduction House at Contractor's expense. C. Paragraph 2.2: Add following Subparagraph: 2.2.6 The Owner will procure and bear costs of quality control services as specified under the conditions set forth in Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification. D. Subparagraph 2.4.1, Lines 4 thru 7: Delete "may after such... deficiencies, the Owner ". AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -3 18JAN08 E. Article 2: Add following Paragraph: 2.5 EXTENT OF OWNERS RIGHTS 2.5.1 The rights stated in this Article 2 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents are cumulative and not in limitation of any right of the Owner (1) granted in the Contract Documents, (2) at law, or (3) in equity. 2.5.2 In no event shall the Owner have control over, charge of or any responsibility for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety and health precautions and programs in connection with the Work, notwithstanding any of the rights and authority granted the Owner in the Contract Documents. 1.04 ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR A. Paragraph 3.1: Add following Subparagraph: 3.1.4 Where terms such as "this Contractor ", "Thermal Insulation Contractor ", "Plumbing Contractor", "Mechanical Contractor ", "Electrical Contractor" or "Installing Contractor" appear in the Contract Documents, they shall mean the Contractor or Contractor's Subcontractor for the indicated portion of the Work. B. Subparagraph 3.4.2: Add following Clauses: 3.4.2.1 Substitutions shall be as specified only under the conditions set forth in Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification. Fj 3.4.2.2 The Owner shall be entitled to deduct from the Contract Sum amounts paid to the Architect to evaluate the Contractor's proposed substitutions and to make agreed upon changes in the Drawings and Specifications made necessary by the Owner's acceptance of such substitutions. C. Subparagraph 3.5.1: .1 Change "materials and equipment" to "materials, equipment and work ". 2 Lines 3 and 4: Change "not inherent in the quality required or permitted, "to "and deficiencies ". 3 Line 6: Change "maybe" to "shall be ". D. Paragraph 3.5: Add following Subparagraphs: 3.5.2 Should any defects or deficiencies develop in the materials, equipment or workmanship within the specified period, upon notice from the Owner, the Contractor shall within five (5) days after receiving written notice and without expense to the Owner, to repair, replace, and in general, to perform all necessary corrective work with regard to defective, deficient or nonconforming materials, equipment or work to the satisfaction of the requirements of the Contract Documents and Owner. The foregoing shall not in any manner limit the Owner's remedy or the Contractor's liability to those defects, deficiencies or nonconforming materials, equipment or work appearing within the warranty period. The Contractor shall perform the Work in a manner and at a time to minimize any damages sustained by the Owner and to not interfere with or in any way disrupt the operations of the Owner. H F] AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -4 18JAN08 • • 3.5.3 The corrective work referred to above shall include, without limitations, the cost of removing defective, deficient or nonconforming materials, equipment or work from the project site, the cost of correcting all work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by defective, deficient or nonconforming materials, equipment or work, including the cost of removal of such damaged or deficient materials, equipment or work from the project site, and the cost of correcting all damages to work of other contractors caused by the removal of defective, deficient or nonconforming materials, equipment or work. 3.5.4 The Contractor shall perform the Work in such manner so as to preserve any and all manufacturer's warranties and further shall assign to the Owner at the time of Completion of the Work any and all manufacturer's warranties relating to materials, equipment and labor used in the Work. 3.5.5 Warranty period shall be six (6) years or per, whichever is less or within such longer period as may be prescribed by Colorado statute, local prevailing law or by the terms of the Contract Documents, from date of Completion of the Work as defined in the Contract Documents. 3.5.6 In addition to the warranty terms stipulated, warranties of materials or equipment furnished by any manufacturer or supplier shall include any terms which cover a longer period of time than stipulated in the Contract Documents. 3.5.7 Warranties for materials, equipment and work shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 3.5.8 Warranties shall not deprive the Owner of other rights and remedies the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents or by law, and shall be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Subparagraph 3.7.1: Add following Clause: 3.7.1.1 Permits required by the Town of Vail shall be secured by and permit fees will be paid directly by the Contractor. This requirement shall supersede any conflicting requirement in the Contract Documents. F. Subparagraph 3.7.4, Line 1: Change "knowing it" to "which the Contractor knows or should have known ". G. Paragraph 3.7: Add following Subparagraphs: 3.7.5 Where requirements of the Contract Documents differ from laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, the building code or the requirements of authorities bearing on performance of the Work, the more stringent requirements shall govern. 3.7.6 The Contractor shall cooperate with issuing to owners of adjacent or nearby property any notices required by laws, ordinances, rules or regulations and arrange for and pay costs or fees involved if entry on such property becomes necessary in connection with the Work, or if use of, construction of, or encroachment on a public way becomes similarly necessary. The Owner and Architect shall be notified of such action. 3.7.7 The Contractor shall cooperate in obtaining from the governing authorities a Certificate of Occupancy, or other applicable document, which will permit the occupancy of the entire building by the Owner, or the Owner's tenants, for use intended and which shall be in strict conformance with all laws, ordinances, rules or regulations having jurisdiction. AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -5 18JAN08 Clause 3.8.2.2, Line 3: Following "allowances ", insert "except when installation is specified as part of the allowance." I. Subparagraph 3.10.1: 1. Following first sentence, insert following sentence: Contractor's construction schedule shall be in a format satisfactory to the Owner and Architect. 2. Add following Clause: 3.10.1.1 The Owner may authorize construction activities to commence prior to completion of the Drawings and Specifications. If the Drawings and Specifications require further development at the time the initial construction schedule is prepared, the Contractor shall (1) allow time in the schedule for further development of the Drawings and Specifications by the Architect, including time for review by the Owner and Contractor and for the Contractor's coordination of Subcontractor's Work, and (2) furnish to the Owner in a timely manner information regarding anticipated market conditions and construction cost, availability of labor, materials and equipment; and proposed methods, sequences and time schedules for construction of the Work. J. Subparagraph 3.10.2, Line 1: Change "approval" to "acceptance". K. Paragraph 3.10: Add following Subparagraph: 3.10.4 The Contractor shall monitor the progress of the Work for conformity with the requirements of the Contractor's construction schedule and shall promptly advise the Owner of any delays or potential delays. In the event that any progress report indicates any delays, the Contractor shall propose an affirmative plan to correct the delay, which plan shall address overtime and additional labor, if necessary. In no event shall any progress report constitute any adjustment in the Contract Time, the Contract Sum or any critical date for completion of a phase of the Work, unless such adjustment is approved in writing by the Owner and authorized pursuant to a Change Order. L. Subparagraph 3.11.1, Line 4: Change "approved" to "final reviewed or actioned ". M. Subparagraph 3.12.7: Delete, and replace with following: 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals required by the Contract Documents for such portion of the Work in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification. Such Work shall be in accordance with appropriately final reviewed or actioned submittals. N. Subparagraph 3.12.8: 1. Line 1: Change "approval" to "final reviewed or actioned ". 2. Line 3: Change "approval" to "review'. 3. Line 5: Change "approval to" to "acknowledgment of'. 4. Line 9: Change "approval" to "review". AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -6 18JAN08 0 1 O. Subparagraph 3.12.9, Line 4: Change "approval" to "acceptance ". P. Subparagraph 3.12.10: 1. Line 9: Following "criteria" insert "or characteristics ". 2. Line 18: Delete", approve ". 3. Line 21: Following "criteria" insert "or characteristics ". Q. Paragraph 3.12: Add following Subparagraph: 3.12.11 The Architect's review of Contractor's submittals will be limited to examination of an initial submittal and two (2) resubmittals. The Architect's review of additional submittals will be made only with the consent of the Owner after notification by the Architect. The Owner shall be entitled to deduct from the Contract Sum amounts paid to the Architect for evaluation of such additional resubmittals. R. Paragraph 3.13: Add following Subparagraphs: 3.13.2 Only materials and equipment which are to be used directly in the Work shall be brought to and stored on the project site by the Contractor. After equipment is no longer required for the Work, it shall be promptly removed from the project site. Protection of materials and equipment stored at the project site from weather, theft, damage and all other adversity is solely the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.13.3 Neither the Contractor nor any entity for whom the Contractor is responsible shall erect any sign on the project site without the prior written consent of the Owner, except as otherwise indicated by the Contract Documents. 3.13.4 The Contractor shall insure that the Work shall be performed, to the fullest extent reasonably possible, in such manner that areas adjacent to the project site of the Work shall be free from all debris, building materials and equipment, and the Contractor shall use best efforts to minimize any interference with the occupancy or beneficial use of any areas and buildings adjacent to the project site. S. Subparagraph 3.14.2, Line 5: Following "unreasonably withheld. ", insert "Structural members shall not be cut except with written permission of the Architect." T. Subparagraph 3.17.1, Line 2: Change "and Architect" to ", Architect, and their respective consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them ". U. Subparagraph 3.18.1: 1. Line 3: Change "indemnify and hold harmless" to "indemnify, hold harmless and defend ". 2. Line 4: Change ", Architect's" to "and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and ". 3. Line 4: Following "consultants, and" insert "the directors, officers, partners, ". 4. Line 11: Following "expense is ", insert "jointly ". 5. Line 11: Following "in part by ", insert "the negligent act or omission of". AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -7 18JAN08 6. Line 11: Following "indemnified hereunder. ", insert following sentence: The Contractor shall also indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Owner, Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them against liens and claims of Subcontractors and suppliers; fines or penalties imposed by any governmental agency for non - compliance of applicable laws by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, and losses or expenses arising from Contractor's failure to maintain insurance as required under Article 11. 7. Add following Clauses: 3.18.1.1 The foregoing Subparagraph shall, but not by way of limitation, specifically include all claims and judgments which may be made against the Owner, Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, agents and employees of any of them under the laws to safeguard workers engaged in hazardous occupations of the state or governmental body having jurisdiction; and further, against claims and judgments arising from violations of public ordinances and requirements of governing authorities due to the Contractor's or Subcontractor's method of execution of the work. 3.18.1.2 In event the Owner, Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them have to take action to enforce their rights under the indemnification provisions, they shall be entitled to recovery of attorney fees and all other expenses incurred in defending or pursuing that remedy from the Contractor. V. Subparagraph 3.18.2: Delete, and replace with following: 3.18.2 The indemnification which the Contractor and Subcontractors are to provide under Paragraph 3.18 shall include, extend and insure to and be for the benefit of the Owner, Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them, and shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under Workmen's Compensation or Employer's liability acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or other legislation or rule of law, whether legislative, judicial, administrative or common law. W. Paragraph 3.18: Add following Subparagraphs: 3.18.3 The acceptance by the Owner of any certification of insurance providing for other coverage than is required in the Contract Documents to be furnished by the Contractor shall in no event be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of these indemnity obligations. 3.18.4 None of the foregoing provisions shall deprive the Owner, Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them of any action, right or remedy otherwise available to them or either of them by operation of law. 3.18.5 In addition, the Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the following, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them, who shall be named as additional insureds: .1 Destination Resorts, Inc. .2 Landmark -Vail Condominium Association, Inc. .3 Alter -Vail Ventures, LLC, c/o The Alter Group .4 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -8 18JAN08 • 0 .5 Redwine Engineering ' .6 AEC, Inc. .7 Alpine Engineering .8 BFPE, Inc. .9 Sonesmac, Inc. .10 Fritzlen Pierce Architects, Inc. Article 3: Add following Paragraphs: 3.19 ACCIDENT REPORTS 3.19.1 The Contractor shall submit a written report to the Owner, Architect and other required parties within 24 hours of the occurrence, of any accident whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the Work, whether on or off the project site, which cause death, personal injury or property damage, giving full details. Report shall include name of person or persons involved and home address, name of employer; date, time and location of occurrence; description of occurrence; name of witnesses and home addresses, including any statements; indicate whether the police were notified, and if so, the police report number, if obtainable, and signature of Contractor's superintendent. 3.19.2 In addition, if death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger. 3.19.3 If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor on account of accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Owner and Architect, giving full details of the claim. 3.20 RECORDS 3.20.1 The Contractor shall keep full and detailed records, accounts and data, including financial data, and exercise such controls as may be necessary for proper management under the Contract; the control systems shall be satisfactory to the Owner. The Owner shall be afforded access to the Contractor's records, correspondence, instructions, drawings, subcontracts, purchase orders, vouchers, accounts, memoranda and other data relating to the Contract, and all such records and data shall be made available to the Owner at any time, and the Contractor shall preserve these for a period of three (3) years after final payment, or such longer period as may be required by law. 1.05 ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT A. Subparagraph 4.1.1: Add following Clause: 4.1.1.1 Wherever the term "Engineer" is used in reference to a requirement, direction, review or judgment of the Work, means the Architect. B. Paragraph 4.1: Add following Subparagraph: 4.1.4 The Contractor is denied the right of using in any form or medium the name of the Architect for advertisement, unless expressly written permission is granted by the Architect. C. Subparagraph 4.2.2: 1. Line 1: Following "will ", insert "periodically" and delete "at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations ". AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -9 18JAN08 C� 2. Line 7: Change "inspections" to "observations ". 3. Line 10: Following "safety", insert "and health ". D. Subparagraph 4.2.3: Add following sentences to end of Subparagraph: The services and obligations of the Architect will be provided in conformity with the standards of care and skill of the architectural profession. The Architect will not be responsible for the performance of the construction contracts, work or products, or any defects, deficiencies or effects resulting therefrom, of any contractor, subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, fabricator, consultant retained by the Owner, or any other third party, including anyone working or acting on behalf of any of them. E. Subparagraph 4.2.5, Line 1: Change "evaluations of" to "observations and the representations by the Contractor made in" F. Subparagraph 4.2.6: 1. Line 1: Following "authority to ", insert "advise the Owner to ". 2. Line 3: Following "authority to ", insert "recommend that the Owner". 3. Line 6: Following "Architect to the ", insert "Owner, ". G. Subparagraph 4.2.7: Delete, and replace with following: 4.2.7 The Architect will review and take appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals, such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, forwarded to the Architect by the Contractor, is for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents prepared by the Architect. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of materials, equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor. Review of submittals will not relieve Contractor of responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. This review does not constitute a review of safety and health precautions or of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. Review of a specific item shall not indicate review of an assembly of which the item is a component. When professional certification of performance characteristics of materials, equipment or systems is required by the Contract Documents and such certification is specifically required to be given by a party other than the Architect, the Owner and Architect shall be entitled to rely on such party's certification to establish that the materials, equipment or systems will meet the performance requirements required, including accuracy and completeness of calculations and certifications. The Architect will, within a reasonable time, normally fourteen (14) days minimum, while allowing sufficient time, given the complexity and volume of submittals, to permit adequate review and take appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals. Service provided will be performed in a manner consistent with that degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the same profession currently practicing under similar circumstances. H. Subparagraph 4.2.9, Line 1: Change "inspections" to "on -site observations ". Subparagraph 4.2.11: Delete last sentence. j I AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -10 18JAN08 9 0 i J. Paragraph 4.2: Add following Subparagraphs: 4.2.14 The Architect's review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples and on -site observation of the construction work is to determine if the Contractor's submittals and Work appear to be in general conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents prepared by the Architect. It is understood that the Architect's review shall not be considered to be complete in every detail or consummate and shall also not relieve the Contractor, or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, fabricator, consultant or other third party from responsibility for any deficiency that may exist or for any departures or deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents or for the responsibility to coordinate the Work, or portion of the work, of one trade with another. 4.2.15 The Architect's services will be performed solely for the benefit of the Owner. The Contractor, or any Subcontractor, supplier, fabricator, manufacturer, tenant, consultant or other third party shall not have any claim against the Architect as a result of the Owner - Architect Agreement or the performance or nonperformance of the Architect's services. The Contractor shall bring this provision to the attention of the parties with whom it contracts and have them do the same with those with whom they contract. Cv K. Subparagraph 4.3.4: 1. Line 8: Change "investigate" to "review". 2. Line 10: Change "an equitable adjustment" to "that an equitable adjustment be made ". 3. Line 15: Change "decision" to "determination ". 4. Line 18: Change "determination" to "recommendation ". L. Subparagraph 4.3.7: Add following Clause: 4.3.7.3 Claims for increase in the Contract Time shall set forth in detail the circumstances that form the basis for the Claim, the date upon which each cause of delay began to affect the progress of the Work, the date upon which each cause of delay ceased to affect the progress of the Work and the number of days' increase in the Contract time claimed as a consequence of each such cause of delay. The Contractor shall provide such supporting documentation as the Owner may require including, where appropriate, a revised construction schedule indicating all the activities affected by the circumstances forming the basis of the Claim. 4.3.7.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to a separate increase in the Contract Time for each one of the number of causes of delay which may have concurrent or interrelated effects on the progress of the Work, or for concurrent delays due to the fault of the Contractor. M. Subparagraph 4.4.1, Line 4: Delete ", arbitration ". N. Subparagraph 4.4.4, Line 6: Change "approve" to "accept ". O. Subparagraph 4.4.5: 1. Line 1: Change "approve" to "accept ". 2. Line 3: Change "approval" to "acceptance". 3. Line 4: Change "and arbitration" to "or litigation ". AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -11 18JAN08 LM P. Subparagraph 4.4.6: N 1. Line 2: Change "and arbitration" to "and litigation'; and change "arbitration" to "mediation ". 2. Line 4: Change "arbitration" to "mediation ". 3. Line 6: Change "arbitration" to "mediation ". 4. Line 7: Change "arbitration" to "mediation ". Q. Subparagraph 4.4.8, Line 3: Change "arbitration" to "litigation ". R. Paragraph 4.6: Delete. 1.06 ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS A. Subparagraph 5.2.1: 1. Line 6: Delete ", after due investigation," 2. Add following Clause: 5.2.1.1 After the date of commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities proposed as manufacturers, fabricators or material suppliers for the products, equipment and systems identified in Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification. B. Subparagraph 5.3.1: Add following sentence to end of Subparagraph: The Contractor agrees to remove or bond over any and all mechanic's and materialmen's liens which may be filed against the Property within thirty (30) days of written notice of such lien. C. Paragraph 5.3: Add following Subparagraph: 5.3.2 All subcontracts shall be in writing in a form and substance substantially similar to the Agreement, and shall specifically provide that the Owner is an intended third -party beneficiary of such subcontract. 1.07 ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS A. Subparagraph 6.3.1, Line 3: Change "Architect" to "Owner ". 1.08 ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Subparagraph 7.1.3: Add following Clause: 7.1.3.1 Except as permitted in Paragraphs 7.3 and 7.4, a change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time shall be accomplished only by Change Order. Accordingly, no course of conduct or dealings between the parties, nor express or implied acceptance of changes in the Work, and no claim that Owner has been unjustly enriched by any change in the Work, whether or not there is, in fact, any unjust enrichment to the Work, shall be the basis of any claim to an increase in any amounts due under the Contract Documents or any change in any time period set forth in the Contract Documents. W, AES10777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -12 18JAN08 B. Paragraph 7.2: Add following Subparagraph: 7.2.3 Agreement on any Change Order shall constitute a final settlement of all matters relating to the change in the Work which is the subject of the Change Order, including but not limited to all direct and indirect costs associated with such change and any and all adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. In the event that a Change Order increases the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall include the Work covered by such Change Order in the Applications for Payment as if such Work were originally part of the Contract Documents. 1.09 ARTICLE 8 TIME A. Subparagraph 8.1.2: Delete, and replace with following: The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement, such date of commencement being the date from which the Contract Time is measured, and shall be the date of the Agreement, unless a different date is established in the Agreement or provision is made for the date to be established by a notice to proceed given by the Owner. B. Subparagraph 8.3.1: 1. Line 5: Delete "and arbitration ". 2. Line 6: Change "determines" to "believes ". 1.10 ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION A. Subparagraph 9.3.1: 1. Line 3: Delete "if required, ". 2. Add following Clauses: 9.3.1.3 Progress payments shall be made once each calendar month, unless otherwise established in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be accompanied by the following, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner: (1) a current Contractor's Lien Waiver and duly executed and acknowledged Sworn Statement showing all Subcontractors and materialmen with whom the Contractor has entered into subcontracts, the amount of each subcontract, the amount requested for any Subcontractor and materialman in the requested progress payment and the amount to be paid to the Contractor from such progress payment, together with similar Sworn Statements from all such subcontractors and materialmen; (2) duly executed Waivers of Mechanic's and Materialmen's Liens from all Subcontractors and, when appropriate, from materialmen and Sub - subcontractors establishing payment or satisfaction of payment of all amounts requested by the Contractor on behalf of such entities or persons in any previous Application for Payment; and (3) all information and materials required to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents or reasonably requested by the Owner or the Architect. If required by the Owner's title insurer, the Contractor shall execute a Personal Undertaking and Indemnity Agreement, both in form and substance satisfactory to such title insurer, and the Contractor shall deliver to such title insurer any and all financial statements and any other documents which the title insurer may require. B. Paragraph 9.3: Add following Subparagraph: AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -13 18JAN08 D O 9.3.4 Until final payment, the Owner shall pay ninety percent (90 %) of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments, ten percent (10 %) being retained. The Owner, at its sole discretion, may at any time after fifty percent (50 %) or more of the Work under each work category in the Application for Payment has been completed and the Owner deems that satisfactory progress has and continues to be made and, if applicable, upon the Contractor's presentation of Consent of Surety, without reduction of previous retainage, make any remaining progress payments without further retention. 9.3.4.1 Whenever surety is involved, the form for consent of surety to reduction of retainage shall be AIA Document G707A, Consent of Surety to Reduction in or Partial Release of Retainage, or other like form acceptable to the Owner, and executed, including surety attestation, in a manner acceptable to the Owner. 9.3.4.2 The full contract retainage may be reinstated if the manner of completion of the Work and its progress do not remain satisfactory to the Owner or if surety withholds his consent, or for other good and sufficient reasons. C. Subparagraph 9.4.2: 1. Sentence 1: Delete, and replace with following: The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner based on the Architect's observations at the project site and the Contractor's representations in the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the Work has progressed substantially to the point indicated and the quality of the Work is in substantial accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Line 5: Following "representations ", insert "of the Architect ". 3. Line 7: Change "inspections" to "observations ". D. Paragraph 9.4: Add following Subparagraph: 9.4.3 The provisions for payment and a Certificate for Payment are solely for the benefit of the Owner and no other party (including sureties of the Contractor) shall have any negligence or other action against the Owner, the Architect or anyone acting in behalf of either of them for waiving or misapplying these provisions. E. Subparagraph 9.7.1: 1. Line 1: Following "Payment ", insert "or notify the Contractor of the reason for non - payment ". 2. Line 4: Delete "or awarded by arbitration ". F. Paragraph 9.7: Add following Subparagraph: 9.7.2 If Owner is entitled to reimbursement or payment from Contractor under or pursuant to the Contract Documents, such payment shall be made promptly upon demand by Owner. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract Documents to the contrary, if the Contractor fails to promptly make any payment when due to Owner, or the Owner incurs any costs and expenses to cure any default of the Contractor or to correct defective Work, the Owner shall have the right to offset such amount against the Contract Sum and may, in the Owner's sole discretion, elect either to: (1) deduct an amount equal to that which the Owner is entitled from any payment then or thereafter due the Contractor from the Owner, or (2) issue a written notice E AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -14 18JAN08 to the Contractor which reduces the Contract Sum by an amount equal to that which the Owner is entitled. G. Subparagraph 9.8.3: 1. Line 1: Change "make an inspection" to "review the completed Work ". 2. Line 3: Change "inspection" to "review". 3. Line 8: Change "inspection" to "review". 4. Add following Clause: 9.8.3.1 Except with the consent of the Owner, the Architect will perform no more than two (2) reviews to determine whether the Work or a designated portion thereof has attained Substantial Completion in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be entitled to deduct from the Contract Sum amounts paid to the Architect for any additional reviews. H. Subparagraph 9.8.4: 1. Line 3: Following ", Contractor ", insert "as agreed upon, ". 2. Line 5: Following "Certificate ", insert "which shall identify all non - conforming, defective and incomplete Work and establish the date of commencement of Warranties in connection with any such work ". I. Subparagraph 9.8.5: 1. Line 2: Delete 'for their written acceptance of responsibility assigned to them in such Certificate ". 2. Line 3: Delete "such acceptance and ". J. Subparagraph 9.9.1, Lines 13 and 14: Delete "or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect'. K. Paragraph 9.9.2, Line 2: Change "inspect" to "review". L. Subparagraph 9.9.3, Line 1: Following "upon ", insert "in writing ". M. Subparagraph 9.10.1: 1. Line 1: Change "inspection" to "review". 2. Lines 2 and 3: Change "make such inspection" to "review the Work ". 3. Line 6: Delete "and inspections ". 4. Add following Clauses: 9.10.1.1 All record documents, operating and maintenance data, warranties and like items required under or pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be assembled and delivered by the Contractor to the Architect as part of the final Application for Payment, except as maybe otherwise required. The final Certificate for Payment will not be issued by AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -15 18JAN08 LM X the Architect until all such documents, data and warranties have been received and accepted by the Owner. 9.10.1.2 Except with the consent of the Owner, the Architect will perform no more than two (2) reviews to determine whether the Work or a designated portion thereof has attained Final Completion in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be entitled to deduct from the Contract Sum amounts paid to the Architect for any additional reviews. N. Subparagraph 9.10.2: Add following Clause: 9.10.2.1 The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied by AIA Document G706, Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims; AIA Document G706A, Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, and whenever surety is involved, AIA Document G707, Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment, or other like forms acceptable to the Owner, and executed, including attestations, in a manner acceptable to the Owner. 1.11 ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Subparagraph 10.2.2: Add following sentence to end of Subparagraph: The Contractor, before commencement of any part of the Work at project site, shall give any notices required to be given to adjoining landowners or other parties. B. Subparagraph 10.2.4: Add following Clauses: 10.2.4.1 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Owner reasonable advance notice. 10.2.4.2 If the Contract Documents require the Contractor to handle materials or substances that under certain circumstances may be designated as hazardous, the Contractor shall handle such materials in an appropriate manner. C. Paragraph 10.2: Add following Subparagraph: 10.2.8 When required by law or for the safety of the Work or adjoining property, the Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin and protect adjoining property including but not limited to foundations and other portions of existing structures which are in any way affected by the Work. D. Subparagraph 10.3.3, Line 2: Following "consultants and ", insert "the directors, officers, partners, ". E. Paragraph 10.3: Add following Subparagraph: 10.3.4 Hazardous materials or substances, including but not limited to, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other similar substances, shall not be allowed on the site nor be used in the Work. The Contractor shall notify the Owner if any of the products or materials specified in the Contract Documents or proposed by the Contractor or its subcontractors or material suppliers or encountered on the site contain or are reasonably believed to contain hazardous materials in any form, so that a qualified consultant retained by the Owner can determine whether such materials may be used in the Work or need to be removed from the site or rendered harmless in a manner which will not adversely affect the health of any persons and which will comply with applicable governmental laws and regulations. AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -16 18JAN08 • • 1.12 ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Subparagraph 11.1.1, Line 2: Following "located ", insert "and as acceptable to the Owner ". B. Clause 11.1.1.1, Line 2: Following "performed ", insert ", including private entries performing Work at the site and exempt from the coverage on account of number of employees or occupation, which entities shall maintain voluntary compensation coverage at the same limits specified for mandatory coverage for the duration of the Project ". C. Clause 11.1.1.2, Line 2: Following "employees ", insert "or persons or entities excluded by statute from the requirements of Clause 11.1.1.1 but required by the Contract Documents to provide the insurance required by that clause ". D. Clause 11.1.1.5, Line 2: Following "including ", insert "explosion, collapse and damage to underground utilities and ". E. Subparagraph 11.1.2: Add following sentence to end of Subparagraph: Notwithstanding the above, the insurance coverage required by Paragraph 11.1 shall be on an occurrence basis. F. Subparagraph 11.1.2.1: Add the following paragraph: Such insurance shall be written to include the following coverages and for not less than the following minimum limits or greater if required by law. 1. WORKERS COMPENSATION A. State of Colorado B. Applicable Federal Statutory Limits Statutory Limits C. Employer's Liability $1,000,000.00 Each Accident $1,000,000.00 Disease, Policy Limit $1,000,000.00 Disease, Each Employee As Applicable 2. GENERAL LIABILITY (including Premises - Operations; Independent Contractor's Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Peoperty Damage; Blanket Contractural and Personal Injury) A. Bodily Injury $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence B. Property Damage $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence $2,000,000.00 General Aggregate for BI and PD AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -17 18JAN08 0 C C. Products and Completed Operations Insurance shall be maintained for a minimum period of (2) two years after final payment and the Contractor shall continue to provide evidence of such coverage to the Owner on an annual basis during the aforementioned period. D. Property Damage Liability Insurance shall include coverage for Explosion (X), Collapse (C) and Underground (U) E. Contractual Liability: Bodily Injury Property Damage F. Personal Injury $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence $2,000,000.00 General Aggregate $1,000,000.00 Aggregate G. If the General Liability policy includes a General Aggregate, such General Aggregate shall not be less than $2,000,000.00 Policy shall be endorsed to have General Aggregate apply to this project only. 2. UMBRELLA EXCESS LIABILITY $25,000,000.00 Over primary insurance 2. AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY (owned, non - owned, hired or rented) A. Bodily Injury $1,000,000.00 Each Person $1,000,000.00 Each Accident B. Property Damage $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence G. Subparagraph 11.12 Add the following paragraph 11.1.2.2: Contractor shall name and cause its Subcontractor of any tier to name the following additional insureds on all General Liability and Automobile Liability insurance required above, including the partners, members, managers, officers, directors agents and employees of all of the following and of any partnership, corporation or limited liability company which is a member of any of the following: .1 Destination Resorts, Inc. .2 Landmark -Vail Condominium Association, Inc. .3 Alter -Vail Ventures, LLC, c/o The Alter Group .4 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -18 18JAN08 • i .5 .6 Redwine Engineering AEC, Inc. .7 Alpine Engineering .8 BFPE, Inc. .9 Sonesmac, Inc. .10 Fritzlen Pierce Architects, Inc. The Contractor shall cause the coverage afforded the additional insureds by the Contractor to be endorsed as primary and non - contributory. If the additional insureds have other insurance which is applicable to the loss, such insurance shall be on an excess or contingent basis. The insurance company's liability shall not be reduced by the existence of such other insurance. H. Subparagraph 11.1.3: Delete, and replace with following: 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance evidencing the required coverages and the Owner's Protective Policy shall be submitted to the Architect for transmittal to the Owner for approval by the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor shall certify to the Owner that he has obtained or will obtain similar certificates of insurance from each of his Subcontractors before their work commences. Each Subcontractor shall be covered by insurance of the same character and in the same amounts as the Contractor unless the Contractor and Owner agree that a reduced coverage is adequate. The Contractor shall submit a statement with each monthly affidavit stating that he has obtained certificates of insurance, or other satisfactory evidence, that all required insurance is in force for each of the Subcontractors listed on his affidavit. If the additional insureds have other insurance which is applicable to the loss, it shall be on an excess or contingent basis. The amount of the company's liability under this policy shall not be reduced by the existence of such other insurance. Contractors certificates shall be in duplicate on standard ACORD Certificate of Insurance forms. 11.1.3.1 Certificates of Insurance shall contain a statement therein or a rider attached thereto incorporating the indemnity provisions stated in Paragraph 3.18 and including modifications made in these Supplementary Conditions. 11.1.3.2 These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be amended, cancelled or allowed to expire until at least thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the Owner and Architect. If Certificates do not contain provisions of Paragraph 11.1, then Contractor shall give written notice of certificate holders indicating means and limits of providing coverage. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. The Contractor shall file with the Owner and Architect any endorsements that are subsequently issued amending insurance coverage. 11.1.3.3 The obligations of the Contractor under the provisions of this Article shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, Architect's consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them arising out of the preparation of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications. Paragraph 11.1: Add following new Subparagraphs: 11.1.4 The Contractor shall secure, pay for and maintain until all work, including work required by any guarantee or warranty required by the Contract Documents, is completed, such AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -19 18JAN08 0 insurance as will protect the Contractor, the Owner, the Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them from claims directly or indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or failure to perform the Work, or the condition of the Work or the Project site, from claims by Subcontractors, workmen or suppliers, from claims under any scaffolding, structural work or safe place law, or any law with respect to protection of adjacent landowners, and from any other claims for damages to property or for bodily injury, including death, which may arise in whole or in part from operations by the Contractor or any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. Such insurance shall cover all contractual obligations which the Contractor has assumed including the indemnification provisions under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.5 Contractor shall require all Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors to add the Owner, Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them as additional insureds to their respective commercial general liability and umbrella excess liability insurance policies on a primary and non - contributing basis for ongoing operations, and products and completed operations. 11.1.6 The Contractor shall require all Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors to carry the same insurance as required for the Contractor, or Contractor may provide the coverage for any or all Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors, and, if so, the evidence of insurance submitted shall so stipulate. 11.1.7 The Contractor is responsible for determining that Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors meet insurance requirements of the Contract Documents and are adequately insured against claims arising out of or relating to the Work. The premium cost and charges for such insurance shall be paid by each Subcontractor and Sub - subcontractor as appropriate or Contractor may provide the coverage for any or all Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors, and, if so, the evidence of insurance submitted shall so stipulate. 11.1.8 The limits of liability as stated, may be arrived at using a Split -Limit or a Combined Single Limit Basis. However, the total limit of liability shall not be less than that stated in the requirements. J. Paragraph 11.3: Delete. K. Subparagraph 11.4.1: 1. Line 11: Following "Owner ", insert ", Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them ; ". 2. Line 12: Following "Project. ", insert following sentence: a. This insurance shall provide that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer shall have no right of recovery against any of the parties named as insureds or additional insureds. L. Clause 11.4.1.1: 1. Add following sentence to end of Clause: The form of policy for this coverage shall be Completed Value. 2. Add following Sub - clause: AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -20 18JAN08 0 • i 11.4.1.1.1 Property insurance provided by the Owner shall not cover any tools, apparatus, machinery, scaffolding, hoists, forms, staging, shoring and other similar items commonly referred to as construction equipment, which may be on the project site and the capital value of which is not included in the Work. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for any insurance he may require on such construction equipment, including any tools owned by mechanics, and any tools, equipment, scaffolding, staging, towers and forms owned or rented by the Contractor. Failure of the Contractor to secure such insurance or to maintain adequate levels of coverage shall not obligate the Owner, Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them for any losses of owned or rented equipment. If the Contractor secures such insurance the insurance policy shall include a waiver of subrogation clause as follows: It is agreed that in no event shall this insurance company have any right of recovery against the Owner or Architect. M. Clause 11.4.1.4: Delete, and replace with following: The Contractor at the Contractor's own expense shall provide insurance coverage for Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also for portions of the Work in transit and until such Work is permanently attached to the supporting Work. N. Subparagraph 11.4.2, Line 4: Following "Owner," insert "Architect and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them; ". O. Subparagraph 11.4.6, Lines 1 and 2: Change "copy of each" to "certificate or other valid evidence of such ". P. Subparagraph 11.4.7, Line 1: Change "The ", to "If permitted by the Owner's and Contractor's insurance companies, without penalties, the ". Q. Subparagraph 11.4.8, Line 3: Delete "and of Subparagraph 11.4.10 ". R. Subparagraph 11.4.9, Lines 5 and 6: Delete ", or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6 ". S. Subparagraph 11.4.10: Delete. T. Subparagraph 11.5.1: 1. Line 4: Following "of the Contract ", insert ", except if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Contractor shall, prior to the commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished ". 2. Add following sentence to end of Subparagraph: The Contractor shall require the attorney -in -fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. U. Paragraph 11.5: Add following Subparagraphs: 11.5.3 In the event of additions to the Contract, the Owner reserves the right to require evidence of additional bond. The Bond shall allow. (1) for additions or deductions from the Work 4D ) in any amount; (2) that completion time shall not be extended by reason of changes in the Work, AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -21 18JAN08 unless agreed to at time of change; (3) that no notice of aforesaid alterations, additions or omissions need be given the surety, and (4) use or occupancy of the Work by the Owner at any time. 11.5.4 Final acceptance of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor nor his surety from their obligations under the Contract, including but not limited to warranties of materials, equipment, installation or service. The surety for the specified Performance and Labor and Material Payments Bonds shall be held until any insurance claim, including claims subject to indemnification requirements, have been settled and evidence to such effect suitable to Owner has been furnished. 11.5.5 The Contractor, before commencing the Work, shall furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond. The Performance Bond shall be in an amount equal to one - hundred (100) percent of the full amount of the Construct Sum, including any Modifications, as security for the faithful performance of the obligations of the Contract Documents, and the Payment Bond shall be in an amount equal to one - hundred (100) percent of the full amount of the Contract Sum, including any Modifications, as security for the payment of all persons performing labor and furnishing materials in connection with the Contract Documents. Such bonds shall be on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond, shall be issued by a surety satisfactory to the Owner in its sole discretion and shall name the Owner as a primary co- obligee. V. Article 11: Add following Paragraphs: 11.6 CONTRACTOR'S PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.6.1 The Contractor shall require or shall purchase for all designers hired by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor, required by the Contract Documents to design, including performing associated functions of certifying, reviewing and inspecting, various parts of the Work, professional liability insurance covering errors, omissions and negligent acts in a professional capacity, with limits not less than $2,000,000 per claim. The insurance shall be in the name of the designer and shall provide coverage from the earliest date of design by the Contractor's designer. The insurance coverage shall be in full force for the term through construction plus additional years of extended discovery in effect in jurisdiction where the Work is located, but not less than (2) two years after final payment of the Work and for additional coverage for those who are no longer active in their work, but remain subject to claims based upon completed work. 11.6.2 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Owner, Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees, to the extent arising out of or resulting from negligent performance of the Contractor's design work. 11.6.2.1 The indemnification shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits. 11.6.2.2 In event the Owner, Architect, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them have to take action to enforce their rights under the indemnification provisions, they shall be entitled to recovery of attorney fees and all other expenses incurred in defending or pursuing that remedy from the Contractor. 11.6.3 Certificate of Insurance evidencing the required coverage shall be submitted to the Architect for transmittal to the Owner for approval by the Owner prior to commencement of the AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -22 18JAN08 • • Work. Certificate shall indicate any exclusions and shall contain a statement or a rider attached thereto incorporating the indemnity provisions. Certificate shall be in duplicate on standard ACORD Certificate of Insurance forms. The Owner will have the option of requesting certified copies of the insurance policy. 11.6.4 The certificate and insurance policy required by this Paragraph 11.6 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policy will not be amended, cancelled or allowed to expire until at least thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the Owner and Architect. If certificate does not contain provisions of Paragraph 11.6, then Contractor shall give written notice to certificate holders indicating means and limits of providing coverage. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted through the final Application for Payment. 11.6.5 In addition, the Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the following, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates and consultants, and the directors, officers, partners, agents and employees of any of them, who shall be named as additional insureds: .1 Destination Resorts, Inc. .2 Landmark -Vail Condominium Association, Inc. .3 Alter -Vail Ventures, LLC, c/o The Alter Group .4 A. Epstein and Sons International, Inc. .5 Redwine Engineering .6 AEC, Inc. .7 Alpine Engineering .8 BFPE, Inc. .9 Sonesmac, Inc. .10 Fritzlen Pierce Architects, Inc. 11.7 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS 11.7.1 Insurance Company Ratings. All insurance coverages shall be provided by insurance companies having a policy holder rating of "A" or higher and financial rating of Class V or higher as defined by Best's Insurance Guide, published by Alfred M. Best Co., Inc., latest edition in effect as of the date of the Contract. 1.13 ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK A. Clause 12.2.1.1: 1. Line 1: Change "Architect" to "Owner ". 2. Add following sentence to end of Clause: If prior to the date of Substantial Completion, the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or anyone for whom either is responsible, uses or damages any portion of the Work, including without limitation plumbing, mechanical, electrical and other building systems, machinery, equipment or other devices, the Contractor shall cause such item to be restored to "like nevi" condition at no addition to the Contract Sum. B. Clause 12.2.2.1: Add following sentences to end of Clause: 1. The obligations under Paragraph 12.2 shall cover any repairs and replacement to any part of the Work or other property caused by the defective Work. Upon completion of any Work under or pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2, the warranty period in connection with the Work ` requiring correction shall be renewed and shall recommence. AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -23 18JAN08 0 1.14 ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 1. Subparagraph 13.2.1: Add the following to the end of this paragraph: a. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this paragraph, however, the Owner may assign the Contract to an affiliated entity without the consent of the Contractor. B. Subparagraph 13.5.1: 1. Second Sentence: Delete, and replace with following: The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals conducted by public authorities or required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents or required for the convenience of the Contractor in carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall make arrangements for such test, inspections and approvals with an independent quality control service or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority. a. Line 8: Following "procedures. ", insert "Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall bear all costs of other inspections, test or approvals." C. INTEREST 1. Delete 13.6 and 13.6.1 entirely. 1.15 ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT A. Subparagraph 14.1.1: 1. Lines 1 and 2: Change "a period of 30 consecutive days" to "the respective periods set forth below". 2. Clause 14.1.1.1, Line 1: Following "stopped ", insert "(120 days) ". 3. Clause 14.1.1.2, Line 2: Following "stopped ", insert "(120 days) ". 4. Clause 14.1.1.3, Line 6: Following "Documents ", insert "(30 days) ". 5. Clause 14.1.1.4, Line 2: Following "221 ", insert "(60 days) ". B. Subparagraph 14.2.2: 1. Lines 1 and 2: Delete ", upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, ". 2. Line 4: Following "notice ", insert "and Contractor fails to commence to cure the cause ". END OF DOCUMENT vi AESI 0777 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 -24 18JAN08 0 0 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01110 0 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Work Covered by Contract Documents: General: The Work covered by Contract Documents consists of multiple modifications and renovations to the existing Landmark Condominiums, Vail Colorado. The existing ' Townhome' building consists of 28 flat and two level units within a wood and masonry structure over a common concrete parking structure. The existing 'Condominium' building consists of 30 flat and two level units within a concrete and masonry structure over a common parking structure. The 'Overbuild' units include construction of 17 new flat and two level units within the air rights above the existing Townhome portion of the site. A new underground parking garage structure will be constructed including a new dropoff roadway with surface parking, a new entry lobby, an elevator tower and an additional stair tower for exiting from the Overbuild. The existing Townhome and Condominium buildings will be re -clad in new siding, stone and plaster finishes to match the Overbuild. An architectural roof will be applied to the rooftop units of the existing condominium building. 2. Related Work: Separate contracts will be issued to perform other work on Project. Work of this Contract shall take into account work which may be affected by work performed on t Project not included in this Contract as indicated in the Contract Documents. No claim for extra compensation will be permitted to accommodate, and interface and coordinate with work on Project not included in this Contract. C. Contractor Responsibilities: As required by Contract Documents, including following: 1. Obtain and pay for permits, inspection certificates, governmental fees and licenses required for the Work and as necessary for proper completion and performance of the Work, as applicable at time of receipt of bid, except as otherwise required by Contract Documents. 2. Give required notices in writing with copies to Owner and Architect. 3. Comply with codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and other legal requirements of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 4. Promptly submit written notice to Architect of observed variance of Contract Documents from legal requirements. 5. Enforce strict discipline and good order among employees. Do not employ on the Work unfit persons or persons not skilled in assigned task. 1.02 CONTRACT A. General: Construct, provide and perform the Work covered by Contract Documents under a cost of the Work plus a stipulated lump sum fee with a guaranteed maximum price contract. AESI 27210 18JAN08 SUMMARY OF WORK 01110 -1 1.03 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. General: Owner may either directly or under separate contracts, furnish products as indicated in the contract documents. Furnishing of products will precede, be concurrent with, overlap or follow the Work of this Contract. Products furnished by Owner shall be excluded from Contract. B. Owner Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver necessary product data, shop drawings, samples and other submittals to Contractor for information and coordination of the Work and for installation. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery free on board (FOB) project site, except for demurrage and untimely return of returnable dunnage. 3. Submit claims for product delivery shortages, transportation damages and defective products. 4. Arrange for repairs or replacement of damaged, defective or missing products. 5. Arrange for warranties. 6. Establish requirements for installation, service rough -ins and connects for products. C. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Submit to Owner and Architect notification of any discrepancies or problems anticipated in coordination of products furnished by Owner. 2. Designate delivery and installation dates for each product in progress schedule. 3. Review product data, shop drawings, samples and other submittals for information and coordination of the Work and for installation. Submit to Owner and Architect notification of any discrepancies or problems anticipated in installation of products. 4. Receive and unload products at project site. Assume complete responsibility for products, including protection against loss and damage, until acceptance of the Work. 5. Promptly inspect products after delivery. If conditions permit, inspect products prior to moving or unloading from transporting vehicle. Record and furnish written report to Owner and Architect of shortages against bill of lading and damaged or defective products. For objectionable, damaged or defective products, supplement report with clear photographs indicating conditions. Cooperate in filing and pursuit of product shortages, damage or defects with Owner. 6. Be responsible for returnable dunnage. Remove and dispose returnable dunnage meeting requirements of shipper or transportation agency. Be responsible for timely return of returnable dunnage. Ship returnable dunnage freight collect. Furnish written notice of returnable dunnage shipment to shipper or transportation agency, Owner and Architect. 7. Non - returnable dunnage shall become property of Contractor, except as otherwise required. Do not advertise, display or sell non - returnable dunnage on premises. Remove non- returnable dunnage from premises on daily basis. Place non - returnable dunnage retained by Owner in storage at location on project site as directed by Owner. 8. Handle products at project site, including uncrating and storage. 9. Protect products from exposure to weather and from damage. AESI 27210 18JAN08 SUMMARY OF WORK 01110 -2 10. Install, connect and finish products as required. 11. Provide for repair or replacement of products damaged under custodial care or as a result of responsibility of Contractor. Repair or replacement shall be acceptable to Owner. 12. Provide other work and accessibility as required to accommodate products. 1.04 OWNER PROVIDED WORK A. General: Owner will either directly or under separate contracts, provide services, provide products and perform work as indicated in this Article. In addition, Owner will provide other work as may be indicated by other parts of Contract Documents. Providing of services and products, and performance of work will precede, be concurrent with, overlap or follow the Work of this Contract. Services, products and work provided by Owner shall be excluded from Contract. B. Services: Owner will provide following services: 1. Quality control services to sample, inspect and test materials and work for meeting requirements indicated by Contract Documents. This shall not supersede responsibility of Contractor for overall quality assurance and control of the Work. 2. Payment of excess electrical utility facility costs relative to permanent utility facilities required for project. C. Work: Owner will perform following work: } 1. Certify project site has been rendered harmless of hazardous materials and substances and is ready for construction. 2. Moving or relocating existing office furnishings and equipment. 3. Provide office furnishings and equipment, including any associated electrical wiring work. 4. As may be indicated in other parts of Contract Documents. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Submit to Owner and Architect notification of any discrepancies or problems anticipated in coordination of services and work provided by Owner. 2. Provide work and accessibility as required to accommodate services and work provided by Owner. 3. Provide protection to utility sources furnished by Owner from stoppage, contamination, damage and like conditions. 4. Provide for repair or replacement of construction, facilities and work damaged as a result of responsibility of Contractor. 1.05 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. General: Before commencing construction work, verify at project site conditions and locations of AESI 27210 18JAN08 SUMMARY OF WORK 01110 -3 0 existing structures and other improvements, correctness of existing dimensions and elevations, and any other existing conditions affecting construction of the Work. Immediately report discrepancies to Owner and Architect in writing. Obtain resolution for discrepancies from Owner before proceeding with the Work. In absence of such notifications, extra work caused by discrepancies shall be at no addition to Contract Sum. B. Pre - Construction Videotape: Prior to starting work at project site premises, Contractor shall document project site by videotape. Documentation shall include surrounding areas and properties, and condition of existing structures and improvements. Provide Owner with one clear copy of videotape. C. References: Meet existing condition requirements specified in following sections and elsewhere in Contract Documents: 1. Section 01321 - Construction Photographs. 2. Section 01352 - Existing Utility Procedures. 3. Section 01724 - Field Engineering. 1.06 WORK SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCES A. General: Perform and coordinate the Work and operations to achieve mandatory requirements for total completion of the Work and for sequencing parts of the Work. 1. Time for Performance: As stipulated in Contract Documents. B. Performance: 1. Perform the Work in accordance with progress schedule based upon time for performance, work schedule, progress milestone, phase and sequence requirements of Contract Documents and other data that may be furnished by Owner. 2. Progress schedule shall be furnished by Contractor and shall be schedule for the Work and shall bind Contractor to full compliance. 3. Project progress schedule shall be monitored and updated on a regular basis. Contractor shall be responsible for full compliance with any schedule updates, including keeping advised of progress and effects upon the Work of any schedule updating. 4. Contractor is not entitled to extra compensation for performing work or work activities earlier or later than indicated progress milestone or made necessary by adjustment of progress schedule, dates or other requirements. 5. If the Work or a work activity will not be completed in time period allotted because of failure to start on time or adequately man job, then perform work on an overtime basis as required to make up time and regain progress schedule at no addition to Contract Sum. C. Hours of Work: 1. Work shall be performed during work hours as required by Contract Documents or directed by Owner. D. Progress Milestones: As stipulated in Contract Documents AESI 27210 18JAN08 SUMMARY OF WORK 01110 -4 • CJ i E. Phases: 1. General: Perform the Work in phases as required to accommodate continued and convenient use of premises and facilities and to coordinate with Owner. 2. Schedule: Phases of the Work are those established by Contract Documents and shall meet needs and requirements of Owner with no exception. Phases shall be part of the Work. Contractor shall cooperate with Owner and assist Owner in providing phased work required and establish phases most beneficial and advantageous to Owner. 3. Phasing: Work phases will be in order of sequence based upon priorities established by Owner. Owner reserves right to revise any or all work phases. Phases of the Work that best fit with operations of Owner, recognizing accommodations by Contractor shall be required. F. Sequences: 1. General: Perform the Work in sequences as required to accommodate continued and convenient use of premises and facilities and to coordinate with Owner. 2. Schedule: Sequences of the Work are those established by Contract Documents and shall meet needs and requirements of Owner with no exception. Sequences shall be part of the Work. Contractor shall cooperate with Owner and assist Owner in providing sequenced work required and establish sequences most beneficial and advantageous to Owner. 3. Sequencing: Work sequences are in order of sequence based upon priorities established by Owner. Owner reserves right to revise any and all work sequences. Sequences of the Work that best fit with operations of Owner, in general, shall be as follows; recognizing alterations and accommodations by Contractor shall be required. a. Upon receipt of Notice of Award, all subcontracts shall be awarded and all shop drawings, product data, samples and other like submittals shall be submitted for review action. b. After delivery dates have been established and work is ready to start at project site, work crews of Contractor shall be finalized, and identification badges in -hand for each project site worker before delivery of any material on site or appearance of any workers at project site. It would be beneficial for Contractor to have material deliveries and storage off project site premises and then regulate prearranged deliveries to project site at stipulated times. c. Security fences and Contractor assembly areas shall be first work at project site to be completed. This work should start no later than 56 days after Notice of Award. d. Exterior plumbing and mechanical work shall be prearranged with operating staff of Owner. e. Temporary dustproof and soundproof partitions shall be installed before any other work is started to isolate work area from spaces occupied by Owner. Contractor shall enter work area as assigned by Owner and shall remain in work area or staging area during entire work day. Work and sequence of performance within isolation unit area shall be completely under control of Contractor. I 1.07 USE OF PREMISES AESI 27210 18JAN08 SUMMARY OF WORK 01110 -5 0 D A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of project site premises for execution of the Work. Confine operations at project site to areas permitted by law, permit and Contract Documents. Limit use of premises and project site to construction activities and allow for use, occupancy and operations of Owner. Do not encumber project site with products and construction equipment. B. Pre - Construction Meeting: Arrange and conduct a pre - construction meeting at project site prior to start of construction work. Meet applicable requirements of Section 01318 - Meetings. Meeting shall include project site orientation and review of rules and regulations associated with performing the Work at project site. C. Operations: Conduct operations so as to minimize inconvenience and conflict to overall construction operations and to facilitate complete usage of facilities and operations of Owner. 1. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits. Portions of premises beyond areas in which construction operations are required are not to be disturbed. 2. Conduct operations to insure no unreasonable inconvenience, or unsafe or unhealthy condition to Owner and general public. 3. Existing utility facilities and services shall remain in uninterrupted service, except as otherwise required. 4. Limit operations to methods and procedures which will not adversely affect environment of project site including, but not limited to, noise, dirt, dust, odors, air, water or soil pollution, ambient discomfort, inadequate lighting, safety and health hazards, and other undesirable effects and conditions. D. Storage: Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products under Contract, stored on project site or at areas separate from project site as approved by Owner. 1. Relocation: Move any stored products which interfere with operations of Owner. 2. Additional Space: Obtain and pay for use of additional off -site storage or work areas needed for operations as acceptable to Owner, including any associated insurance, transportation, loading and unloading costs. 3. Loadings: Do not load structures with weights which will endanger structures. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Full Or Partial Owner Occupancy - Existing Facilities: Owner will continuously occupy project site premises and existing building, except primary areas of expansion or renovation, during entire construction period. Owner will maintain continual operations in adjacent facilities for duration of Contract. Contractor shall verify conditions. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize inconvenience and conflict and to facilitate usage of facilities and operations of Owner. Perform the Work so not to interfere with operations of Owner. 2. Maintain existing building in a safe, secure and weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect building and building occupants during construction period. 3. Provide written and graphic descriptions of types and methods of controlling construction and occupants for review by Owner. AESI 27210 18JAN08 SUMMARY OF WORK 01110 -6 • • 4. Occupied areas include all areas in which Owner will conduct regular activities or which will be accessible to public, and access to such areas. 5. Separate occupied areas from construction areas with dustproof partitions, and take other actions as necessary to prevent objectionable or unhealthy noises, odors and fumes from entering occupied areas. 6. If it is necessary to access or conduct construction operations in occupied areas, review schedule, and intended method of separating the Work from occupants with Owner and Architect. Obtain approval of Owner of period, hours and areas to be used prior to commencement of the Work. 7. Limit access through occupied areas to those days and times approved by Owner. 8. No interruption of existing facilities will be permitted, except in areas of the Work under construction during work hours of Owner. Access to and use of existing facilities is permitted only for performance of the Work and only after approval has been obtained from Owner. 9. When following must be interrupted, provide alternate facilities acceptable to Owner or schedule interruption for a time when occupancy will not be impaired. a. Emergency means of egress. b. Utilities and building systems which must remain in operation to allow safe and useful occupancy. 10. A Certificate of Preliminary Acceptance shall be executed for each specific portion of the Work prior to Owner occupancy. 11. Obtain full or partial Certificate of Occupancy from local building officials prior to Owner occupancy. 12. Prior to partial Owner occupancy, following systems shall be fully operational, including successful completion of required inspections and tests: 13. Area Completion: Execute Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific area prior to Owner occupancy or use. a. Owner Responsibility: After Owner occupancy or use, Owner will provide for following: AESI 27210 18JAN08 1) Access for Owner personnel and operations. C7 a. Means of egress. b. Security. c. Fire protection and alarm systems. d. Elevators. e. Mechanical systems. 1) Custodial services, security and maintenance, except as otherwise provided by Contractor. b. Contractor Responsibilities: After Owner occupancy or use, Contractor shall provide following: 2) Operations and maintenance of building systems and equipment, mechanical systems SUMMARY OF WORK 01110 -7 and electrical systems after Owner occupancy and until final completion. 1.09 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE A. General: A representative of Owner will be provided at Project site as required to suit the Work. B. Communication: Representative of Owner will only communicate with Contractor, Owner and Architect, and will not communicate with Subcontractors, or material or equipment suppliers. C. Responsibilities: Responsibilities of representative of Owner will include, but not be limited to, following: 1. Assist in administration of Contracts. 2. Perform project site observations of progress and quality of the Work. 3. Monitor progress of the Work based on construction schedule and alert Owner and Architect to conditions that may lead to delays in completion of the Work. 4. Attend meetings as required. D. Authority: Representative of Owner will not: 1. Authorize deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Review or accept substitute materials or equipment. 3. Assume any responsibility of Contractor. 4. Have control over or charge of or be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety or health precautions and programs in connection with the Work. END OF SECTION AESI 27210 18JAN08 SUMMARY OF WORK 01110 -8 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 01230 ALTERNATES A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: This Section specifies requirements for alternates and describes changes to be made under each alternate. C. Conditions: 1. Required: Amount is required for each alternate described in Contract Documents. 2. Priority: Order in which alternates are listed or appear in Contract Documents shall not be construed as an order of priority. 3. Consideration: Alternate amounts will be considered in determination of bid award. D. Schedule: Descriptions of alternates are indicated at end of this Section. 1.02 DEFINITION A. Alternate: An alternate shall be net amount, proposed by Bidder or Contractor for work described under 10) alternate, to be added to or deducted from Base Bid amount, or Contract Sum amount if alternate is deferred, as made necessary by acceptance of Owner of alternate as designated in Agreement. Each alternate shall include all labor, material, equipment, plant, services and like items, whether or not indicated as part of alternate, necessary for corresponding change in the Work made necessary by alternate and for proper and complete execution of alternate. 1.03 GENERAL A. Reference: With exception of requirements specified in this Section for each alternate, all other work under each alternate shall meet requirements of Contract Documents applicable to such work. Contract Documents referenced in this Section contain pertinent, but not necessarilyall, requirements to achieve work described under each alternate. B. Coordination: Coordinate related work and modify or adjust surrounding work as required to fully integrate and complete work under each accepted alternate designated in Agreement. C. Notification: Immediately following award of Contract, prepare and distribute to each party involved, notification of status of each alternate. Indicate whether each alternate has been accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete description of any modifications to accepted alternates. D. Accounting: At Contract closeout, reflect all changes due to costs under each alternate in final statement of accounting. 1.04 ALTERNATE SCOPE A. General: See other Contract Documents, including individual Specification sections and Drawings, for descriptions and requirements of work to be achieved under an alternate. END OF SECTION AESI 271210 ALTERNATES 18JAN08 01230 -1 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY • SECTION 01270 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing modifications to the Contract. 1.02 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. General: Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time. B. Form: AIA Document G710 - Architect's Supplemental Instructions. 1.03 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner Initiated Proposal Requests: 1. General: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that will require adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time. If necessary, description will include proposed supplemental or revised Contract Documents. a. Proposal requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider proposal requests as an instruction to stop work in progress or to execute proposed changes. b. Within 10 business days of receipt of a proposal request, except as otherwise required, submit an estimate of cost necessary to execute proposed change in the Work to Architect for review by Owner. 1) Include a list of quantities of products required and unit costs, with total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 2) Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental and amounts of trade discounts. 3) Include a statement indicating effect proposed change in the Work will have on Contract Time. 2. Form: Bulletin document of Architect or AIA Document G709 - Work Change Proposal Request. B. Contractor Initiated Proposals: 1. General: When latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Architect. a. Include a statement outlining reasons for proposed change and effect of proposed change on the Work. Provide a complete description of proposed change. Indicate effect proposed change will have on Contract Sum and Contract Time. AESI 20210 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01270 -1 18JAN08 b. Include a list of quantities of products required and unit costs, with total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. c. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental and amounts of trade discounts. d. Include a statement indicating effect proposed change in the Work will have on Contract Time. e. Meet substitution requirements of Section 01630 -Product Substitutions, including submittal of Substitution Request, Document 00670 - Substitution Request. If proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for a product or system indicated by Contract Documents. 2. Form: AIA Document G709 - Work Change Proposal Requests, or other similar form as acceptable to Owner. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES A. General: 1. When Owner and Contractor disagree on terms of a proposal request, Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 2. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. Construction Change Directive also designates method to be followed to determine change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. B. Form: AIA Document G714 - Construction Change Directive. C. Documentation: 1. Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by Construction Change Directive. 2. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to Contract. 1.05 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. General: Upon approval by Owner of a proposal request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor. B. Form: AIA Document G701 - Change Order. END OF SECTION P] AESI 20210 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01270 -2 18JAN08 • 0 r A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL SECTION 01312 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: Coordinate the Work meeting requirements of this Section. C. Included: Project coordination includes, but is not limited to, following: 1. Coordinating work of own employees and subcontractors. 2. Conducting work to assure compliance with progress schedules and requirements of Contract Documents. D. Related Requirements: 1. Conditions of the Contract provisions of coordination responsibilities of Contractor. 2. Additional coordination requirements related to specialties, equipment, conveying systems, and mechanical and electrical work. } 3. Coordination requirements related to e)asting utilities. 4. Requirements related to support and attachment of work to supporting structures. 1.02 ORGANIZATION AND START -UP A. Authority and Communications: 1. Establish, monitor and enforce project site lines of authority and communications. 2. Schedule, convene and conduct pre - construction meetings and other meetings as required. 3. Establish procedures for infra- project communications: a. Submittals. b. Reports and records. c. Recommendations. d. Coordination drawings. e. Schedules. f. Resolution of conflicts. 11 AESI 27210 COORDINATION 01312 -1 18JAN08 � 0 B. Contract Document Interpretations: 1. Consult with Architect to obtain interpretations of Contract Documents. 2. Consult with Owner and Architect to obtain interpretations of separate contract documents for products or work furnished or provided by separate contractors or Owner. 3. Assist in resolution of questions or conflicts which may arise. 4. Transmit written interpretations to subcontractors and to other concerned parties. C.. Permits and Fees: 1. Secure and pay for permits, governmental fees, licenses, inspections and other like items required for permanent improvements and for temporary facilities, controls and utilities as stipulated by Contract Documents. 2. Obtain approvals from public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 3. Verify subcontractors have obtained required permits for work and inspections and for temporary facilities, controls and utilities, as applicable. D. Project Site Usage: 1. Control and monitor use of project site. 2. Allocate space for use for temporary field offices, storage sheds, and work and storage areas. 3. Establish and administer access, traffic and parking allocations and regulations. 4. Supervise field engineering and project site lay out. 1.03 OPERATIONS A. Progress Schedules: 1. Develop, coordinate and maintain detailed progress schedules as required. 2. Coordinate work of own employees and subcontractors with progress schedules, including any critical phases. 3. Coordinate Work with other separate contract work and other work performed at project site. 4. Monitor progress schedules as work progresses: a. Identify variances between scheduled and probable completion dates. b. Recommend to Owner adjustments in schedule to meet required completion dates. c. Adjust schedules of subcontractors as required. d. Furnish reports of each monitoring of schedules as required. e. Document all changes in schedules. Submit to Owner, Architect, subcontractors and other concerned parties. AESI 27210 COORDINATION 01312 -2 18JAN08 • U 5. Observe work of each subcontractor to monitor compliance with progress schedules. a. Verify labor force and construction equipment is available and adequate for maintaining schedules. b. Verify product procurement schedules are adequate to maintain progress schedules. c. Verify product deliveries are adequate to maintain progress schedules. d. Report noncompliance or conditions which will adversely affect critical items on progress schedule to Owner and Architect with recommendations for corrective action or remedy. B. Submittals: Administer coordination and processing of: 1. Shop drawings, product data, samples and like submittals. 2. Coordination drawings as applicable. 3. Record documents. 4. Operation and maintenance data. 5. Warranties. 6. Other documents required to be submitted for review and acceptance of Owner or Architect. C. Quality Control: 1. Inspect the Work to assure work is performed meeting requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Stop work which does not meet requirements of Contract Documents or is detrimental to the Work. a. Administer special inspection and testing of suspected work. b. Reject work which does not meet requirements of Contract Documents. 3. Coordinate Quality Control Services: a. Notify Quality Control Service and Architect of quality control schedule. b. Verify required Quality Control Service personnel are present. c. Verify quality control work is performed as scheduled. d. Review quality control reports for compliance with specified criteria. D. Temporary Facilities, Controls and Utilities: 1. Allocate space at project site for use by each subcontractor for temporary field offices and storage sheds, and work and storage areas. 2. Establish and administer access, traffic and parking allocations and regulations at project site. 3. Monitor use and proper operation and maintenance of temporary facilities, controls and utilities. AESI 27210 COORDINATION 01312 -3 18JAN08 O W N 4. Verify adequate services are provided to meet requirements for work and environmental conditions. 5. Check for safe and healthy operations, and proper maintenance of temporaryfacilities, controls and utilities. E. Cleaning: 1. Monitor cleaning during progress of the Work. 2. Enforce compliance with cleaning requirements of Contract Documents. Resolve any conflicts. 3. Verify required cleaning is performed. F. Cost Control: 1. Provide cost control for the Work. 2. Maintain cost accounting records for authorized work performed under: a. Unit costs. b. Actual costs for labor and materials. c. Other bases requiring accounting records. 3. Develop and implement procedures for review and processing of applications for progress payments and final payments. Review each application for payment, and submit recommendations to Architect for certification to Owner for payment. G. Changes: 1. Recommend necessary or desirable changes to Owner and Architect. 2. Review subcontractor request for changes. Submit recommendations to Owner and Architect. H. Reports and Records: Maintain reports and records at project site, and make available to Owner, Architect and other parties as directed by Owner or Architect. 1. Daily progress reports on the Work, including various parts or activities of the Work performed by trade, number of work people and classification of trades involved and separate identification of minority participation, unique or special equipment, temperature and weather conditions, and any pertinent information regarding possible delays in the Work. Submit daily progress reports to Owner and Architect by end of day which report covers. 2. Records: a. Contracts. b. Purchases. c. Materials and equipment records. d. Applicable handbooks, codes and standards. 3. Obtain information from subcontractors and Owner. AESI 27210 COORDINATION 01312 -4 18JAN08 • 0 4. Maintain file of record documents. 5. Verify subcontractors maintain records and required record documents on a current basis. 6. At completion of project, assemble records and record documents, including such records from each subcontractor and delivery to Owner. 7. Assist Owner in assembling documentation for handling of claims and disputes. 1.04 CLOSEOUT A. Start-Up: Notification of start-up of permanent systems and equipment. 1. Notify concerned parties, including Owner and Architect, 3 days prior to start -up date. 2. Coordinate and direct check -out of utilities which service operational systems and equipment. 3. Coordinate and assist in initial start-up and testing. 4. Record dates of start of operation of systems and equipment. 5. Coordinate instruction of Owner operating personnel. 6. Coordinate and process operation and maintenance manuals. 7. Submit to Owner and Architect written notice of beginning of warranty period for permanent i equipment placed in service. B. Completion Inspection: At completion of the Work, conduct an inspection to assure that: 1. Required cleaning has been performed. 2. Temporary facilities, controls and utilities have been removed from project site, exc;ept as otherwise required. C. Substantial Completion: 1. Upon determination of Substantial Completion of the Work or portion thereof, conduct an inspection to confirm or supplement list of work to be completed or corrected. 2. Submit written notice to Owner and Architect that the Work is ready for Substantial Completion review. 3. Assist Owner and Architect in Substantial Completion review. 4. Supervise correction and completion of the Work as established in Certificate of Substantial Completion. 5. When Owner occupies a portion of the Work or Project prior to Final Completion, administer established responsibilities. AESI 27210 COORDINATION 01312 -5 18JAN08 U O D. Final Completion: 1. Upon determination of Final Completion of the Work, conduct an inspection to verify completion of the Work. 2. Review final submittals of each subcontractor. 3. Submit written notice to Owner and Architect that the Work is ready for final review. 4. Assist Owner and Architect in final review. E. Final Submittals: 1. Receive and review final submittals. 2. Transmit final submittals to Architect, except as otherwise required by Contract Documents. END OF SECTION K AESI 27210 COORDINATION 01312 -6 18JAN08 P1 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 0 SECTION 01316 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: Submit to Architect coordination drawings for the Work as required by this Section. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Coordination Detailing Activity: An on project site coordination program to confirm aspects of project design in an orderly and systematic way. Owner, Architect and Contractor shall participate in program. Basis of coordination detailing activity is to assure that architectural and structural building systems, and fire protection, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical and other utility systems are inter - coordinated and agreed upon by Contractor before the Work starts at project site. At completion of coordination detailing activity, Contractor shall sign acceptance indicating the Work represented on coordination drawings has been reviewed and is constructable, and coordination drawings are in concurrence with information contained by Contract Documents. B. Coordination Drawings: Similar to shop drawings as defined in Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures, except coordination drawings shall be original drawings, specifically prepared for the Work by } Contractor to illustrate assurance of coordination of the Work and Project, solutions to conflicts between various parts of the Work and Project, and affect such work has on other parts of the Work or Project. Coordination drawings do not replace or delete shop drawings, record drawings and other similar submittals required by Contract Documents. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Codes and Standards: Coordination drawings, including Contractor responsibilities, submission requirements, resubmission requirements and distribution requirements, shall meet requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures, except to extent more detailed or stringent requirements are specked in this Section. Architect duties will be as specked in Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. B. Engineer of Contractor: Certain portions of the Work may require engineering development or other engineering services by Contractor. Extent of services and other requirements shall be as indicated by Contract Documents. C. Drawing Criteria: 1. Qualifications: Coordination drawings shall not use reproductions of or make reference to Drawings (Contract Drawings) or other drawings prepared by Architect. 2. Presentation: a. Coordination drawings shall be prepared by skilled draftspersons and presented in a clear and thorough manner. b. Clearly and legibly indicate required data for each space of the Work on a single drawing sheet c. Coordination drawings shall indicate backgrounds showing restrictions to which individual work is to be added. AESI 27210 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01316 -1 18JAN08 3. Sheet Size: Coordination drawing sheet size shall be same size as Drawings. 4. Title Block: Coordination drawings shall have a title block in lower right hand comer of each sheet, indicating specific location and extent of work covered by respective drawing and name of Contractor. 5. Scale: Primary views shall be drawn at 1/4 inch minimum scale, except congested spaces, equipment spaces and like spaces shall be drawn at 1/2 inch minimum scale. 6. Symbols: Identify work required to be indicated using symbols. Provide a corresponding legend on each drawing. 7. Views: a. Primary View: Required data to be indicated for each space of the Work shall be primarily indicated in plan view. b. Other Views: Details, sections and elevation views can be used to better indicate coordination or to indicate congested spaces. Such other views shall be clearly identified and cross - referenced to primary view and vice versa. 8. Dimensions: a. Horizontal Control: Indicate by dimension from building column centerlines. Insofaras practical, use same column centerline as base for locating related items. b. Vertical Control: Indicate by elevation dimensions based on building benchmark elevations or on level finish floor elevations. c. Locating: Dimension to centerline of piping, ducts, raceways, and mechanical and electrical equipment. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engineer of Contractor Qualifications: 1. General: Professional engineer of Contractor licensed to practice in jurisdiction where the Work is located and experienced in providing engineering services of same discipline as work requiring engineering services that have resulted in successful installation and performance of work similar in extent, design and products to that required for the Work. 2. Structural: When work requires structural engineering services, engineer shall be licensed to practice as a structural engineer. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Schedule: Designate in submittal schedule or subschedule of progress schedule, data and information for scheduling submission and resubmissions of coordination drawings for review and action. B. Sequencing: Coordination drawings shall be prepared and completed in sequence as required by progress schedule and before beginning any work required to be covered by coordination drawings or which may be affected by contents of final reviewed coordination drawings. 1.06 COORDINATION DETAILING ACTIVITY A. General: Notwithstanding information indicated by Contract Documents, coordination drawings shall represent actual fit, tolerances, clearances, routing or offsets required to achieve final coordination of systems or building components or to otherwise avoid conflicts between such components or systems. Contractor shall have adequately reviewed Contract Documents to determine degree of diffiiculty AESI 27210 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01316 -2 18JAN08 • • required to achieve proper coordination, routing and fit of systems or components. Owner and Architect are not responsible for quality and content of work performed by Contractor. B. Orientation: 1. Coordination Activity: Purpose of coordination detailing activity is to expeditiously produce coordination drawings showing a composite of systems, subsystems, along with architectural and structural elements of the Work. 2. Meeting: Prior to start of coordination detailing activity, meet with Owner and Architect to discuss coordination effort. Purpose of meeting is to develop a mutual understanding of administration of coordination detailing activity and extent of required coordination drawings. Meeting shall be attended by appropriate staff members of Contractor. C. .Meetings: 1. General: During coordination detailing activity, meet with Owner, Architect, subcontractors and other contractors, as applicable, to discuss and coordinate locations of building elements and utilities, problems of fit, interfaces and constructability. As a minimum, coordination meetings shall be held at 30, 60, 90 and 100 percent points prior to coordination detailing activity finish milestone. Purpose of 100 percent completion meeting is for Contractor to sign completed coordination drawings indicating full final acceptance by Contractor, including the Work represented on coordination drawings has been reviewed and is constructable, and coordination drawings are in concurrence with information contained by Contract Documents. n. 2. Additional Meetings: Contractor shall attend additional coordination meetings as required at no addition to Contract Sum. 3. Copies: Contractor shall provide 4 copies of most up- to-date coordination drawings at each coordination meeting. Contractor shall bring most up- to-date original coordination drawings to each coordination meeting. 4. Review: Owner and Architect will review and evaluate routings and placements of coordinated building elements and utilities for compliance with original design intent only. D. Detailing Activity Sequence: 1. Prepare Structural Shop Drawings: Contractor shall review Contract Documents and prepare structural shop drawings in sequence in which structural work is to be erected. Compare shop drawings with Architectural Drawings and requirements specified in Article - Coordination Drawings, of this Section, with respect to structural openings through decks or utility requirements between structural members, and identify any conflict. Prepare redline drawings depicting conflicts and proposed solution to each conflict and submit to Architect. Forward structural shop drawings to Architect for review and acceptance. 2. Prepare Background Drawings: Prepare background drawings that will become common background for detailing of work. Background drawings shall accurately reflect wall lines and other elements of project such as beams, columns and utilities. In addition to wall layout of new work, background drawings shall include locations of light fixtures, diffusers and access panels. Finish ceiling elevations and above ceiling structural mounts for equipment shall be accurately dimensioned and noted on background drawings. 1*1 3. Approve Background Drawings: Upon completion, background drawings shall be reviewed by Contractor, subcontractors and other contractors, as applicable. Each subcontractor and other contractors shall sign background drawings indicating that each has coordinated their work and AESI 27210 18JAN08 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01316 -3 approval and agreement to use background drawings as common background for coordination. When approved, drawings shall be distributed to subcontractors and other contractors by Contractor to be used as background for preparation of coordination drawings for each discipline. a. Work: Work of each discipline shall be detailed in sequence as specified in Article - Coordination Drawings, of this Section. b. Identify Conflicts: Contractor shall identify conflicts associated with proposed routing of respective discipline work, whether conflicts are with new or with epsting utilities, structural members or otherwise within space. c. Resolve Conflicts: Contractor shall prepare a list identifying conflicts and prepare a plan view and cross sectional view drawings that accurately represent nature and location of conflicts in plan and elevation. Contractor shall work with Owner and Architect to identify alternate acceptable routes for new work in conflict. Contractor shall re- detail coordination drawings as required to avoid work or systems that cannot be relocated. d. Full Coordination: End result of this effort will be a fully coordinated set of coordination drawings. 4. Conflict Resolutions: Conflicts will be resolved through coordination detailing activity process rather than at installation stage. Conflicts occurring at installation stage will not be basis for additional costs to Contract Sum or for extensions to Contract Time. Request for information will not be accepted during coordination detailing activity process for any issue being currently coordinated. Issues shall be resolved by coordination detailing activity process and documented on coordination drawings. Cost and schedule impacts shall be resolved at signing of coordination drawings meeting requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Services: Contractor coordination services shall include review of construction documents for their completeness, constructability and compliance with requirements of codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. Failure to perform this satisfactorily will not be basis for additional cost to Contract Sum or extension to Contract Time after signing coordination drawings. 1.07 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Required Data: Coordination drawings shall indicate following: 1. Included Items: Items listed in Paragraph - Preparation, of this Article. 2. Layout Arrangement: a. Horizontal and vertical layout arrangement, sizes, and horizontal and vertical control dimensions of items required to be indicated by coordination drawings. b. Relation dimensions of building equipment, specialty and appurtenance work, mechanical work and electrical work to adjacent or critical features of the Work. c. Clearance dimensions between building equipment, specialty and appurtenance work, mechanical work, electrical work and adjacent supporting structure. 3. Supporting Devices: a. Location, type and size of each anchoring device or supporting device for building equipment, specialty and appurtenance work, mechanical work and electrical work. Method of anchorage or connection of supporting devices to supporting structure. b. Reaction load each anchoring device or supporting device will impart on supporting structure based upon supported building equipment, specialty and appurtenance work, mechanical work or electrical work operating at 100 percent weight capacity, or operating at or filled to 100 percent capacity with product to be contained by such work but not less than weight of water, AESI 27210 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01316 -4 18JAN08 0 • 0 ) whichever imparts greatest load. 4. Penetration Openings: Location and size of openings required in building construction for penetration or passage of building equipment, specialty and appurtenance work, mechanical work and electrical work, including associated sleeves. 5. Access Doors: Locations and sizes of access doors required for access to building equipment, specialty and appurtenance work, mechanical work and electrical work devices, controls and like items requiring periodic adjustment, maintenance or adjustment which are concealed in construction. B. Space Priority: Work and data to be indicated by coordination drawings shall be in following sequence of precedence for space priority, except as may be otherwise required: 1. Do not obstruct spaces and installations that are required to be clear by codes and.regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 2. Light fixtures. 3. Building equipment, specialties and appurtenances, conveying systems, and equipment and appurtenances other than mechanical and electrical equipment and appurtenances. 4. Coordination of building elements for selected architectural and structural work. 5. Work related to seismic construction, expansion joints, base isolation and corridors crossing building joints. 6. Mechanical and electrical equipment and appurtenances, including any external insulation or covering. Such work includes, but is not limited to, following: a. Heating, cooling and air handling equipment, b. Plumbing equipment c. Fire protection equipment d. Electrical equipment 7. Major electrical wiring, including raceways. 8. Ductwork and associated air distribution devices. 9. Gravityflow piping systems and appurtenances, including associated valves, components requiring service, and external insulation or covering. Such work includes, but is not limited to, following: a. Plumbing waste, drainage and vent piping. b. Fire protection sprinkler piping for dry pipe or pre -action systems. 10. Pressure flow piping systems and appurtenances, including associated valves, components requiring service, and external insulation or covering. Such work includes, but is not limited to, following: a. Plumbing supply piping. b. Fire protection sprinkler piping for wet pipe systems. c. Natural Gas, Heating and cooling piping. 11. Utility coordination with architectural and structural work. AESI 27210 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01316 -5 18JAN08 12. Underground utility coordination with existing underground utilities. C. Preparation: Furnish coordination drawings prepared in sequence and by procedure specified, taking into account required space priority for the Work, except as may be otherwise required. 1. Sequence: Prepare coordination drawings in following sequence, generally same sequence as specified in Paragraph - Space Priority, of this Article. a. Air handling equipment, ductwork and appurtenances. b. Plumbing equipment, piping and appurtenances. c. Fire protection equipment, piping and appurtenances. d. Heating and cooling equipment, piping and appurtenances. e. Electrical equipment; major wiring, including conduits appurtenances. f. Building equipment, specialties and appurtenances. and trays; lighting fixtures and 2. Procedure: Prepare coordination drawings by following procedure: a. Prepare original coordination drawings indicating required work; then submit required drawing reproductions to Architect. b. Architect will review coordination drawings and comment or take action as applicable. 1.08 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. General: Contractor shall be responsible for coordination and compliance of the Work represented by coordination drawings. Review, confirm, correlate, check and, if necessary, correct information indicated on coordination drawings until work and spaces have been coordinated. Review of coordination drawings by Architect does not relieve Contractor from responsibilityfor coordination of the Work. B. Cooperation: In event Contractor fails to cooperate in coordination of the Work required to be represented by coordination drawings, Contractor shall be responsible for costs incurred for adjustments to the Work and to work of others as made necessary to coordinate the Work. C. Beginning Work: Begin no work, including ordering or purchase of materials and products, covered by coordination drawings or which may be affected by such work until required submittal and review procedures have been fulfilled and until return of coordination drawings bearing final review acceptance stamp and signature of Architect indicating review and acceptable action taken. D. Changes: When a change in the Work is required, Contractor shall initiate a review, and revise and resubmit, as necessary, coordination drawings for review by Architect Also, Contractor shall advise others of such changes to the Work. 1.09 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. General: Submission and resubmission requirements shall be as specified for shop drawings in Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. END OF SECTION AESI 27210 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01316 -6 18JAN08 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01318 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: This Section specifies requirements for meetings related to management, administration, procedure and quality assurance of the Work, including but not limited to, following: 1. Pre - construction meetings. 2. Progress meetings. 3. Pre - installation meetings. 4. Specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 1.02 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Meeting scheduling and administration is responsibility of Contractor. B. Schedule and administer meetings. 1. Prepare agendas. 2. Distribute written notice and agendas of regular and specially called meetings 4 days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record minutes and include significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Distribute copies of minutes within 3 days after each meeting: a. To all participants in meeting. b. To all parties affected by decisions made at meeting. c. Furnish 3 copies of minutes each to Owner and Architect. C. Representatives of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of entity each represents. D. Architect will attend meetings to ascertain that the Work is consistent with Contract Documents. 1.03 PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Time: Schedule within 14 days after date of commencement of the Work established in the Contract Documents. B. Location: Project site field office of Contractor, except as otherwise designated in meeting notice. C. Attendance: 1. Owner representative and his professional consultants as needed, including geotechnical professional engineer and Quality Control Service professional engineer. 2. Architect and his professional consultants as needed. 3. Other separate contractors as pertinent to agenda. AESI 27210 MEETINGS 01318 -1 18JAN08 4. Major subcontractors. 5. Major suppliers. 6. Representatives of governmental or other regulatory agencies as pertinent to agenda. D. Minimum Agenda: 1. Distribution and Discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers. b. Progress schedule. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Major product deliveries and priorities. 4. Work Coordination: a. Relation and coordination with separate contractors. b. Relation and coordination of subcontractors. c. Designation of responsible personnel. 5. Procedures and Processing of: a. Field decisions. b. Proposal requests. c. Proposed substitutions. d. Submittals. e. Change orders. f. Application for payment. 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 8. Use of Premises: a. Access to project site. b. Office, work and storage areas. c. Owner requirements. 9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids. 10. Temporary utilities. 11. Security procedures. 12. Housekeeping procedures. 13. Project site geotechnical conditions and earthwork procedures. 1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Time: 1. Schedule regular periodic meetings as required by operations or as required by Owner, but not less than every 14 days, except as otherwise required. 2. Hold specially called meetings as required by work operation, progress of the Work or as required by Owner. B. Location: Project site field office of Contractor, except as otherwise designated in meeting notice. AESI 27210 MEETINGS 01318 -2 18JAN08 C. Attendance: 1. Owner representative as needed or as pertinent to agenda. 2. Architect and his professional consultants as needed or as pertinent to agenda. 3. Other separate contractors as needed or as pertinent to agenda. 4. Subcontractors as pertinent to agenda. 5. Suppliers as pertinent to agenda. 6. Representatives of governmental or other regulatory agencies as pertinent to agenda. D. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review and acceptance of minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of work progress since previous meeting. 3. Note project site observations, problems and decisions. 4. Problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review off -site fabrication and delivery problems and schedules. 6. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain projected progress schedule. 7. Revisions to progress schedule as required. 8. Plan progress for succeeding work period. 9. Coordinate projected progress with separate contractors as needed. 10. Review submittals schedules, expedite as required to maintain project progress schedule. 11. Maintaining of quality standards. 12. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on progress schedule. b. Effect on completion date. c. Effect on separate contracts of Project. 13. Other business. 1.05 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Time: Schedule 7 days minimum prior to installation of each unit of work which requires coordination with other work or as otherwise specified in individual specification sections. B. Location: Project site field office of Contractor, except as otherwise designated in meeting notice. C. Attendance: 1. Owner representative as needed or as pertinent to agenda. 2. Architect and his professional consultants as needed or as pertinent to agenda. 3. Other separate contractors as needed or as pertinent to agenda. 4. Subcontractors and installers as pertinent to agenda. 5. Manufacturers and fabricators as pertinent to agenda. 6. Suppliers as pertinent to agenda. D. Minimum Agenda: Review conditions associated with performing unit of work, preparations for particular work and progress of other work, including specific requirements for following: 1. Contract Documents. 2. Options. 3. Related change orders. 4. Purchases. 5. Deliveries. 6. Submittals, including shop drawings, product data and samples. AESI 27210 MEETINGS 01318 -3 18JAN08 PIM 7. Possible conflicts and compatibility problems. 8. Time schedules. 9. Weather limitations. 10. Instructions and recommendations of manufacturer. 11. Compatibility of materials. 12. Acceptability of substrates. 13. Temporary facilities. 14. Space and access limitations. 15. Governing regulations. 16. Inspection and testing requirements. 17. Required performance results. 18. Recording requirements. 19. Protection. E. Responsibilities: J 1. Minutes: Record significant discussions of each conference, and record agreements and disagreements, along with final plan of action. 2. Action: Do not proceed with the Work if pre - installation meeting cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene pre - installation meeting at earliest feasible date. END OF SECTION AESI27210 MEETINGS 01318 -4 18JAN08 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01325 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PROGRESS SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: 1. This Section specifies requirements for a progress schedule for the Work and subschedules of related activities essential to progress of the Work, revised periodically. 2. Initial and updated progress schedule and subschedules shall be official progress schedule for the Work, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. 3. These requirements shall be a condition precedent to acceptance of each Application for Payment. C. Related Requirements: 1. Conditions of the Contract provisions related to payment based upon progress reports. 2. Requirements related to progress of the Work. 1.02 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor: Progress schedule and subschedules of related activities essential to progress of the Work is responsibility of Contractor. 1. Prepare and submit to Owner and Architect an initial progress schedule and subschedules for the Work. 2. Expand and update progress schedule and subschedules after award of subcontracts with input from each subcontractor. 3. Coordinate progress schedule and subschedules with schedules and requirements of following: a. Contract Documents, including milestones and phases of the Work and sequencing of work activities. b. Owner and Architect, including activities for Owner furnished and Owner provided products and work, and for other separate contract work. c. Subcontractors and suppliers. 4. Resolve conflicts among schedules and requirements of various parties which Contractor is required to coordinate in progress schedule. AESI 27210 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01325 -1 18JAN08 C7 O 1.03 FORM A. Analysis: Critical path method (CPM) network analysis system. B. Format: Format: Bar chart format with activities listed vertically and scale of time, in calendar dad horizontally. 2. Activities shall be in chronological order of start of each activity of the Work and with horizontal time scale identifying first worts day of each week. Each activity shall indicate data as specified in Article - Content, of this Section. C. Presentation: 1. Scale and Spacing: To allow space for notations and future updating. 2. Sheet Size: Same size as Drawings. 1.04 CONTENT A. Progress Schedule: Schedule shall be a detailed and complete sequence of construction by activity covering the Work. Schedule shall include following: 1. Work of each trade or subcontractor, including activities for submittals, mock -up constructions, major work, equipment and system tests, and punch list, and activities associated with milestones and phases of the Work and sequencing of activities. a. Major work activities shall be considered as having dollar value of not less than $50,000 and not more than $100,000. b. Each activity shall be assigned to and identified with designation of respective trade or subcontractor and specification section number. c. Submittals shall include shop drawings, product data, samples, decisions required for selection of finishes, decisions required relative to selections for manufacturing and fabrication, and other similar items required to be submitted to Architect for review and action. d. Activities for work of each separate contractor and of Owner as related to the Work. 2. Dates for starting and completing each activity, including dates required for activities of subschedules, and duration of time between start and completion of each activity expressed in calendar days. 3. Dollar value of each activity coordinated with Schedule of Values and each Progress Report and Application for Payment. 4. Percentage of completion of each activity coordinated with Schedule of Values and each Progress Report and Application for Payment. 5. Manday requirements necessary for each activity to maintain or regain progress schedule. 6. Projected percentage of completion for each activity as of date required for submitting each Progress Report and Application for Payment. AESI 27210 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01325 -2 18JAN08 B. Subschedules: Subschedules shall be separate from, directly related to, and of definition and detail as required for, progress schedule. Provide separate subschedules of the Work as follows: Submittal Subschedule: Schedule for shop drawings, product data, samples, decisions required for selection of finishes and other similar items required to be submitted to Architect for review and action. Confer with Architect and agree on elements of submittal subschedule. Subschedule shall be based on a minimum review turnaround time in Architect office for each submission or each resubmission as specified in Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. Subschedule shall include following: a. Dates for Contractor submittal to Architect. b. Dates submittals will be required for Owner furnished and Owner provided products and work. c. Review time. d. Dates reviewed submittals will be required from Architect. 2. Mock -Up Subschedule: Schedule for mock -up constructions required by certain specification sections for the Work shall meet requirements specked for submittal subschedule. Subschedule shall include following: a. Dates mock -up constructions will be ready for review by Architect. b. Review item. c. Dates review action of mock -up constructions will be required from Architect. 1.05 UPDATING A. Show and specifically note changes occurring since previous submission of progress schedule and subschedules, accurately indicating actual progress and coordinated with Schedule of Values and respective Progress Report and Application for Payment. B. Indicate progress of each activity and include following: 1. Actual progress of each activity, including actual start and completion dates for each activity and time spent on each activity. 2. Major changes in scope. 3. Activities modified since previous submission. 4. Revised projections of progress and completion. 5. Other identifiable changes. C. Provide narrative report on progress of the Work, as required to define: 1. Problem areas, including current and anticipated delay factors, and their impact on progress of the Work. 2. Corrective action taken or proposed, and its effect. 3. Effect of changes in schedules of other separate contractors and Owner. AESI 27210 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01325 -3 18JAN08 4. Description of revisions: a. Effect on schedule due to change of scope. b. Revisions in duration of activities. c. Other changes that may affect schedule. 1.06 SUBMISSIONS AND REVIEW A. Initial Schedule: Submit to Owner and Architect initial progress schedule and subschedules within 20 days after date of commencement of the Work established in Contract Documents, except as otherwise required by Contract Documents. 1. Owner and Architect will review schedules and return review copy within time period as specified in Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 2. If required, revise and resubmit within 10 days after return of review. 3. After initial progress schedule is reviewed by Owner and Architect, do not change any activity or date for starting and completing each activity without prior written concurrence of Owner. B. Updated Schedule: Submit updated progress schedule and subschedules to date of each Application for Payment. Updated schedules shall be submitted at least 5 days in advance of each Application for Payment and shall be a condition precedent to acceptance of each Application for Payment. C. Form: Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction to Architect. Make reproductions for distribution from reviewed transparency. 1.07 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of reviewed initial and updated progress schedule and subschedules: 1. Project site file. 2. Owner. 3. Architect. 4. Subcontractors. 5. Other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to report to Contractor, in writing, any inability with explanation and any problems anticipated by projections of progress schedules. END OF SECTION AESI 27210 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01325 -4 18JAN08 • A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY • SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work. C. Included: Submittals include, but are not limited to, following: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples. 4. Calculations by Contractor's Engineer 5. Inspection and test reports. 6. Compliance certificates. 7. Certified submittals. D. Submittal Schedule: Designate in a separate submittal schedule or subschedule, coordinated with progress schedule for the Work, data and information for scheduling submissions and resubmisssions of submittals, decisions required for selection of finishes and other similar items required to be submitted to Architect for review and action. Confer with Architect and agree on elements of submittal subschedule. Subschedule shall be based on a minimum reviewtumaround time in Architect office for each submission or each resubmission as specified in this Section. Subschedule shall include following: 1. Dates for Contractor submittal to Architect. 2. Dates submittals will be required for Owner furnished and Owner provided products. 3. Anticipated Review time. 4. Dates reviewed submittals will be required from Architect. 1.02 PRODUCT DATA A. Definition: Product data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by Contractor to illustrate products for some portion of the Work. B. Qualifications: 1. Safety, Health and Environmental Data: Material safety, health and environmental data sheets and like documents are not product data. Do not submit such documents or information. If submitted, such documents or information will not be reviewed and no action will be taken by Architect. 2. Type: Each product data shall be original copy. Photocopies or other reproductions are not acceptable. C. Presentation: AESI 27210 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -1 18JAN08 1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials, products or models. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions, tolerances and clearances required. 1J 4. Show total weight or operating weight, whichever is greater, and each reaction stress to be supported by the supporting structure as applicable. 5. Show operation and control diagrams as applicable. D. Manufacturer Standard Schematic Drawings: 1. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the Work. 2. Supplement standard information to provide additional information applicable to the Work. E. Certification: When required, product data shall be certified by product manufacturer or fabricator. Certified product data shall meet requirements of Article - Certified Submittals, of this Section. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Definition: Shop drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by Contractor or a subcontractor, sub - subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop drawings shall establish actual detail of manufactured or fabricated items, indicate proper relation to adjoining work, amplifydesign details, show proper relation to physical spaces or items of the Work and to incorporate details to suit actual conditions. B. Qualification: Shop drawings shall not use reproductions of or make reference to Drawings (Contract Drawings) or other drawings prepared by Architect. C. Structure Coordination: For structure elements, systems and equipment, provide reactions imparted to supporting structure, locations of reactions and proposed connection details prior to submittal of shop drawings for any portion of supporting structure. Changes to supporting structure resulting from failure to meet this requirement shall be made at expense of Contractor at no addition to Contract Sum. D. Presentation: 1. Draftsperson Qualifications: Shop drawings shall be prepared by skilled draftspersons and presented in a clear and thorough manner. 2. Scale - General: Shop drawing plan and elevation views shall be drawn at scale of 1/8 inch equals V -0" minimum, and sections and details shall be drawn at scale of 3/4 inch equals V -0" minimum, except as otherwise required by Contract Documents or acceptable to Architect. 3. Scale - Congested Areas: Shop drawing plan and elevation views indicating work associated with equipment rooms, toilet rooms and congested areas shall be drawn at scale of 1/4 inch equals V -0" minimum. When necessary for and in congested areas, shop drawings shall include sections and details drawn at scale of 3/4 inch equals V -0" minimum. 4. Detail Reference: Details shall be identified by sheet and detail, schedule or room number identification designations indicated on Drawings. E. Sheet Size: Insofar as possible, all shop drawings shall be one size. In no case shall shop drawings be smaller than 8 -1/2" x 11" or larger than 42" x 30 ". F. Certification: When required, shop drawings shall be certified by product manufacturer or fabricator. Certified shop drawings shall meet requirements of Article - Certified Submittals, of this Section. 1.04 SAMPLES AESI 27210 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -2 18JAN08 0 A. Definition: 1. Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, finishes, colors and like characteristics, equipment or workmanship and established standards by which the Work will be judged. 2. Mock -ups area special form of samples, which are too large or otherwise inconvenient for handling in manner for transmittal of sample submittals. B. Samples: 1. Provide samples identical with final condition of proposed products for the Work. 2. Sample construction shall be part of the permanent Work where possible, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. Locations of samples and mock -ups will be determined by Architect. 3. Unacceptable samples or mock -ups shall be removed and reconstructed until acceptable to Architect at no addition to Contract Sum. C. Qualifications: Samples are submitted for review and confirmation of color, pattern, texture and kind by Architect. Samples are not for review of performance, properties and like characteristics of materials, equipment or workmanship, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. Architect will not evaluate samples for performance, properties and like characteristics of material, equipment or workmanship, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents, which are therefore responsibility of Contractor. D. Sequence: Submit all finish samples required under each specification section to Architect atone time. Architect will not make any product selections until all samples have been received and color and finish palette for all items can be coordinated. E. Office Samples: Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of product or materials, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. 3. When specifically specked in respective specification section, reviewed samples with no w ception action taken by Architect may be used in construction of the Work. F. Field Samples and Mock -Ups: 1. When specified in respective specification section, provide or erect field samples and mock -ups at project site at a location acceptable to Architect. 2. Size or area of field samples and mock -ups shall be as specified in respective specification section. 3. Provide each field sample and mock -up complete and finished. 4. Remove field samples and mock -ups when directed by Architect. When specifically specified in respective specification section, reviewed samples with no exception action taken by Architect may be used in construction of the Work. 1.05 INSPECTION AND TEST REPORTS A. Definition: Inspection and test reports shall be documented statements of methods, procedures, results and evaluations based on prudent scientific and engineering principles, prepared for the Work by Contractor or a subcontractor, sub - subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, distributor or independent quality control service employed by any of these parties to indicate properties, characteristics and capabilities of a product or portion of the Work. B. Qualification: Each inspection and test report shall be original copy. Photocopies or other reproductions are not acceptable. AESI 27210 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -3 18JAN08 C. Presentation: One inspection or test report shall cover a single product or portion of the Work. Inspection and test reports shall identify products or work by identification designations indicated by Contract Documents. D. Data Included: Inspection and test reports shall include following: 1. Identify extent of area in Project represented by inspection or test of product or work. 2. Indicate methods, procedures and results of inspections or tests, including observations of unusual conditions. 3. Indicate evaluation of results and acceptability and use limitations. E. Certification: Inspection and test reports shall be certified by person authorized to sign such document for organization who directed and performed inspections or tests and evaluations. Certified reports shall meet requirements of Article - Certified Submittals, of this Section. 1.06 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES A. Definitions: Compliance certificates shall be affidavits specifically prepared for the Work by Contractor or subcontractor, sub - subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, distributor or independent quality control service attesting a product or portion of the Work will be or is in compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. B. Qualification: Each compliance certificate shall be original copy. Photocopies or other reproductions are not acceptable. C. Presentation: One compliance certificate shall cover a single product or portion of the Work. Certificates shall identify products or work by identification designations indicated by Contract Documents. D. Data Included: Compliance certificates shall include references to specific product or work specifications or performance requirements indicated by Contract Documents. E. Certification: Compliance certificates shall be certified by person authorized to sign such document for issuing organization. Certified compliance certificates shall meet requirements of Article - Certified Submittals, of this Section. 1.07 CERTIFIED SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals required to be certified shall bear affidavit attesting product or work indicated by submittal will be, shall be or has been furnished or provided for the Work as indicated by such submittal, and meets requirements of Contract Documents. Certified submittals shall meet requirements for respective type submittal. B. Presentation: Affidavit shall be dated and bear signature of person authorized to sign such document for issuing organization. Include attestation of issuing organization for person authorized to sign such affidavit. C. Data Included: Certified submittals shall include data required for respective type submittal. 1.08 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Reviewing submittals prior to submission to Architect. AESI 27210 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -4 18JAN08 0 • B. Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Compliance with Contract Documents. 2. Confirming catalog numbers and similar data. 3. Confirming and correlating quantities which may be indicated on submittals or required for the Work. 4. Confirming and correlating dimensions which may be indicated on submittals or required for the Work, and measurements at project site. 5. Information and selection that pertains to fabrication and construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and safety and health precautions and programs. 6. Coordination of the Work represented by each submittal with requirements of all otherwork related thereto, including requirements of Contract Documents, the Work and Project. 7. Performing the Work in a safe, healthy and satisfactory manner. 8. Compliance with progress schedule and subschedules. 9. All other provisions of Contract Documents. C. Contractor responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents is not relieved by review of submittals by Architect. D. Contractor responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents is not relieved by review of submittals by Architect, except if Architect gives written acceptance of specific deviation. E. Notify Architect in writing by letter at time of submission which is acknowledged byArchitect in writing, of any deviation in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents. F. Begin no work, including ordering or purchasing of materials and products, which requires submittals i until all required submittal and review procedures have been fulfilled and until return of submittals bearing stamp and signature of Architect indicating review and acceptable action taken. G. Do not use submittals which are required for the Work that do not bear stamp and signature of Architect indicating review and acceptable action taken. H. Notation of Architect on submittals is not to be construed as an authorization for additional work, additional cost or additional time to complete the Work. 1. If any notation represents a change to Contract Sum or Contract Time, submit a proposal for change in accordance with procedures indicated by Contract Documents, before proceeding with work. J. Notation of Architect on submittal is not to be construed as acceptance of visual characteristics, including colors, patterns, textures or sheen. Make all such related submittals at one time. K. Notify Architect by letter of any notations made by Architect which Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with work. L. Do not submit submittals representing work for which such submittals are not required. Any shop drawing, product data, sample or like submittal representing work for which submittal is not required will be returned not reviewed by Architect. Architect will not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of non - required submittals. 1.09 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. General: Make submittals promptly in accordance with submittal schedule and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in work of any other separate contractor or Owner. AESI 27210 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -5 18JAN08 Schedule each submission for review turn - around time in office of Architect within a reasonable time, normally 14 days minimum, while allowing sufficient time, given complexity and volume of submittals, to permit adequate review and take appropriate action upon submittals. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals made which do not conform to requirements of Contract Documents or submittal schedule may be subjectto delays in processing. 2. Make submittals for related or contiguous work simultaneously. B. Number of Submittals Required: 1. Product Data: Submit number of copies which Contractor requires, plus 2 copies which will be retained by Architect, except as may be otherwise required by Contract Documents. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit number of copies which Contractor requires, plus 2 copies which will be retained by Architect, except as may be otherwise required Contract Documents. 3. Samples: Submit quantity of samples which Contractor requires, plus 2 samples which will be retained by Architect, except as maybe otherwise required by Contract Documents. Include range samples, 3 sample units minimum, where unavoidable variations must be expected, and describe or identify variations between sample units of each set. Provide full set of optional samples where selection by Architect is required. Prepare samples to match Architect sample where so required. Include information with each sample to show generic description, source or product name and manufacturer, limitations and meeting requirements of standards. 4. Inspection and Test Reports: Submit quantity of copies which Contractor requires, plus 2 copies which will be retained by Architect, except as may be otherwise required by Contract Documents. 5. Compliance Certificates and Calculations: Submit quantity of copies which Contractor requires, plus 2 copies which will be retained by Architect, except as may be otherwise required by Contract Documents. C. Submittal File Number: Contractor shall provide a file number on each submittal item (not a group of submittal items) to be submitted and on respective submittal transmittal. File number shall consist of applicable specification section number, a continuous sequential number and an occurrence number for each submittal, thus, 03300 -1 -1, 03300 -2 -1; 03300 -3 -1 and 03300 -4 -1. File numbers shall appear in lower right hand corner of each page, sheet, tag or label of each submittal. D. Transmittal: Accompany submittals with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing: 1. Date of submission and date of any previous submission. 2. Architect project title and number. 3. Contract identification. 4. Submittal file number. 5. Contractor name and address. 6. Identification of product with specification section number and title reference. 7. Quantity, and identification number, title and latest date, of each shop drawing, product data, sample or like submittal submitted. 8. Specification section number reference. 9. Other pertinent data. E. Identification: Submittals shall be identified with: AESI 27210 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -6 18JAN08 e 1. Date of submission and date of any previous submissions. 2. Architect project title and number. 3. Contract identification. 4. Submittal file number. 5. Names of: a. Contractor. b. Subcontractor. c. Supplier. d. Manufacturer. 6. Identification of product with specification section number and title reference. 7. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. 8. Relation to adjacent structure or critical features of the Work or materials. 9. Applicable standards, such as ASTM, ANSI of Federal Specification designations. 10. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 11. A blank space, approbmately 8" x 6 ", located adjacent to title block of submittal or for samples a securely attached tag or sticker with same space for stamps of Contractor and Architect. 12. Contractor stamp, initialed or signed, certifying thorough checking and review of submittal, verification of products; field measurements, conditions and construction criteria, coordination of information in submittal with requirements of the Work and compliance with Contract Documents. Any shop drawing, product data, sample or like submittal, submitted without stamp of Contractor, or which in opinion of Architect is incomplete, contains numerous errors or has not been checked or only checked superficially, will be returned not reviewed by Architect for revision and resubmission by Contractor. 1.10 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals and make resubmissions as required for initial submission. 2. Schedule each resubmission for review turn - around time in office of Architect within a reasonable time, normally 14 days minimum, while allowing sufficient time, given compleAty and volume of submittals, to permit adequate review and take appropriate action upon submittals. Some resubmittals or groups of resubmittals may take longer to review. Resubmittals made which do not conform to submittal schedule may be subject to delays in processing by Architect. B. Product Data: 1. Submit new product data as required for initial submittal. 2. Specifically indicate on product data any changes which have been made on resubmittals, other than those noted by Architect on previous submittals. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Revise initial shop drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. 2. Specifically indicate on shop drawings any changes which have been made on resubmittals, other than those noted by Architect on previous submittals. D. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. E. Inspection and Test Reports: 0 AESI 27210 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -7 18JAN08 O 1. Submit new inspection and test reports as required for initial submittal. 2. Specifically indicate on inspection and test reports any changes which have been made on resubmittals, other than those noted by Architect on previous submittals. F. Compliance Certificates: Submit new compliance certificates as required for initial submittal. 1.11 DISTRIBUTION A. General: Distribute copies of submittals which carry review stamp of Architect to: 1. Contractor file, including subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and distributors as required. 2. Project site file. 3. Record documents file. 4. Owner, quantity of copies as required. 5. Architect's local field representative. B. Samples: Distribute samples which carry review stamp of Architect as required for each submission. 1.12 ARCHITECT DUTIES A. General: Except for submittals for record, information or similar purpose only, Architect will: 1. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as indicated by Contract Documents. 2. Review only for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents prepared by Architect. Service provided will be performed in a manner consistent with degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of same profession currently practicing under similar circumstances. a. Review shall not be considered to be complete in every detail or thorough. b. Review is not conducted for purpose of determining accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of products, all of which remain responsibility of Contractor as required by Contract Documents. c. When professional certification or performance characteristics of products or systems is required by Contract Documents and such certification is specifically required to be given by party other than Architect, Architect shall be entitled to rely on such professional certification to establish products or systems will meet performance criteria required. d. Review, including comments or variations made on submittals, shall not relieve Contractor of obligations under Contract Documents. e. Review shall not constitute review or acceptance of any fabrication and construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and safety and health precautions and programs. f. Review of separate or speck item shall not indicate or constitute review of an assembly of which item is a component. 3. Affix submittal review stamp of Architect, action taken and initials or signature of reviewer, certifying to review of submittal. AES127210 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -8 18JAN08 4. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution or for revision and resubmission. B. Submittal Review Stamp: Action notations on submittal review stamp of Architect mean following: 1. REVIEWED (ACTION A) means no deviations from information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents have been found. Resubmittal not required. 2. REVIEWED WITH COMMENTS (ACTION B) means deviations from information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents which have been found are noted. Resubmittal not required, except when otherwise indicated by submittal review stamp of Architect. 3. REVIEWED MUST RESUBMIT (ACTION C) means deviations from information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents which have been found are noted. Revise and resubmit submittal for review until no further resubmission is required. 4. (ACTION D) means to take appropriate action upon notation of Architect marked on returned submittal, and deviations from information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents which have been found are noted. a. If applicable, revise and resubmit submittal for review in compliance with notations of Architect marked on returned submittal and requirements of Contract Documents. Resubmit submittal for review until no further resubmission is required. b. If applicable, revise and forward submittal for record in compliance with notations of Architect marked on returned submittal and requirements of Contract Documents. 71 END OF SECTION AESI 27210 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -9 18JAN08 • A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 01352 EXISTING UTILITY PROCEDURES A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: Perform the Work associated with existing utilities, including protection, removal, relocation and interruption, meeting requirements of this Section. 1.02 GENERAL A. Notification: Before beginning any work, Contractor shall notify all utility companies, public and private as applicable, and any other party owning, operating or maintaining utility facilities on or in vicinity of project site in accordance with notification procedure of each utility company or any other party. B. Protection: 1. Before beginning any work, Contractor shall investigate and inform himself of locations and extent of all utilities on and in vicinity of project site which may be encountered in performing the Work and shall take suitable care to protect and prevent damage and cessation of operation to such utilities from his operations. 2. When performing work adjacent to existing sewers, drains, water and gas lines; electric, telephone or telegraph conduits or cables; pole lines or poles, or other utility facilities, equipmentor structures, which are to remain in operation, Contractor shall maintain such utility facilities, equipment and structures in place and protect from damage and cessation of operation and shall cooperate with applicable utility company and any other party owning, operating or maintaining such utilityfacilities, equipment or structures. 3. Methods of protection shall be subject to approval of utility company and any other party owning, operating or maintaining such utility facility, equipment or structure. C. Damages: Should existing utilities which are to remain in operation be damaged during construction operations, Contractor shall immediately notify utility company and any other party owning, operating or maintaining such utility. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair or replace, as applicable, damages to any such utility facilities, equipment or structures caused by his acts, whether negligent or otherwise, or his omission to act, whether negligent or otherwise, and shall leave such utility facilities, equipment or structures in as good condition as existed prior to commencement of his operations as approved by utility company and any other party owning, operating or maintaining such utility. In addition, Contractor shall be responsible for any damages or liability which Owner may be held liable. Materials and methods of repair or replacement shall be subject to approval of utility company and other party owning, operating or maintaining such utility. 3. However, any such utility equipment or structures damaged as a result of any act, or omission to act, of Contractor, may, at option of applicable utility company and any other party owning, it operating or maintaining such utility facilities, equipment or structures damaged, be repaired or AESI 27210 EXISTING UTILITY PROCEDURES 01352 -1 18JAN08 U 4 replaced by such applicable utility company or other party. In such event cost of repairs or replacement shall be responsibility of Contractor at no addition to Contract Sum. 1.03 PROCEDURES A. Locations: 1. Request all utility companies and any other party owning, operating or maintaining utilityfacilities on or in vicinity of project site, as applicable, to locate or stakeout locations, extent, alignment and elevation of such utility facilities. 2. Approximate locations and extent of known existing utility facilities, equipment and structures may be determined by examining documents of utility companies and any other parties owning, operating or maintaining such utilities, and available information documents and Drawings for the Work. 3. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted existing utility facilities, equipment and structures be encountered during performance of the Work, consult utility companies and other parties owning, operating or maintaining such utilities for directions. 4. After such utilities have been uncovered and their actual locations and extent determined, Architect will furnish additional Drawings, if relocation is required, subject to approval of utility companies and any other parties owning, operating or maintaining such utilities. 5. Submit record drawings showing location and extent of discrepancies of utilities with those indicated in available reference documents or Drawings for the Work, regardless of cause of location or extent discrepancy, meeting requirements of Section 01787 - Record Documents. B. Scheduling: General: Existing utilities shall not be disturbed until utility companies and anyother parties owning, operating or maintaining such utilities and users of such utilities have been notified in accordance with notification procedure of such utility companies or any other parties. Contractor shall conduct work so that utilities may be removed, relocated or supported during construction operations and maintained in service until the Work to be provided under Contract is completed. Any existing utility shall be relocated only as approved by utility company and any other party owning, operating or maintaining such utility. Contractor shall cooperate with utility companies and any other parties in performance of this work. 2. Interruptions: When Contractor desires to take an existing utility service out of operation, notify Owner and Architect at least 3 working days in advance of such time and obtain written permission of utility company or other party owning, operating or maintaining such utility and users of such utilities for such shutdown prior to interrupting service. Interruption of service of utilities shall be kept to an absolute minimum. a. Utility company and any other party owning, operating or maintaining such utility shall have right to require Contractor to perform work which requires such interruptions in stages and during non- standard working hours to reduce time of each interruption, at no addition to Contract Sum. b. When necessary, provide acceptable temporary or new permanent utility services during such interruptions, before taking existing utility service out of operation, at no addition to Contract Sum. END OF SECTION AESI 27210 EXISTING UTILITY PROCEDURES 01352 -2 18JAN08 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY C SECTION 01356 ALTERATION PROCEDURES A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: Perform alteration work that maybe required or necessary to a full and complete execution of the Work. Determine nature and extent of alterations that will be necessary by comparing Contract Documents with existing conditions. C. Included: Alteration procedures include, but are not limited to, following: 1. Cut, move or remove existing construction to provide access or to allow alterations and new work. 2. Patch, repair and refinish existing items to remain, to condition required by Contract Documents for each product, with a neat transition to adjacent new construction. 3. Removal and disposal of demolished materials. D. Existing Item Ownership: 1. Materials or items designated to be salvaged and not reused shall be as indicated by Contract Documents and shall remain property of Owner. Materials or items having a historic or private value discovered during progress of the Work shall remain property of Owner. Remove such items with 16 1 care, under supervision of trade responsible for installation; clean and store them in a location at project site to be designated by Owner, and turn over to Owner and obtain receipt. 2. Materials or items designated to be reinstalled shall be as indicated by Contract Documents. Remove such items with care, under supervision of trade responsible for reinstallation; protect and store until required. Replace materials or items damaged with similar new materials or items as acceptable to Architect. 3. Materials or items demolished and not designated to remain property of Owner or to be reinstalled shall become property of Contractor and shall be removed from project site premises as they are removed from existing construction. Storage, advertising, display or sale of removed items on project site will not be permitted. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Codes and Standards: Meet requirements of following, except to extent of most stringent requirements of Contract Documents and of codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work: 1. ANSI A10 Series -Construction and Demolition. 2. Specification Section 01732 - Cutting and Patching. B. Existing Work: 1. Unless indicated by other Contract Documents to contrary, new work shall, as minimum, match corresponding existing work in all respects of design and detail, including products and details of construction. Should conditions of work necessitate change of products or details of construction AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -1 18JAN08 from original installation, submit written request for substitution to Architect. 2. Existing materials which have been removed from existing work and are in first class condition and meet requirements of Contract Documents may be reused in new work if acceptable to Architect. 1.03 OPERATIONS A. Owner Regulations: Notwithstanding anything to contrary contained in Contract Documents, Contractor and subcontractors, materialmen, invitees and other persons under control of Contractor shall immediately comply with rules, regulations and directives which Owner has in affect or may issue with regard to access to premises and work and with regard to facilities and operations of Owner. B. Coordination and Interruptions: 1. General: a. Existing facilities and operations of Owner will continue to be in use and operation throughout construction period. Contractor shall perform work during such times in such manner as to insure least inconvenience to facilities and operations of Owner. Contractor shall cooperate fully with Owner in all matters pertaining to facilities and operations of Owner. b. No representation is made or implied as to periods of time when conditions or operations of Owner will be such as to permit work to be performed without interruption or as to when anywork can be performed or completed. c. Operating conditions of Owner may necessitate changes in operations of Contractor. No addition to Contract Sum will be allowed for any delays or conditions brought about byconditions or operations of Owner which requires work to be interrupted. 2. Work Stoppage: If conditions and operations of Owner cause a stoppage of work in any construction area, Contractor shall have sufficient standby materials and equipment available so that work can be initiated with a minimum of delay in an unaffected area. No addition to Contract Sum will be allowed for moving and remobilizing in different construction areas due to conditions and operations of Owner. 3. Notification: Contractor shall serve written notification to Owner of any anticipated interruption in facilities and operations of Owner at least 72 hours prior to disruption, allowing for temporary relocation of facilities and operations of Owner during program of work, and shall be for such periods of time as acceptable to Owner. 4. Review: Details of anticipated interruptions shall be acceptable to Owner. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Construction: 1. Premises: Contractor shall accept premises as exists upon signing of Owner- Contractor Agreement. Completely remove existing work so indicated by Contract Documents and as maybe required to permit proper installation of new work. 2. Details: Details of existing construction indicated by Contract Documents to be cut, altered or removed are furnished for information only. Owner and Architect assume no responsibility and make no representation, promise or warranty with respect to anything expressed or implied for actual condition of items or structures to be cut, altered or removed. 3. Maintenance: Conditions existing at time of commencement of Contract will be maintained by Owner insofar as practicable. 4. Other Conditions: Notify Architect of any existing condition or obstruction that in common sense judgment may influence future construction work. AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -2 18JAN08 B. Clear Areas: Maintain driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner at all i times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on project site coordinated with Owner. C. Protection: Ensure safe passage of persons around area of alterations. Conduct operations to prevent damage or injury to adjacent buildings, structures and other facilities, and persons. 1. Make such exploration and probes as are necessary to ascertain any required protective measures before proceeding with alterations, demolition and removal. Give particular attention to shoring and bracing requirements so as to prevent any damage to existing construction. 2. Provide shoring, bracing or support as required to assure and maintain structural integrity of structures and to prevent movement or settlement or collapse of structures to be altered or demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. 3. Provide and maintain catch platforms, lights, barriers, weather protection, warning signs and other items as required for proper protection to workmen engaged in alteration or demolition operations and adjacent construction. 4. Provide and maintain weather protection at exterior openings so as to fully protect construction exposed by work and interior premises against damage from weather until such openings are dosed by new construction. 5. Provide and maintain waterproofing, and heat and humidity control to prevent damage to existing work and new work. 6. Provide and maintain temporary protection of existing structure designated to remain where demolition, removal and new work is being performed, connections made, materials handled or equipment moved. 7. Protect new work and portions of existing work affected by alterations operations by one hour minimum fire resistance rated, dustproof partitions or other adequate fire resistance rated means, except for more stringent requirements of Contract Documents, and codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 8. Provide adequate fire protection meeting requirements of state and local fire prevention requirements. 9. Do not close or obstruct walkways, passageways or stairways. Do not store or place materials in passageways, stairs or other means of egress. Conduct operations with minimum traffic interference. D. Structure: 1. Loading: Do not load structures with weights which will endanger structures. Locate materials, equipment, debris, waste and like items to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting structure as verified and directed by a licensed structural engineer in state where the Work is located, employed by Contractor. 2. Safety: Cease work operations and notify Owner and Architect immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to properly support structure until determination is made for continuing operations. E. Damage: Be responsible for any damage to existing structure or contents by reason of insufficiency of protection provided. Promptly repair damage caused to adjacent facilities by alteration operations at no addition to Contract Sum. F. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities, indicated to remain, keep in service, and protect against cessation of use and damage during alteration operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except as otherwise required and coordinated with Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary service during AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -3 18JAN08 C interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and governing authorities. 2. Owner will shut -off utilities serving each area. Contractor shall disconnect and seal indicated utilities before starting alteration or demolition operations. Scheduling: Refer to other Contract Documents for description and schedule of alteration work. Alteration work shall be indicated and detailed in construction progress schedule. Any service interruptions or necessary preparatory work shall be clearly indicated on schedule, and prior to commencement of such work, shall have approval of Owner. H. Cleaning: 1. Maintenance: As work progress, maintain work areas and surrounding areas free from accumulations of waste materials, debris, rubbish and dust resulting from work operations. 2. Final: At completion of work, remove construction equipment from project site premises and leave work and surrounding areas clean and ready for occupancy. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Meet requirements of Contract Documents for each product involved. B. Use products for alterations that will result in equal or better performance characteristics than removed products. Replacement of removed products shall match original, except as otherwise required, as acceptable to Architect. If identical products are not available, or cannot be used, use products that match existing adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect, as acceptable to Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect existing conditions of the Work, including elements subject to movement or damage. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding with work. B. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products or performance of the Work. C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to Architect in writing. Do not proceed with work until Architect has provided further instructions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and support as required to assure and maintain structural integrity of that portion of the Work applicable to alteration work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Work from damage. C. Provide protection from elements for that portion of the Work which may be exposed by alteration work, and dewatering to maintain spaces free from water. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. Demolition, removal and alteration work shall be as indicated by Contract Documents. Perform work AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -4 18JAN08 0 • required with due care, including shoring, bracing and like work. Be responsible for any damage which may be caused by such work to any part or parts of existing structures or items designated for reuse. Perform patching, restoration and new work in accordance with applicable requirements of Contract Documents. B. Salvage sufficient quantities of cut or removed materials to replace damaged existing work, when material is not readily obtainable from current sources. C. Maintain integrity of fire resistance ratings and separation construction of existing facilities adjacent to new work, during the Work. At no time shall protection of existing facilities be compromised. Provide new openings into existing work as required, but at all times maintain fire resistance ratings and separation construction of existing work. D. Maintain integrity and operation of existing fire protection and alarm systems for duration of construction, except when existing system is to be disabled. Before disabling existing fire protection and alarm systems notify Owner and fire department authorities bearing on performance of the Work. E. Cutting shall be performed promptly and all repairs shall be made as necessary to leave the Work in good condition, including cutting, fitting and drilling of materials as required for proper assembly, fabrication, installation and completion of work, including any patching as may be necessary. F. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will assure safety and health, will prevent damage and movement to other work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs or new work. To avoid defacement of existing finished surfaces, cut from exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. G. Execute fitting and adjustment of products and existing construction to provide a finished installation to j comply with indicated functions, tolerances and finishes. 1. Do not make openings larger than necessary to accommodate products to be installed or work to be performed. 2. Cut surfaces to terminate demolition at existing construction to remain, leaving straight and clean breaklines at natural points of division, and in as good a condition as existed prior to commencing work as acceptable to Architect. a. When new work abuts or finishes flush with existing work, make a smooth transition. b. When finished surfaces are cut in such a way that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface in a neat manner and provide trim appropriate to finished surface. 3. Remove existing construction as required to properly install new work or to connect new backup construction. Where existing construction prevents proper construction of new work, remove, reroute, relocate or in other ways alter existing construction in order to accommodate new work requirements. H. Restore work which has been cut, removed, exposed or damaged to at least same condition and appearance which existed prior to performing such work as acceptable to Architect. Install new products to provide completed work meeting requirements of Contract Documents. I. Coordinate location of terminated patching with Architect to properly blend patched areas with existing construction. J. Repair existing construction or facilities to remain in place which have been disturbed, weakened or damaged as a result of alteration work, to at least same condition which existed priorto performing such AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -5 18JAN08 work and as acceptable to Architect. Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. 3.04 PROCEDURES A. General: 1. Operations: a. Execute work in a careful and orderly manner, with least possible disturbance, inconvenience and conflict to public and occupants of building. b. Limit alteration operations to methods and procedures which will not affect environment of project site premises including, but not limited to, noise, vibrations, dirt, dust, odors, fumes; air, water or soil pollution; ambient discomfort, inadequate lighting, health and safety hazards, and other undesirable effects and conditions, and which will prevent damage and movement to other work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of new work. c. Cease operations and notify Owner and Architect immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to properly support structure until determination is made for continuing operations. 2. Structural Components: Do not cut, drill, weld, alter or remove existing structural components without prior written review by Architect for each condition, except where specifically indicated. Requests for authorization shall be in writing, designating specific extent and limits of work, and components proposed to be cut, drilled, welded, altered or removed. Work performed contrary to such consent is at risk of Contractor, subject to replacement at no addition to Contract Sum. When acceptable, perform work in a manner that will not result in reduction of load carrying capacity or in load deflection ratio. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage which may be caused to existing structures or facilities. 3. Fireproofing: Do not cut or remove fireproofing materials which protect or cover existing construction without prior written review by Architect for each condition. Requests for authorization shall be in writing, designating specific extent and limits of fireproofing proposed to be cut or removed. Removed fireproofing materials shall be replaced meeting requirements for original installation as minimum. Fireproofing materials shall protect or cover work attached to fireproofed construction as required. 4. Operational and Safety Components: Do not alter operational elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in a reduction of capacity to perform in manner intended, including energy performance, or that would result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or decreased safety. 5. Visual Requirements: Do not alter work that will be exposed in the completed Work, in a manner that would, in opinion of Architect result in lessening aesthetic qualities. Do not alter work in a manner that would result in substantial visual evidence of alteration work. Remove and replace work judged by Architect to be altered in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 6. Hazard: If any existing construction, at any time, is considered a hazard necessitating prompt removal, give such removal priority attention over scheduled alteration operations and immediately proceed with removal. B. Adjoining Work: Where alterations occur, or new and old work join, cut, remove, patch, repair and refinish, as applicable, adjacent surfaces or so much thereof as is required by involved conditions, and leave with straight and clean breaklines and in as good a condition as existed prior to commencing of the Work. Materials and workmanship employed in alterations, unless otherwise required, shall match AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -6 18JAN08 • • similar original work as acceptable to Architect. Alteration work shall be performed by various trades 0 which normally perform respective items of work. C. Spaces: Where removal of existing construction results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework existing construction to provide smooth planes without breaks, steps or bulkheads. Where extreme change of plane of 2 inches or more occurs, request instructions from Architect. D. Surfaces: 1. If removal of existing construction exposes discolored or unfinished surfaces, or work out of alignment, such surfaces shall be refinished or materials shall be replaced as necessary to make continuous work uniform and harmonious. 2. Finish new and adjacent existing surfaces as required for new work. Clean existing surfaces of dirt, grease, loose paint, and like substances, before refinishing. 3. Refinish entire surfaces of areas as necessary to provide a uniform finish as required for new work and to match adjacent finishes as acceptable to Architect. Extend finish restoration onto adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Continuous Surfaces: Refinish to nearest intersections. b. Assembly: Refinish entire assembly unit. 4. Submit cost effective voluntary alternates where appropriate for patching in place of matching existing construction. 0 F E. Existing Utilities: 1. Check existing utilities and services, including water, gas, waste and electric, to be abandoned or otherwise affected by work for proper shutoff or sealing. Do not proceed with work until shutoff and sealing is completed. If existing utility or service is not properly shutoff or sealed, notify utility owner and user for clearance; then perform required shutoff or sealing work. When required, reroute existing utilities or provide bypass as necessary to maintain continuity of service. 2. Cutoff existing utility piping and electrical conduit to be abandoned at a point as not to interfere with subsequent work. F. Existing Embedded Items: 1. Cutout embedded anchorage and attachment items as required to properly provide for patching and repair of respective finishes. 2. Do not cut metallic components, such as reinforcing steel, piping and electrical conduits, embedded in construction, such as concrete or masonry, except after metallic components are identified and determined to be out of service or not critical if cut. 3. Do not permit fluid associated with cutting tools to migrate outside of immediate cutting area, including underside of floor construction, and causing damage or defacement. When cutting abandoned, embedded piping or electrical conduit, do not permit fluid to enter conduit or piping. G. Existing Cast -In -Place Concrete: 1. Coordinate location of reinforcement, and tension strands and tendons, as applicable, to clear or if It necessary to cut such items. Take precautions and coordinate procedures to clear, re- anchor and AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -7 18JAN08 cut tension strands and tendons as applicable. 2. Where areas larger than core drilled holes of existing concrete construction are to be removed, score periphery of area to be removed, both sides when applicable, with saw cut of 1 inch minimum depth prior to removing construction from removal area. 3. Where areas of existing concrete construction are to be removed for passage of piping or electrical conduits, provide core drilled holes. 4. In general, demolish concrete in small sections. Where necessary to prevent collapse of any existing construction, provide temporary shores, struts or bracing. H. Existing Precast Concrete: 1. Coordinate location of reinforcement, and tension strands and tendons, as applicable, to clear or if necessary to cut such items. Take precautions and coordinate procedures to clear, re- anchor and cut tension strands and tendons as applicable. 2. Where areas larger than core drilled holes of existing concrete construction are to be removed, score periphery of area to be removed, both sides when applicable, with saw cut of 1 inch minimum depth prior to removing construction from removal area. 3. Where areas of existing concrete construction are to be removed for passage of piping or electrical conduits, provide core drilled holes. 4. In general, demolish concrete in small sections. Where necessary to prevent collapse of any existing construction, provide temporary shores, struts or bracing. I. Existing Masonry: 1. Where courses of new unit masonry will connect with existing unit masonry, remove each course of existing unit masonry at connection point to provide a saw -tooth pattern for bonding new unit masonry. Breaklines shall be at existing joints which shall be free of existing mortar. 2. Where areas of existing unit masonry are to be removed for passage of piping or electrical conduit, provide core drilled holes. 3. In general, demolish masonry in small sections. Where necessary to prevent collapse of any construction, install temporary shores, struts or bracing. J. Existing Waterproofing: 1. Perform work associated with existing waterproofing system meeting requirements of any existing waterproofing warranties. Consult Owner to ascertain extent of waterproofing warranties. Do not invalidate existing waterproofing warranties. 2. Confine alterations and cutting of existing waterproofing to remain to limits required for proper installation of new work. Cut, repair and replace existing waterproofing as required. Cut and remove waterproofing system products as applicable. Provide temporary watertight protection as required until new waterproofing and flashings are installed and permanent waterproofing closure is installed. K. Existing Roofing: 1. Perform work associated with existing roofing system meeting requirements of any existing roofing warranties. Consult Owner to ascertain extent of roofing warranties. Do not invalidate existing AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -8 18JAN08 roofing warranties. 2. Confine alterations and cutting of existing roofing to remain to limits required for P o� r installation of new work. Cut, repair and replace existing roofing as required. Cut and remove insulation and other roofing system products as applicable. Provide temporary weathertight protection as required until new roofing and flashings are installed and permanent roofing closure is installed. L. Existing Doors: 1. Undercut existing doors as required to accommodate new installed flooring materials, except forfire rated doors. Perform undercutting without defacement to face surfaces and edges of doors. 2. Replace existing fire rated doors which would require undercutting with new fire rated doors of new required dimensions. Each new replacement door shall be of type and fire resistance rating to match existing door meeting applicable requirements of Contract Documents as acceptable to Architect. 3. Reuse existing door hardware. Modify as required for new conditions. Do not invalidate any existing fire resistance and panic ratings. If existing door hardware cannot be reused, then provide new hardware. Function and quality of new door hardware shall match existing as acceptable to Architect. M. Existing Mechanical Work: 1. Evaluation: a. General: Evaluate existing mechanical work which is to be removed, relocated or altered. No addition to Contract Sum will be allowed for failure to include work that is required for removal, relocation or alteration of existing mechanical work. b. Equipment: Consult with manufacturers of existing mechanical equipment to be revised or extended, as applicable. 2. Maintaining Service: Continuous operation of existing facilities shall be maintained as required with necessary temporary connections. a. Obtain approval from Owner, in writing, with copy to Architect, should it become necessary to shut down service to any part of existing work. b. Any shutdown shall be at convenience of Owner and only for period of time agreed upon. c. Include any temporary work that maybe required because of shutdown. 3. Removal and Relocation: a. Disconnect, remove or relocate existing piping, ducts, equipment, fixtures and other mechanical work as required, for removal or changes in existing construction. b. Perform cutting and patching necessary for installation of piping, ducts and other mechanical work. Provide support necessary for such work and for bracing and anchorage of work. c. Remove in entirety, existing mechanical work indicated to be abandoned or removed. d. Where existing piping, ducts, supports, hangers and other like work is to be abandoned or removed as a result of alterations, such work shall be completely removed, back to active line or origin which is unaffected by revision. Plug openings in piping, ducts and other like work. e. Existing work which is buried in concrete or otherwise inaccessibly positioned may be abandoned, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. In such cases, plug openings in piping and ducts. f. Provide new material and appurtenances required for relocated equipment. AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -9 18JAN08 4. Alterations: a. Alter, extend and reconnect mechanical work as required. b. Reconnect existing work which is to be revised, cut or exposed due to construction. c. Install new work and connect to existing work, as applicable, with minimum interference to existing facilities. New mechanical items shall be connected to existing systems so as to function as a complete unit or system. d. Where existing mechanical equipment, devices, fixtures and like items interfere with any alteration work, such items shall be removed and reinstalled as applicable. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect and make components operational. Existing and relocated equipment shall be left in good operating condition. e. Where existing mechanical work is damaged or disturbed in course of performing the Work, remove damaged portions and provide new products of equal capacity, quality and functionality, as acceptable to Architect. 5. Penetrations: a. Penetrations shall be sleeved, sealed and fireproofed as acceptable to authorities bearing on performance of the Work and Architect. b. Piping passing through waterproofing, roofs or other surfaces exposed to weather shall be properly flashed and made weathertight meeting requirements of waterproofing and roofing specification sections as applicable. Except as otherwise required, counterflashing shall be performed as part of mechanical work meeting requirements specked in waterproofing and roofing specification sections as applicable. N. Existing Electrical Work: 1. Evaluation: a. General: Evaluate existing electrical work which is to be removed, relocated or altered. No addition to Contract Sum will be allowed for failure to include work that is required for removal, relocation or alteration of existing electrical work. b. Equipment: Consult with manufacturers of existing electrical equipment to be revised or extended, as applicable. 2. Maintaining Service: Continuous operation of existing facilities shall be maintained as required with necessary temporary connections. a. Obtain approval from Owner, in writing, with copy to Architect, should it become necessary to shutdown service to any part of existing work. b. Any shutdown shall be at convenience of Owner and only for period of time agreed upon. c. Include any temporary work that may be required because of shutdown. 3. Removal and Relocation: a. Disconnect, remove or relocate existing raceways, equipment, fixtures and other electrical work as required, for removal or changes in existing construction. b. Perform cutting and patching necessary for installation of raceways and other electrical work. Provide supports necessary for such work and for bracing and anchorage of work. c. Remove in entirety, electrical work indicated to be abandoned or removed. Include removal from service of following existing electrical work and as indicated by Contract Documents: 1) Existing branch wiring, power wiring, control wiring and feeders, including raceways and wire, except such items indicated to remain. 2) Existing outlets, except outlets indicated to remain or to be reused. AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -10 18JAN08 3) Existing lighting fixtures, except fixtures indicated to remain. d. Cut and remove buried raceways indicated to be abandoned, 2 inches belowsurface of adjacent construction, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. e. Where existing raceways, supports, hangers and other like work is to be abandoned or removed as a result of alterations, such work shall be completely removed, back to active line or origin which is unaffected by revision. Plug openings in raceways and other like work. f. Existing work which is buried in concrete or otherwise inaccessibly positioned may be abandoned, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. In such cases, wire shall be pulled out of raceways and plug openings in raceways. g. Provide new material and appurtenances required for relocated equipment. 4. Alterations: a. Alter, extend and reconnect electrical work as required. b. Reconnect existing work which is to be revised, cut or exposed due to construction. c. Install new work and connect to existing work, as applicable, with minimum interference to existing facilities. New electrical items shall be connected to existing systems so as to function as a complete unit or system. d. Where wiring is involved, new wires shall be pulled in between nearest available, accessible reused outlets to extent allowed by codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. e. Provide new raceways for wires which cannot be pulled in to existing raceways. f. Where existing electrical equipment, devices, fixtures and like items interfere with any alteration work, such items shall be removed and reinstalled as applicable. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect and make components operational. Existing and relocated equipment shall be left in good operating condition. g. Where existing electrical work is damaged or disturbed in course of performing the Work, remove damaged portions and provide new products of equal capacity, qualityand functionality, as acceptable to Architect. 5. Penetrations: a. Penetrations shall be sleeved, sealed and fireproofed as acceptable to authorities bearing on performance of the Work and Architect. b. Raceways passing through waterproofing, roofs or other surfaces exposed to weather shall be properly flashed and made weathertight meeting requirements of waterproofing and roofing specification sections as applicable. Except as otherwise required, counterflashing shall be performed as part of electrical work meeting requirements specified in waterproofing and roofing specification sections as applicable. O. Reused Existing Items: 1. Carefully remove, store, protect, alter, clean, recondition, rework and repair as required to place in acceptable condition, existing items to be reused in the Work. 2. Existing items to be reused in the Work which are damaged during performance of work, shall be repaired to condition acceptable to Architect. If damaged existing item is determined as not repairable, then replace existing item with a new item of equal quality as acceptable to Architect at no addition to Contract Sum. 3.05 DEMOLITION A. Pollution Controls: Use methods to limit amount of dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -11 18JAN08 LM practical level. Comply with governing regulations and requirements of Owner pertaining to environmental protection. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt and debris caused by demolition operations. B. Demolition: Demolish existing construction as required and remove from project site. Use such methods as required to complete work within the limitations of governing regulations and requirements of Owner. 1. Proceed with demolition in a systematic manner. 2. Remove materials so as to not impose excessive loads to supporting framing, walls, floors or roofs. A. General: Meet requirements of Section 01500 -Temporary Facilities and Controls, Article -Material Storage and Disposal. END OF SECTION AESI 27210 ALTERATION PROCEDURES 01356 -12 18JAN08 0 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01410 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: This Section identifies building codes and other regulatory requirements applicable to the Work. Listing of regulatory requirements is not necessarily complete, but nevertheless meet requirements of all laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, rules and regulations of public authorities and others bearing on performance of the Work. This Section also specifies certain requirements for the Work relative to regulatory requirements. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Application: 1. General: Perform and complete the Work to meet regulatory requirements, except to extent more detailed or stringent requirements are required by Contract Documents. 2. Conflicts: Where 2 or more regulatory requirements apply to same requirement for the Work, meet most stringent regulatory requirement. Refer uncertain instances or where determinations or interpretations are not self - evident to Architect in writing for clarification. B. Copies: Copies of regulatory requirements are not included with Contract Documents, but are nevertheless in full force and effect for the Work. Obtain copies of regulatory requirements directly from publication sources. C. Effective Date: 1. References in Contract Documents to regulatory requirements generally omit date or edition indicator which sometimes accompanies identification designation of regulatory requirement. 2. Meet regulatory requirements of latest date, edition, amendment or revision in effect at date of Contract Documents, except where indicated to meet regulatory requirements of a specific date, edition, amendment or revision. 11-7 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENT SCHEDULE A. Town of Vail, Colorado: 1. International Building Code, 2003 edition. 2. Town of Vail Administrative Code. 3. Applicable Colorado State Accessibility Ordinance. 4. Fire Department - Fire Prevention Bureau Regulations and Requirements. 5. Department of Health - Regulations and Standards. AESI 27210 18JAN08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01410 -1 O � 6. Department of Transportation - Regulations and Standards. 7. Department of Water - Regulations and Standards. 8. Department of Sewers - Regulations and Standards. 9. Department of Streets and Sanitation - Regulations and Standards. 10. Applicable public and private utilities - Regulations and Standards. B. United States of America: 1. CPSC 16CFR1201 - Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing Materials. 2. Federal Environmental Protection Agency: a. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Requirements. b. Regulations and Standards. 3. Federal Highway Administration (FHA) - Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 4. OSHA 29CFR1910 - Occupational Safety and Health Standards, requirements relative to personnel protection associated with permanent work, installation and operations. 5. PHS - Food Code, requirements relative to permanent building construction forfood processing and storage. 6. US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) - Regulations and Standards. 7. USDHUD - Fair Housing Amendments Act (FHAA)USDA - Regulations and Standards relative to permanent building construction for food processing and storage. 8. USDOJ - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). C. Owner and User: 1. Owner -Regulations and Standards. Owner Insurance Company -Regulations and Standards. To be stipulated by Owner. D. Others: 1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 3. ASHRAE 62 - Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. 4. ASHRAE 90.1 - Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings Except New Low -Rise Residential Buildings. 5. ASME - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 6. FMEC - Loss Prevention Data, as applicable. AESI 27210 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01410 -2 18JAN08 0 0 7. FMRC - Approval Guide. 8. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 9. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code. 10. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code (Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures). 11. NFPA - National Fire Codes. 12. UL - Building Materials Directory, as applicable. 13. UL - Fire Resistance Directory, as applicable. END OF SECTION 13 n AESI 27210 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01410 -3 18JAN08 0 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01415 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: This Section specifies performance requirements and other like data and requirements applicable to the Work. Performance requirements are not necessarily complete, but nevertheless meet requirements of codes and regulations of public authorities and others bearing on performance of the Work. C. Included: Performance requirements includes, but is not limited to, following: 1. Design, engineering, detailing, fabrication and installation of work included under this Section. 2. Project site data. 3. Life safety performance. 4. General performance. 5. Structural performance 6. Thermal and moisture performance. 7. Existing components. r] 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. General: Terms and definitions shall be as specked in respective specification section, except as otherwise indicated in this Section or other Contract Documents. B. Outdoor Work: Outdoor work includes indoor areas, spaces and components, as applicable, continuously or partially exposed to outdoor environment. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Codes and Standards: Meet requirements of following, except to extent of most stringent requirements of Contract Documents and of codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. B. Performance Basis: General: Descriptions and requirements indicated by Contract Documents establish basic arrangements, visual concepts, dimensions and modules of units, profiles and sightlines of members, performance, function, operation and like requirements. Within these limitations, work shall meet arrangements, visual concepts and performance requirements indicated by Contract Documents, and include components not indicated but necessary for performance, function, operation and like requirements, and to be a complete system. Perform modifications only as necessary to meet requirements of Contract Documents and to coordinate work, subject to acceptance of Architect. Maintain visual concepts without altering profiles and alignments. Variations in designs and materials shall not adversely affect appearance, durability, strength and performance. Provide complete drawings and data of proposed modifications. AESI 27210 18JAN08 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01415 -1 � p 2. Qualification: Contract Documents are intended to cover the complete work and to outline performance requirements and products required, but not to cover details of design and construction. Such details shall be responsibility of manufacturer or installer, as applicable. Contract Documents do not invent or develop any part of work or system, but have made only selections of performance, products and other like characteristics from choices made available by manufacturer. 3. Certification: Work required to meet performance requirements indicated by Contract Documents shall be designed, certified, reviewed and inspected by engineer of Contractor subject to minimum requirements of Contract Documents. C. Performance Requirements: 1. General: Work shall meet performance requirements indicated by Contract Documents, including requirements specified in this Section, except to extent more detailed or stringent requirements are required by other Contract Documents. 2. Conflicts: Where two or more performance requirements apply to same requirement for the Work, meet most stringent requirement. Refer uncertain instances or where determinations or interpretations are not self - evident to Architect in writing for clarification. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Criteria Qualification: Compliance with performance requirements shall be substantiated by calculations and actual tests on required product or product assembly, except as otherwise required or acceptable to Architect. Data derived from calculations, theoretical assumptions or test results of different type, size or arrangement of product or product assembly than required is not acceptable. B. Engineer of Contractor Qualifications: 1. General: Professional engineer of Contractor licensed to practice in jurisdiction where the Work is located and experienced in providing engineering services of same discipline as work requiring engineering services that have resulted in successful installation and performance of work similar in extent, design and products to that required for the Work. 2. Structural: When Work requires structural engineering services, engineer shall be licensed to practice as a structural engineer. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination: Prior to or concurrent with any other submittal required for work required to meet performance requirements indicated by Contract Documents, submit performance certification specified in this Article in accordance with section 01352, Submittals. B. Structural Calculations: 1. General: Submit structural calculations for work required to meet performance requirements indicated by Contract Documents, prepared in accordance with good and prudent structural engineering theory and current design practice and in accordance with appropriate design standards and rules. Submittals will be only for information. 2. Analysis: Calculations shall include design analysis for work and loads on supporting structure, including performance requirements, specified in Paragraph - Performance Requirements, of this Section, and resultant reactions at each connection point to supporting structure. Show section property computations for framing members. Existing test reports, data from other projects, or untried or unproven theories will not be acceptable. AESI 27210 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01415 -2 18JAN08 0 0 3. Certification: Calculations shall be certified and sealed by engineer of Contractor, stating work meets most stringent requirements of Contract Documents. C. Performance Certification: Submit performance certification for work required to meet performance requirements indicated by Contract Documents, prepared, certified and sealed by engineer of Contractor. Certificate shall specifically indicate such work meets most stringent requirements of Contract Documents and of codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Insofar as possible, check actual locations of construction to which work mustfit, by accurate field measurement before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication. Verifywork can be installed in compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. Show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Allow for adjustments wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication is not possible. 1.07 LIFE SAFETY PERFORMANCE A. Safety Requirements: Meet requirements of NFPA 101 and other applicable NFPA standards without exclusion of meeting requirements of Contract Documents. B. Hazardous Conditions: There shall be no projections, obstructions or rough surfaces that may be hazardous to users of the Work in areas of travel or possible contact with products or surfaces. C. Finish Floor Material Fire Hazard Classification: Provide each finish floor material that is identical to material evaluated for following fire performance requirements, according to test method indicated by ? UL or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to public authorities bearing on performance of the Work: 1. Flammability: Passing Methenamine Pill Test when evaluated meeting requirements of ASTM D2859 or USDOC FF -1 Pill Test and passing CPSC 16CFR1630. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread of 25 maximum and smoke developed of 450 maximum when evaluated meeting requirements of ASTM E84, NFPA 255 or UL 723. 3. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per square centimeter minimum for corridors, passageways, stairways, public areas, assembly areas and like areas, and 0.22 watts per square centimeter minimum for other areas when evaluated by requirements of ASTM E648 or NFPA 253, except as otherwise required by codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 4. Smoke Density: With flame, 15.4 minimum value; without flame, 9.1 minimum value, when evaluated meeting requirements of ASTM E662. D. Floor and Walkway Slip Resistance: 1. General: Static coefficient of friction shall be 0.6 minimum on level and 0.8 minimum on ramped accessible walking surfaces in wet and dry conditions when evaluated meeting requirements of ASTM C1028, and shall meet most stringent requirements of ADA, ANSI A117.1, OSHA 29CFR1910, and codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 1.08 GENERAL PERFORMANCE A. Criteria: Work and associated assemblies or systems shall meet most stringent requirements for design, dimensions, details, structural requirements and construction required by codes and regulations to of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work, including but not limited to OSHA AESI 27210 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01415 -3 18JAN08 D p 29CRF1910, NFPA 101 and USDOJ -Americans with Disabilities Act, but in no case less than required by public authorities bearing on performance of the Work and performance requirements indicated by Contract Documents, whichever is most stringent. B. Performance Conditions: Performance of work shall include live loads, creep, shrinkage, deflections, temperature variations, stresses, expansion and contraction requirements, seismic forces, vibration, differential settlement and other like conditions meeting most stringent requirements of Contract Documents and of codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. C. Layout Adjustments: Adjust locations of work to accommodate actual project site or construction conditions; actual product dimensions, and service conditions and connections, and to prevent interferences, inadequacies and inaccessibilities for installation, operation and maintenance conditions. Cost for layout adjustments shall be included in Contract Sum. Work requiring adjustments shall be reviewed by Architect before starting work. Assist in working out adjustments. D. Tolerances: 1. Boundary: Regardless of tolerances indicated by Contract Documents, no portion of the Work shall extend beyond legal boundary of project site or premises as applicable. 2. Structure Lines: Work shall accommodate variations in relation to theoretical structure or similar construction lines and tolerances for respective work. E. Components: Types and sizes of components indicated on Drawings shall be considered minimums, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. F. Corrosion: 1. Details shall insure compatibility between connected components. 2. Where dissimilar materials exist in a relationship or environment where galvanic and other corrosion and deterioration could occur, provide adequate measures to prevent corrosion and deterioration. G. Organisms: Materials, details of construction and execution of the Work shall not support growth of vermin, microorganisms, yeasts, molds, fungi, microbes, bacteria, viruses and other like items. 1.09 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE A. Dead Loads: Withstand actual weight of systems, materials and components, and superimposed dead loads of items supported by work. B. Outdoor Suspended Soffit and Entrance Vestibule Ceiling Uplift: For suspended ceilings and soffits located outdoors or in vestibules separating outdoors from indoors, provide cross - bracing, vertical compression struts and additional framing to resist wind uplift from wind velocity pressure of 40 psf minimum, meeting applicable requirements of ASTM E580 and public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. C. Seismic Criteria: 1. Performance: Work shall withstand seismic forces meeting requirements of applicable regulatory requirements as described in Section 01410 - Regulatory Requirements, specked in this Paragraph, respective specification section for work and as indicated on Drawings. D. Walls and Partitions - Loads and Deflections: AESI 27210 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01415 -4 18JAN08 El- 0 1. General: a. Typical: Work shall accommodate required loads and pressures, and limit positive and negative deflections and stresses to work and components meeting requirements of this Paragraph, except restrict deflection further as required for performance and assembly of work and components. b. Interaction Stresses: Stresses shall take into account interaction, including allowable values established by industry standards. In no case shall allowable values exceed yield stress. 2. Outdoor: a. Masonry: 40 PSF wind load -with deflection of U720 maximum of span length, based on back- up construction properties only, not including or sharing with any veneer or sheathing construction, and seismic forces as specified in Paragraph - Seismic Criteria, of this Article. 3. Indoor: A a. General: Withstand a minimum, uniform, sustained (non- impulsing) lateral air pressure load of 5 psf. force indicated for entire width and height with deflection of U240 maximum of span length, except U360 maximum of span length, when a finish material other than paint is applied to one or both face surfaces of wall or partition assembly, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. b. Outdoor Entrance Vestibules: 40 PSF wind load, and seismic forces as specked in Paragraph - Seismic Criteria, of this Article. c. Storefront and Curtain Wall: 40 PSF wind load, and seismic forces as specified in Paragraph - Seismic Criteria, of this Section. d. Elevator Hoistways: 10 psf minimum. e. Mechanical and Electrical Shafts: 10 psf minimum. E. Doors and Windows - Loads: 1. Outdoor: 40 PSF wind loads and seismic forces as specified in Paragraph - Seismic Criteria, of this Article. 2. Outdoor Entrance Vestibules: 40 PSF wind load, and seismic forces as specified in Paragraph - Seismic Criteria, of this Article. 3. Indoor- General: 20 psf minimum and seismic forces as specified in Paragraph - Seismic Criteria, of this Article, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. 4. Indoor - Storefront and Curtain Wall: 20 psf minimum and seismic forces as specified in Paragraph - Seismic Criteria, of this Article, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. F. Stair Assemblies: Stair assemblies shall withstand load and meet deflection criteria without exceeding allowable design working stress of materials involved, including anchors and connections. Apply each load to produce maximum stress in each component or any support component of stair assemblies. Classes of stairs shall be as defined in NAAMM AMP 510. 0 1. Load Criteria: Uniform and concentrated load conditions need not be applied concurrently. a. Uniform Live Load: Superimposed live load of 100 pounds force per square foot minimum on treads, landings and platforms in addition to weight of stair construction, including any fill material, except to extent of most stringent requirements of Contract Documents and of codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. A * b. Concentrated Load: 300 pounds force minimum applied on 2 inch square area located at most critical location on any tread span. AESI 27210 18JAN08 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01415 -5 c. Railings: Stresses resulting from guardrail and handrail system loads. 2. Deflection Criteria: Limit live load deflection of any component of stair assemblies to following: a. Commercial and Architectural Stairs: U600. 3. Stringer Criteria: Meet specked load criteria or following, whichever produces greatest stress, and specified deflection criteria: a. Commercial and Architectural Stairs: 2,000 pounds minimum concentrated load anywhere along length of any single stringer. G. Railing Systems: Guardrail and handrail assemblies shall withstand load and meet deflection criteria requirements of ASTM E985 and following, whichever produces greatest stress, without exceeding allowable design working stress of materials involved, including anchors and connections, based on testing meeting requirements of ASTM E894 and ASTM E935. Apply each load to produce maximum stress in each component or any support component of railing systems. 1. Load Criteria: a. Handrails Not Serving as Top Rails of Guardrail Systems: Concentrated and uniform load conditions need not be applied concurrently. 1) Concentrated Load: 200 pounds force minimum applied at right angle to handrail at any point and in any direction on rail. 2) Uniform Load: 50 pounds force per linear foot minimum applied at right angle to handrail in horizontal direction on rail and concurrently of 100 pounds force per linear foot applied in vertical direction on rail. b. Top Rails of Guardrail Systems - General: Load conditions for top rail of guardrail systems, except as otherwise required. Concentrated and uniform load conditions need not be applied concurrently. 1) Concentrated Load: 200 pounds force minimum applied at right angle to top rail at any point and in any direction on rail. 2) Uniform Load: 50 pounds force per linear foot minimum applied at right angle to top rail in horizontal direction and concurrently of 100 pounds force per linear foot minimum applied at right angles in vertical direction on rail. 3) Top Rails of Guardrail Systems - Directly Accessible Public Assembly Spaces: Load conditions c. Infill Areas of Guardrail Systems: Horizontal concentrated load of 200 pounds force minimum applied over 1 foot square area at right angle to infill areas at any point in system, including panels, intermediate rails, balusters or other elements composing infill area or serving such function. Horizontal concentrated load need not be applied concurrently with horizontal loads on top rails of guardrail systems, but each shall be applied to produce maximum stress in each component or any supporting component. 2. Deflection Criteria: Limit deflection of railing systems meeting requirements of ASTM E985. H. Lintels and Supports for Unit Masonry: Size lintels, shelf angles and like supports to support weight of masonry work and any other associated loads meeting following criteria: 1. Deflection: Limit deflection to U600 or 0.3 inch, whichever is less, maximum of span length and AESI 27210 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01415 -6 18JAN08 0 9 0 rotation of 1/16 inch maximum. 2. Horizontal Leg: Horizontal leg of supporting steel members shall support 2/3 minimum thickness of supported masonry wythe. 3. Thickness: Supporting steel members shall be 1/4 inch minimum thickness. I. Anchor Loading: 1. Components: Anchorage components shall withstand 2 times required pressures and loads, both positive (acting inward) and negative (acting outward) acting normal to plane and over gross area of surface when applicable, except when more stringent requirements are indicated by Contract Documents. 2. Loading: Anchorage devices and inserts for anchorage of work to supporting structure shall be designed for loads specified and shall take into consideration following: a. Allowable material stresses for anchorage device or insert material and supporting structure material as indicated by applicable industry codes or standards for anchorage device or insert material and for supporting structure material. b. In determining forces imposed on anchorage devices and inserts, combination of loads imposing greatest force shall be determined for each component and used in its design. c. In determining forces imposed on supporting structure, required strength for material shall be determined as follows: 1) Concrete: Ultimate strength as determined by ACI 318. 2) Steel: Working strength as determined by AISC -Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. d. Allowances for increase in stress due to wind forces shall be used where applicable. 1.10 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PERFORMANCE A. Below Ground Waterproofing Head Pressure: Watertight when subjected to a waterhead to 100 feet with pressure applied to same side of structure to which waterproofing is applied, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. B. Air Infiltration: 1. General: Air infiltration through products, assemblies and systems shall be within limits as required by requirements of Contract Documents for respective work. 2. Door and Window Air Leakage: a. General: Doors and windows located in exterior walls and between conditioned and unconditioned spaces shall limit air leakage into or from space. b. Compliance Certificate: Submit compliance certificate of manufacturer for each outdoor door and window, as applicable, of the Work, indicating air leakage of door or window and stating air leakage of door or window meets specked requirements. C. Moisture Resistance: 1. Water Vapor Permeance: Water vapor permeance (perm rating) of products, assemblies and systems shall be as required by requirements of Contract Documents for respective work. 2. Water Resistance and Drainage: AESI 27210 18JAN08 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01415 -7 � 0 a. No water leakage shall pass to or appear on any interior surface of exterior construction. Condensation on interior surface is not water leakage. b. Provisions shall be made to drain to exterior face or to a permanent drain, as applicable, any leakage of water occurring at joints, any condensation taking place within construction and any migrating moisture occurring within system. 3. Outdoor Doors and Windows: Allowable water leakage shall be within limits as required by requirements of Contract Documents for respective work. 4. Outdoor Storefront and Curtain Wall: Allowable water leakage shall be within limits as required by requirements of Contract Documents for respective work. D. Thermal Resistivity: 1. General: a. Definition: Thermal resistivity (R- value) is reciprocal of thermal conductivity (k- value) which is rate of heat flow through a homogenous material exactly 1 inch thick. Thermal resistivity (R- value) is expressed by temperature difference in degrees Fahrenheit between two parallel surfaces to cause 1 Btu to flow through one square foot of a homogenous material exactly 1 inch thick per hour at mean temperature of 75 degrees Fahrenheit, unless otherwise required. 2. Building Envelope Insulating Materials: a. General: Insulating materials for building envelope components of the Work shall meet thermal resistivity requirements of this Paragraph. Building envelope components include, but are not limited to, insulation, perimeter and underslab insulation, outdoor wall insulation, including wall panels, doors, curtain walls and like items; roof insulation and like components. b. Performance Requirements: As follows, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents for respective work: 1) Vertical Surfaces at Perimeter of Outdoor Foundation Walls: 21 minimum R- value. 2) Under Slabs -On- Ground at Indoor Perimeter of Outdoor Walls - General: as required to mitigate frost heave at exposed areas, R -21 at habitable space. 3) Outdoor Wall Insulation -General: 21 minimum R- value. 4) Outdoor Doors, Windows and Glazing Systems: As specked in specification for respective work. 5) Roof Insulation - General: 49 minimum R- value. c. Regulations: Meet requirements of following regulations: 1) ASHRAE 90.1. E. Thermal Movement: Provide for thermal expansion and contraction of component materials as will be caused by a surface temperature range of 180 degrees Fahrenheit minimum without undue stress on components, buckling, opening up of joints, overstressing of welds and fasteners, reduction of performance and other detrimental effects. Include in design actual surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime heat loss. F. Seismic Forces: Metal fabrications, including structural and non - structural components and anchorages, shall withstand seismic forces meeting requirements of local applicable building codes. 1.11 EXISTING COMPONENTS A. General: Unless indicated by other Contract Documents to contrary, new work shall, as minimum, match comparable existing work in all respects of design and detail, including products and details of construction, as acceptable to Architect. Should conditions of the Work necessitate change of products AESI 27210 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01415 -8 18JAN08 7317 or details of construction from original installation, submit written request for substitution to Architect. B. Visual Concept: Variations shall not be discernible by naked eye at 6 foot distance as determined by Architect, except as otherwise required. END OF SECTION n AESI 27210 18JAN08 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01415 -9 • • A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01452 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: Contractor shall provide a quality control organization and system to assure the Work meets requirements of Contract Documents. These requirements are a prerequisite to payment. 1.02 GENERAL A. Organization and System: Contractor shall provide a quality control organization and system to perform sampling, inspections, tests observations, reviews, evaluations and like functions, and retesting in the event of failure of any items of work, including that of subcontractors, to assure the Work meets requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality control shall be established for all work, except where specific provisions of the Contract Documents provide quality control furnished by Owner. Contractor quality control system shall include, but not be limited to, inspections and tests required for specific products and work indicated in sequence of occurrence under each specification section and shall cover all work operations, including both on -site and off -site fabrication. B. Representative: Contractor shall provide a quality control representative, supplemented as necessary by additional personnel, who shall be on the Work at all times during progress, with complete authority to take any action necessary to assure the Work meets requirements of Contract Documents. Quality control representative shall be appointed by a letter addressed to him and signed by an officer of Contractor firm. Letter shall detail authority and responsibility of quality control representative to act for Contractor. Quality control representative shall report directly to an officer of Contractor firm, and shall not be same individual as, nor be subordinate to, job superintendent or project manager. Quality control representative shall have no project related responsibilities other than quality control. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. General: Contractor shall have a written quality control plan which details procedures, instructions and reports to be used to assure the Work meets requirements of Contract Documents. Plan shall include, as a minimum, each item specified in this Article. Unless otherwise authorized in writing by Owner, no work shall be started until acceptance by Owner of quality control plan. B. Appointment Letter: Copy of letter appointing quality control representative signed by an officer of Contractor firm, outlining duties, responsibilities and authority of representative. Letter shall include authority to direct removal and replacement of any defective work. C. Organization Chart: Quality control organization in chart form, showing relationship of quality control organization to other elements of Contractor firm. D. Personnel Qualifications: Names and qualifications of personnel in quality control organization. E. Individual Responsibilities: Area of responsibility and authority of each individual in quality control organization. F. Organizations: Listing of outside organizations, such as testing laboratories, architects and engineers, that will be employed by Contractor, and a description of services each such firm will provide. G. Submittal Reviews: Procedures for reviewing submittals and similar items, assuring work meets requirements of Contract Documents, including name of person authorized to approve submittals for Contractor, as meeting requirements of Contract Documents. AESI 27210 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 01452 -1 18JAN08 H. Inspection Schedule: An inspection schedule, keyed to construction schedule and following order of Specification sections, indicating what inspections and tests, names of persons responsible for inspection and testing for each segment of work, and time schedule for each inspection and test. I. Operation Documentation: Procedures for documenting quality control operation, inspection and testing, with a copy of all forms and reports to be used for this purpose. Include a submittal schedule listing all submittals required by Contract Documents and stating action required by Contractor, Architect or Owner, and name of persons authorized to review submittals. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Quality Control Plan: Submit Contractor quality control plan to Owner and Architect for review, and acceptance by Owner. 1.05 INSPECTION PROCEDURES A. General: Inspection procedures shall include, as a minimum, each item specked in this Article. B. Preparatory Inspection: Preparatory inspection shall be performed before beginning anywork and, in addition; before beginning each segment of work. Preparatory inspection shall include a review of the Contract Document requirements, review and approval of submittals and similar items, a check to assure that required quality control testing will be provided, a physical examination to assure that materials and equipment meet final submittals or similar items, and a check to assure that required preliminary work has been completed. C. Meeting: At least 5 days after quality control plan is submitted, but before construction operations are started, Contractor shall meet with Owner and Architect to discuss quality control requirements. Purpose of meeting shall be to develop a mutual understanding relative to details of quality control system, including forms to be used for recording quality control operations, inspections, tests, approvals, certifications, administration of system, and Owner surveillance. This meeting shall also develop a schedule for future Contractor quality control meetings and shall establish procedures for submission of reports and other records and documents. D. Quality Control Reports: Contractor shall submit daily quality control reports to Owner and Architect identifying prime and subcontractor personnel and equipment on project site, idle equipment and personnel, material deliveries, weather conditions, tests, nature of defects found, causes for rejection, proposed remedial action, and corrective actions taken, together with certification indicating report is complete and correct, and materials and equipment used and work performed during this reporting period meets requirements of the Contract Documents. Certification shall be signed for Contractor by authorized quality control representative. E. Test Results: Test results provided shall cite requirements of the Contract Documents, test or analysis procedures used and actual test results, include a statement that item tested or analyzed either meets or fails to meet requirements of the Contract Documents. Each report shall be conspicuously stamped on cover sheet in large red letters CONFORMS or DOES NOT CONFORM to requirements of Contract Documents as case may be. Test reports shall be signed by a testing laboratory representative authorized to sign certified test reports. Contractor shall arrange for immediate and direct delivery of signed original of reports, certifications and other documentation to Owner and Architect. F. Submittal Approvals: Submittals and similar items, unless otherwise noted, shall be approved and certified by Contractor as attesting work covered by such documents meets requirements of Contract Documents. END OF SECTION AESI 27210 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 01452 -2 18JAN08 • A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01455 ' LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent Quality Control Service to perform periodic quality assurance and control services, including, but not limited to, sampling, inspecting, testing, observing, reviewing, evaluating, reporting and like services, to verify compliance of the Work with requirements of Contract Documents and to assure quality of the Work. These services are in addition to quality assurance and control programs of Contractor and do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for quality assurance and control of the Work and compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1. Specific quality assurance and control requirements for individual units of the Work are specified in individual specification sections that specify respective element of work. Requirements cover products, and fabrication and installation of Work. 2. Inspections, tests and related actions specified in this Section and indicated elsewhere in Contract Documents are not intended to limit Contractor own quality assurance and control programs and procedures which facilitate overall compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. Contractor shall provide own quality assurance and control programs and procedures to assure the Work meets requirements of Contract Documents. r] 1.02 GENERAL A. Responsibilities: 1. Services of Quality Control Service: a. Do not relieve Contractor of responsibilities and obligations under Contract Documents. b. Do not limit Contractor quality assurance and control programs and procedures that facilitate meeting requirements of Contract Documents. c. Do not limit inspections, test and like requirements of public and other authorities bearing on performance of the Work. d. Do not include enforcement of Contract Documents. 2. Failure to detect any product or work which is defective or not meeting requirements of Contract Documents shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect or non - compliance is discovered nor shall such conditions obligate Architect for final acceptance of the Work. B. Work: Quality assurance and control services and methods required for specific products or work are indicated in individual specification sections which cover products or work. Additional services and methods may be required in cases of questions as to quality, suitability, stability, strength, service factor, or like characteristics and properties of products or work. C. Documents and Instructions: Architect will furnish Quality Control Service with Drawings and Specifications, and instructions related to the Work to be sampled, inspected or tested. In addition, Owner or Architect may furnish supplementary or additional drawings, specifications or instruction related to the Work to be sampled, inspected or tested. (0 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE AESI 27210 18JAN08 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01455 -1 0 A. Quality Control Service Qualifications: 1. Authorized to operate in jurisdiction where the Work is located. 2. Meet requirements and recommendations of: a. ACIL - Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification. b. ASTM C802 - Standard Practice for Conducting an Interlaboratory Test Program to Determine the Precision of Test Methods for Construction Materials, as applicable for work to be performed. c. ASTM C1077 - Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation, as applicable for work to be performed. d. ASTM D670 - Standard Practice for Preparing Precision and Bias Statements for Test Methods for Construction Materials, as applicable for work to be performed. e. ASTM D3666 - Standard Specification for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Bituminous Paving Materials, as applicable for work to be performed. f. ASTM D3740 - Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and /or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction, as applicable for work to be performed. g. ASTM E329 - Standard Practice for Use in the Evaluation of Testing and Inspection Agencies as Used in Construction (soil, bituminous materials, concrete, masonry and steel), asapplicablefor work to be performed. h. ASTM E543 - Standard Practice for Evaluating Agencies that Perform Nondestructive Testing, as applicable for work to be performed. i. ASTM E548 - Standard Guide for General Criteria Used for Evaluating Laboratory Competence. j. FCIA - Manual of Practice ( firestopping), as applicable for work to be performed. k. FMRC 4991 - Approval of Firestop Contractors (firestopping), as applicable for work to be performed. I. NIST - Materials Reference Library. B. Personnel Qualifications: 1. Engineer: Maintain a full -time professional engineer licensed to practice in jurisdiction where the Work is located, on staff to direct and review services. 2. Technical Staff: a. General: Maintain staff technical personnel engaged in performing quality assurance and control programs and procedures meeting requirements and recommendations for technical competence indicated in referenced standards applicable for work to be performed. b. Concrete: Technical personnel performing concrete work quality assurance and control evaluations shall be a certified ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade I, or meeting requirements of ASTM C94 -92, Section 14.3. c. Unit Masonry: Technical personnel performing unit masonry work quality assurance and control evaluations meeting requirements of ACI 530 and ACI 530.1. d. Firestopping: Technical personnel performing firestopping work quality assurance and control evaluations meeting requirements of ASTM E2174, ASTM E2177 and FMRC 4991. e. Fire Protection: Technical personnel performing fire protection work quality assurance and control evaluations shall be a certified fire protection technician meeting requirements of NICET. C. Testing Equipment Qualifications: Calibrated meeting requirements of referenced standards applicable for work to be performed, but at 12 month ma)amum intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either: 1. NIST. AESI 27210 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01455 -2 18JAN08 CJ 2. Accepted values of natural physical constants. 3. Calibration requirements of material and work standards, as applicable. D. Insurance: Maintain professional liability insurance in amount and with a maximum deductible as prescribed by or as acceptable to Owner. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to commencing work, Quality Control Service shall submit following: 1. Company name, address, telephone number and name of responsible officer. 2. Name and qualifications of key field and office personnel assigned to the Work. 3. Evidence of inspection which accredits Quality Control Service facilities in accordance with a nationally recognized program such as AALA, NIST or a similar program local to project site. Include memorandum of any remedies or deficiencies reported by inspection. 4. Evidence of calibration for testing equipment issued by accredited calibration agency. B. Quality Control Service shall promptly submit written reports for each inspection, sampling and test. 1. Reports shall include, as applicable: a. Date issued. b. Project title, address and number. c. Contractor name. d. Quality Control Service name, address and telephone number. e. Name of inspector or individual who performed inspection, sampling or test. f. Date and time of inspection, sampling or test. g. Record of temperature and weather condition. h. Identification of product or work and reference to applicable specification section. i. Location of sample or test in the Work. j. Area of installed work represented by inspection, sampling or test. k. Type or method of inspection, sampling or test. I. Results of inspection, sampling or test. m. Observations on compliance with Contract Documents and of conditions encountered which were unusual or not anticipated. n. Professional interpretation or evaluation of acceptability of inspection, sampling or test relative to meeting requirements of Contract Documents. Evaluation statement in each report shall state whether or not product or work meets requirements of Contract Documents and shall specifically note and explain any deviations. o. Signature of responsible professional engineer in charge, licensed to practice in jurisdiction where the Work is located. 2. When any part of evaluated products or work does not meet requirements of Contract Documents or any irregularity or deficiency of products or work are observed during performance of work, promptly submit preliminary report by facsimile. In addition, submit final report printed on pink paper. 3. Submit copies of reports as follows: a. Owner: 2 copies b. Architect: 2 copies. c. Contractor: 3 copies, with 1 copy for record document file. d. Governing Authority: When required by governing authority, submit quantity of copies required directly to such authority. AESI 27210 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01455 -3 18JAN08 L 1 1.05 COORDINATION A. Activity Sequence: Quality Control Service and Contractor shall coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate quality assurance and control services with minimum of delay and to prevent necessity of removing and replacing work to accommodate inspections, sampling or tests. B. Scheduling: Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, sampling and tests, except as otherwise required. 1.06 SERVICE DUTIES A. General: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services.: Provide qualified personnel, and materials and equipment promptly on notice as required for work. Competency of personnel shall be certified through recognized programs as applicable for services required. 1. Soils and Foundations: NICET. 2. Concrete: NICET and shall be an ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician asspecified in Paragraph - Personnel Qualifications, of this Section. 3. Unit Masonry: ICBO and shall be a unit masonry technician as specified in Paragraph -Personnel Qualifications, of this Section. 4. Structural Steel: AWS or ANST. 5. Firestopping: FCIA and shall be a firestopping technician as specified in Paragraph - Personnel Qualifications, of this Section. 6. Fire Protection: NICET and shall be a certified fire protection technician as specified in Paragraph - Personnel Qualifications, of this Section. B. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction: 1. Meet requirements of specified standards and other applicable standards of recognized authorities. 2. Provide tags or other identifications markings securely attached to samples of product or work so such items can be correctly identified for documentation. 3. Ascertain compliance of products and work with requirements of Contract Documents and specifically note and explain any deviation from requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Interpret results of inspections, samplings and test. 5. Explain any difficulties encountered. C. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of irregularities or deficiencies of products or work which are observed during performance of services. D. Attend project meetings as applicable. E. Perform additional services required by Architect in consultation with Owner, as applicable: 1. In cases of questions as to quality, suitability, stability, strength, service factor or like characteristics and properties of products or work. 2. When initial inspections, samplings or tests indicate product or work does not meet requirements of Contract Documents. F. Authority Limits: Quality Control Service is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Issue instructions or recommendations to Contractor related to the Work. 3. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 4. To stop the Work. AESI 27210 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01455 -4 18JAN08 0 • 5. Perform any duties of Contractor. 6. Perform any quality assurance or control service for Contractor, except as otherwise acceptable to Architect. 1.07 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with Quality Control Service to facilitate execution of services as applicable. B. Provide safe and healthy access to products, work and manufacturer operations as applicable. C. Secure and deliver to Quality Control Service adequate quantities of representative samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, except when samples are required to be obtained at source by Quality Control Service. For Contractor delivered samples, obtain a signed receipt from Quality Control Service and submit copy of such receipt to Architect. D. Furnish to Quality Control Service preliminary design mix proposed to be used for material mixes which require verification by Quality Control Service. E. Furnish copies of documentation, compliance certificates, test reports and like evidence prepared by manufacturers, acceptable to Architect, for verification of quality conformance of products and work with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Furnish incidental and casual labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to work to be inspected, sampled or tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at project site or at source of product to be inspected or tested. 3. To facilitate inspections, samplings and tests. 4. For Quality Control Service exclusive use for storage and curing of on -site test samples or specimens. G. Notify Quality Control Service, and Architect when applicable, 24 hours minimum in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of inspections, samplings or tests. Also, notify Quality Control Service promptly of any change in previously established schedules. 1. When inspections, samplings or tests cannot be performed after such notice, personnel and travel expenses incurred due to Contractor responsibility shall be paid by Contractor at no addition to Contract Sum. 2. Additional inspections, samplings or tests required because of ill -timed notices shall be paid by Contractor at no addition to Contract Sum. H. Provide quality assurance and control programs and procedures as required to assure the Work meets requirements of Contract Documents regardless of quality assurance and control services provided by Quality Control Service employed by Owner. I. Should Contractor desire for his convenience, inspections, sampling, testing, evaluations or like services for products or work by a quality control service, then such service shall be performed by a separate, independent quality control service not employed by Owner. Cost for such services shall be responsibility of Contractor at no addition to Contract Sum. J. Should additional quality assurance and control services, including, but not limited to, inspections, sampling, testing, evaluations and like services be required because initial inspections, samplings or tests indicate product or work does not meet requirements of Contract Documents, then such additional services will be performed by Quality Control Service employed by Owner as required by Architect, in consultation with Owner, as applicable. Such additional services of Quality Control Service shall be AESI 27210 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01455 -5 18JAN08 K performed at expense of Contractor, at no addition to Contract Sum. K. Protect the Work exposed as result of quality assurance and control operations from damage, weather and like conditions. L. Maintain quality assurance and control measures for all parts of the Work whether or not inspected, sampled, tested or otherwise evaluated by Quality Control Service. Promptly correct deficiencies. M. Obtain acceptance of Architect for any material or work which requires verification by Quality Control Service prior to delivery of material or work to project site. N. Repair or patch areas and surfaces disturbed as a result of quality assurance and control operations. Restore such surfaces and areas to eliminate deficiencies and to match original work as acceptable to the Architect. Meet requirements of Section 01732 - Cutting and Patching. END OF SECTION AESI 27210 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01455 -6 18JAN08 • • J r- IL A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01500 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: Furnish, install and maintain temporary facilities and controls required for performance of the Work including, but not limited to, safety and health of public and personnel at project site, and public and private property and facilities, and for maintaining operations and services of premises and facilities. Nothing in this Section is intended to limit types and amounts of temporary facilities and controls required, and no omission of temporary facilities and controls will be recognized as an indication that such temporary activity is not required for successful completion of the Work and compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1. Take over and maintain any temporary facility or control existing in place at project site. Accept and assure ownership and be responsible and assume liability for such temporary facility or control. 2. Provide whatever means of temporary facilities and controls necessary for performance of the Work. 3. Modify and extend temporary facilities and controls as necessary for the Work and as work progress requires. 4. Remove temporary facilities and controls after completion of the Work, exceptwhen such temporary facilities and controls are to remain in place. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engineer of Contractor Qualifications: Professional engineer of Contractor licensed to practice in jurisdiction where the Work is located and experienced in providing engineering services that have resulted in successful installation and performance of temporary facilities and controls work similar in extent, design and products to that required for the Work. B. Regulatory Requirements: Meet requirements of Federal, State and Local codes and regulations, including safety, health, energy and pollution regulations; of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work, of applicable utility companies, insurance companies and trade unions, and of applicable ANSI and NFPA Standards. C. Ownership: Materials, equipment and other facilities provided by Contractor for temporary facilities and controls shall remain property of Contractor, except as otherwise required. D. Off -Site: Perform work not located on project site property, including rights -of -ways and easements, meeting requirements of such property owners and users. Coordinate work with operations of such property owners and users. E. Facilities by Owner: 1. Interruption: If there is an interruption of any facility or control provided by Owner for any reason, Contractor shall not hold Owner responsible for any loss or delay which Contractor may suffer as a result of such interruption. 2. Deficiencies: If any facility or control provided by Owner does not provide required results, then AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 18JAN08 01500 -1 Contractor shall provide and maintain complete or supplementary facility or control, as required to overcome deficiency. 3. Damages: Contractor shall pay costs for replacing or repairing facilities or controls provided by Owner which are damaged by Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Products shall be option of Contractor as suitable for accomplishment of intended purpose, except as otherwise required by Contract Documents. B. Condition: Products may be new or used, but shall be in serviceable condition and adequate in type, size, capacity and arrangement for use intended, shall not create unsafe and unhealthy conditions and shall meet requirements of codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work, and applicable standards. 2.02 PROTECTION A. Ingress and Egress: Means of ingress and egress from project site and building construction shall not be impeded. Maintain a clear lane or traffic way leading to and from construction areas, free of materials, equipment, tripping hazards and other conditions that present a safety or health hazard. B. Covered Walkway: General: Provide and maintain temporary, structurally adequate, protective covered walkway for passage of persons along adjacent public walkways and other like locations. Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities and obstructions. Provide covered walkways with scaffold or shoring framing, weathertight and waterproof overhead deck assembly, protective enclosure walls, handrails, barricades, warning signs, lights, safe and well drained walkways, and similar provisions for protection and safe passage. Paint and maintain in a manner acceptable to Owner. 2. Control: a. General: Establish requirements for covered walkway which shall meet requirements of Owner, and codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. Be responsible for adequacy and strength of covered walkway, and for damage and injury caused by insufficiency of covered walkway. Protect existing and new conditions and permanent work from damage, defacement and loss of service resulting from covered walkway provisions. b. Responsibility: Covered walkway shall be designed, certified, reviewed and inspected by engineer of Contractor. c. Submittals: For information only, submit to Architect design data and drawings for each application of covered walkway prior to starting such work. Include description of construction proposed to be utilized. C. Existing Items to Remain: 1. General: Provide and maintain temporary, structurally adequate, protective cover over existing items to remain which are adjacent to work areas and other like locations. Provide scaffold or shoring framing, weathertight and waterproof overhead deck assembly, protective enclosure walls and similar provisions for protection. 2. Control: AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -2 18JAN08 0 • a. General: Establish requirements for protection which shall meet requirements of Owner, and owner and user of item to be protected, as applicable, and codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. Be responsible for adequacy and strength of protection, and for damage and injury caused by insufficiency of protection. Protect e)asting conditions and permanent work from damage, defacement and loss of service resulting from protection provisions. b. Responsibility: Protection shall be designed, certified, reviewed and inspected by engineer of Contractor. c. Submittals: For information only, submit to Architect design data and drawings for each application of protection prior to starting such work. Include description of construction proposed to be utilized. D. Earthwork Hazards: Protect buildings, structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from damages caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork, foundation work or other substructure or underground work, or superstructure work operations. E. Ebsting Utilities: Meet requirements of Section 01352 - Ebsting Utility Procedures. F. Facilities: 1. General: Provide and maintain temporary protection as required to protect buildings, structures, facilities and operations of Owner, persons and contents inside buildings and structures from damage, injury, contamination and cessation of use and operation due to work operations. 2. Extent: Temporary protection shall be such that buildings and facilities, and contents inside buildings i are at all times protected from dust, debris, fumes, odors, weather inclemency and wind, and like items; inside spaces of building and facilities are protected from loss of heat, ventilation and air conditioning; construction and facilities are protected from damage, and persons are protected from injury. a. Provide protection for safety and health of personnel, public and other persons. b. Provide closures or like means to prevent spread of dust, fumes and odors to occupied portions of the building. c. Provide weathertight and watertight closures for exterior openings in buildings resulting from the Work. d. Cover and protect construction, equipment and like items from soiling, damage, spillage and dropping of materials, and like situations. e. Prevent spillage and migration of materials onto surfaces of work by masking or otherwise protecting adjoining work. 3. Responsibility: Be responsible for any damage to building, facilities, operations and contents, and injury to persons by reason of insufficiency to provide such protection in connection with performance of the Work. 0 G. Fire Protection: 1. General: Provide a fire protection and prevention program at project site meeting requirements of Owner, and codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing facilities and equipment meeting requirements of Owner, codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work, and applicable NFPA standards, ready for instant use at all areas of work and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 18JAN08 01500 -3 0 2. Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest date, complete installation of permanent fire protection facilities, including connections to services, and place into operation for temporary fire protection. Protect facilities from damage and freezing. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. 3. Access: Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishing facilities and equipment, and access routes for extinguishing fires. 4. Open Fires: Open fires of any kind or for any purpose, including burning of trash or waste materials, is prohibited. 5. Smoking: Prohibit smoking in vicinity of hazardous exposure areas or conditions. 6. Tarpaulins and Fabrics: When required, use clean, fire retardant tarpaulins and fabricswhich are UL Listed with 15 maximum flame spread. 7. Welding: No welding, flame cutting or other operation involving use of flame, arcs or sparking devices shall be performed without adequate protection. Provide equipment and facilities to control incipient fires resulting from welding, flame cutting or like operations involving use of flame, arc or sparking devices. 8. Combustibles: Remove combustible and flammable materials from work areas immediately after use and at end of each work day. If removal is not practicable, such materials shall be stored in a suitable UL Classified non - combustible safety enclosure. Not more than a one day supply of combustible and flammable materials shall be stored at project site premises at anytime. 2.03 UTILITIES A. General: 1. General: Provide and maintain temporary utilities, including water, sanitaryfacilities; heating, cooling and ventilating; electricity and lighting, and telephone service, as required for performance of the Work. 2. Services (New): Provide temporary utilities, size to provide services required, and extend and supplement with other temporary facilities as required. 3. Services (Existing): Existing utility facilities designated by Owner maybe used during construction period. Provide connections to existing utility facilities with meter at each existing source, as applicable, size to provide services required, and extend and supplement with other temporary facilities as required. At end of the Work, restore existing facilities to original condition as acceptable to Owner. 4. Costs (New): Pay costs for permits, installation, maintenance, operation, consumables and removal of work, except as otherwise authorized by Owner. 5. Cost (Existing): Owner will pay cost for consumables from existing system sources. Contractor shall pay costs for permits, installation, maintenance, operation and removal of temporaryfacilities. 6. Permanent Facilities: Do not use permanent systems and associated facilities of the Work, except as otherwise authorized by Owner. If use is authorized, assume full responsibility for systems and pay costs for consumables, operation, maintenance and restoration of systems to original condition as acceptable to Owner. Provide extended manufacturer's warrantees for equipment within of permanent facilities used during construction. 2.04 CONSTRUCTION AND ENCLOSURES A. General: Provide and maintain temporary or interim construction, enclosures and like items, required to assure: 1. Normal function and environment of facilities and operations. 2. Safety and health protection of personnel and public. 3. Protection of property, operations and contents thereof. 4. Protection to provide acceptable workmanship, acceptable working conditions, protect work from damage, including damage by failure to provide adequate protection from weather and unsatisfactory ambient conditions for the Work, and to maintain work progress. AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -4 18JAN08 • i 5. Prevent entry of unauthorized persons. B. Control: 1. General: Establish requirements for temporary or interim construction which shall meet requirements of Owner, and codes and regulations of public and other authorities bearing on performance of the Work. Be responsible for adequacy and strength of temporary or interim construction, and for damage and injury caused by insufficiency of temporary or interim construction facilities and apparatus. Construction and facilities, and operations and contents thereof, and the Work shall be protected to prevent damage, defacement and contamination from temporary or interim construction provisions. 2. Responsibility: Temporary or interim construction shall be designed, certified, reviewed and inspected by engineer of Contractor. 3. Submittals: For information only, submit design data and drawings for each application of temporary or interim construction prior to starting such work. Include description of construction proposed to be utilized and means of anchorage to permanent work. C. Building Enclosure: At earliest possible date, secure building against unauthorized entry at times when personnel are not at project site. Provide secure temporary enclosures at ground floor and other locations of possible entry, with locked entrances. D. Materials: Materials for temporary or interim construction and enclosures shall be as required for application. 2.05 PROTECTIVE COVERINGS A. General: Provide and maintain temporary protective covering of clean and fire resistance materials as required to protect work. B. Waterproofing: Protect waterproofing and associated work from damage and defacement before backfilling, walking, or moving or storing material or equipment, or working over or on such surfaces. C. Roofing: Protect roofing and associated work from damage and defacement before walking, or moving or storing material or equipment, or working over or on such surfaces. As minimum, provide 3/4 inch thick plywood runways. D. Stairways: Protect permanent stairs with temporary protective treads, risers and like items, and provide handrails and stairwell protection. Maintain temporary protection free from hazardous conditions. E. Finish Surfaces: Protect finished surfaces, including floor surfaces and concrete, and project site finished and factory finished items, from defacement and damage, including gouging, soiling, stains; grease, oil and other petrochemical substances; mortar, spackle, paint and like items, before moving or storing material or equipment, or working over or on such surfaces. Refinish or replace damaged surfaces to original condition which existed prior to defacement and damage as acceptable to Architect. 2.06 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 1. General: Provide and maintain temporary construction aids such as stairs, ladders, ramps, scaffolds, hoists, runways, derricks, chutes and like items as necessary to facilitate execution of the Work. Apparatus, equipment and other construction aids shall meet codes, regulations and requirements of public and other authorities bearing on performance of the Work and requirements of insurance and trade union authorities. 3 2.07 BARRIERS AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 18JAN08 01500 -5 A. General: Provide and maintain guardrails, barricades, railings, fences, footways and other devices as necessary to protect personnel and employees at project site, and public, against hazards on or adjacent to project and construction site. Temporary barriers shall remain in place after completion of the Work where protection is required. B. All Barriers: Be responsible and assume liability for all temporary barriers, including any existing barriers remaining in place at project site which may have been provided by Owner or other separate contractors, and maintain in safe condition regardless of who provided barriers. C. Signs and Lights: Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert persons to hazards, and to provide safe and adequate visibility in areas of hazards. D. Project Site Fence: Provide and maintain temporary fence with lockable gates at perimeter of project site, including remote storage and staging areas, as required to provide protection and security against intrusion of unauthorized entry by people, including small children, and dogs and similar animals onto project site premises. Fence and gates, including space between fence components, and between bottom of fence and gates, and ground, shall prevent passage of a 4 inch sphere. 2.08 SECURITY 1. General: Safeguard premises and the Work, and provide protection and securityagainst intrusion or unauthorized entry onto project site premises. Meet site regulations and security programs of Owner. B. Personnel Identification: 1. Badge: Provide identification to each person authorized to enter project site premises showing: a. Name of Owner. b. Personal photograph. c. Name of individual and assigned number. d. Employer name. e. Date of expiration. f. Key symbol, if badge holder is authorized to check out keys on behalf of Contractor. g. Maintain a current list of accredited persons; submit copy of list to Owner. h. Require that identification be displayed by all persons entering, leaving or on premises. 2. Improper Identification: Exclude improperly identified persons from project site. C. Entrance Control: 1. Persons and Vehicles: Provide control of all persons and vehicles entering and leaving project site. a. Require display of proper identification by each person. b. Allow no visitor, except with issuance of temporary identification. c. Maintain log of all visitors. 2. Owner Operations: Owner will control deliveries and vehicles related to its own operations. 2.09 ROADS AND PARKING A. General: Provide and maintain temporary roads, parking areas and walks at project site as required to AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -6 18JAN08 0 0 71-1 facilitate execution of the Work. B. Roads, Parking Areas and Walks: Provide and maintain roads, parking areas and walks as required to achieve all- weather ingress to and egress from project site, and access within and adjacent to project site as required to provide uninterrupted access to field offices, work and storage areas, and construction operations. Extend roads and walks in and around project site as required to accommodate operations. Locate temporary roads and walks to avoid interference with work and permanent construction, and interruption of progress of the Work. Provide periodic top dressing with additional surfacing materials as conditions require. C. Road and Walk Exits: Provide and maintain stabilized road and walk areas at points of exit from project site. Such areas shall be of design, construction and function to prevent tracking or flowing of sediment carried from project site on feet of people or on wheels and other parts of vehicles and construction equipment onto public and private roads and walks or into drainage systems, prior to leaving project site. D. Parking Areas: 1. General: Provide and maintain adequate parking spaces on project site for personnel and employees. Locate parking spaces to avoid interference with traffic, storage areas and otherwork. 2. Limitations: Prohibit parking on public and private roads adjacent to project site, and on walks, lawns and like areas. '7 E. Drainage: Grade and provide drainage facilities to assure runoff of ground surface water and to avoid blockage of flow from adjacent areas. 2.10 CONTROLS A. General Cleaning: 1. Maintain work areas in a reasonably neat and orderly condition and free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish during construction period. Prevent accumulation of waste which creates hazardous conditions. Store volatile waste substances in containers of type specifically intended for safe storage of such substances. Remove crates, cartons and other flammable waste materials. Do not permit materials, waste materials and rubbish to lie about that may be blown around premises by wind. 2. Be responsible for cleaning and maintenance of work areas. If premises are not maintained properly, Owner may have any accumulations of waste materials or trash removed, and charge cost to Contractor at no addition to Contract Sum. 3. Remove all rubbish and waste of every kind from project site premises on an ongoing basis. 4. Conduct disposal operations to meet regulations and anti - pollution laws of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. a. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site premises. b. Do not dispose of waste materials, in storm or sanitary drains, waterways or on ground. B. Finish Cleaning: 1. General: Areas of the Work in which painting, decorating or other like operations are to be performed shall be cleaned prior to start of work, and areas shall be maintained in satisfactory condition for duration of work. Schedule cleaning operations so dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted or other finished surfaces. 2. Continuation: Continue cleaning on as- needed basis until such work is complete and ready for Substantial Completion or occupancy, except as otherwise required. AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 18JAN08 01500 -7 C. Street and Walk Cleaning: Maintain public and private streets, walks and other property adjacent to project site free of materials, dirt, dust, debris and other substances resulting from work operations. Prevent such substances from being spilled, dropped, tracked, washed or otherwise deposited onto such properties from personnel, vehicles and construction equipment leaving project site. Clean areas immediately after becoming contaminated and in such time to prevent such substances from affecting vehicular or pedestrian traffic, presenting a safety hazard, causing damage to property or entering drainage systems. D. Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning: Clean vehicles and construction equipment as required to remove materials, dirt, debris and other substances carried from project site on wheels or other parts of vehicles and construction equipment, prior to leaving project site. If washing is required, perform washing on a stabilized area. Runoff water from wash area shall not leave project site but shall be disposed of meeting requirements of Paragraph - Soil Erosion and Water Control, of this Article. E. Environmental Controls: Use temporary methods to provide environmental controls. Meet requirements of codes and regulations pertaining to environmental protection bearing on performance of the Work. F. Debris Control: 1. Work Areas: Remove debris, including small or fine particles, from work areas and surfaces on an ongoing basis as work progresses. 2. Rubbish Chute: For work with multiple levels, provide and maintain a dustproof rubbish chute on outside of building, at locations acceptable to Owner for disposal conveyance of debris. Rubbish chutes shall discharge into suitable containers so as to avoid rehandling of debris. Debris shall be handled in a manner to prevent dust and debris nuisance. Remove debris from project site premises. G. Dust Control: Be cognizant of nuisance and inconvenience dust, dirt or refuse can cause to Owner, adjacent property owners and public. Limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level. Provide means to control such problems. Perform the Work in a manner so as to effect control of dust. Clean structures and improvements adjacent to the Work of dust, dirt and debris caused bythe Work. H. Noise Control: Be cognizant of nuisance and inconvenience noise generated from operating equipment or tools, work operations and other similar sources can cause to Owner, adjacent property owners and public. Provide means to control such problems. Perform the Work in a manner so as to effect control of noise. I. Vibration Control: Work operations shall not cause vibrations detrimental to structures, facilities and operations of Owner. Perform work so no vibration is transmitted through structures, equipment, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, and like items. J. Snow and Ice Control: Remove snow and ice which may impair progress of the Work, be detrimental to workmen or impair access to and from point of delivery at project site, subject to no interference whatsoever to facilities and operations of Owner and to whatever direction Owner may give to Contractor. K. Soil Erosion and Water Control: 1. General: Control soil erosion, and control and remove water which interferes with properly performing the Work; to protect the Work, facilities and surrounding areas from damage, and to maintain property and the Work in working condition and continuously free of standing water. AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -8 vi 18JAN08 o • a. Establish requirements for controlling soil erosion and water which shall meet codes and regulations of public and other authorities bearing on performance of the Work. b. Maintain soil erosion and water control facilities in functional condition. 2. Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide soil erosion and sedimentation prevention covering all areas and activities involving any type or quantity of earthwork. Prevention shall include, but not be limited to, soil erosion and sedimentation control and soil pollution control. Establish requirements for soil erosion and sedimentation control and soil pollution control which shall meet codes and regulations of public and other authorities bearing on performance of the Work. Be responsible for adequacy of control and for damage and injury caused by inefficiencyof soil erosion and sedimentation control and soil pollution control. Protect existing and new conditions and permanent work from damage, defacement and loss of service resulting from control provisions. a. Responsibility: Soil erosion and sedimentation control, soil pollution control and associated installation and maintenance shall be designed, certified, reviewed and inspected byengineerof Contractor. b. Submittals: For information only, submit soil erosion and sedimentation control and soil pollution control prevention documentation before starting any earthwork. 3. Existing Drainage Structures: Protect existing drainage structures from sediment, contaminants and pollutants in ground surface water. 4. Diversion Structures: Provide dikes, berms, channels and similar means to minimize amount of ground surface water draining into excavations and to prevent ground surface water from flowing or flooding other portions of property where work is to be performed. Also, prevent drainage or flowage of ground surface water onto adjacent properties. C 5. Water Removal: a. Remove water from work areas using dewatering methods which do not cause damage to property or work, including undercutting footings or soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. b. Provide ample means and equipment with which to promptly remove and dispose of water from excavations or other parts of the Work. Provide and maintain pumps, sumps, suction and discharge lines and other dewatering system components, 24 hours a day, and qualified operators to maintain equipment as required. Provide adequate standby or back -up equipment. c. Dispose of water removed from excavations or other parts of the Work in a suitable manner without damage to adjacent property or to the Work. 1) Convey water removed from excavations and surface water to collecting or runoff areas. Provide and maintain temporary diversions. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 2) Do not discharge water directly into sewers without first separating or filtering sediment, contaminants and pollutants from water by means of presettiement or like methods. 3) Drainage or discharge of removed water shall not be a nuisance or inconvenience to Owner, adjacent property owners or public. 6. Duration: Extent of dewatering system remaining in place shall be such that system can be reactivated with only portable dewatering equipment such as pumps, and suction and discharge lines. E* L. Earthwork Control: AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 18JAN08 01500 -9 Ln J 1. Excavation Stability: a. General: Provide stability of excavations as required to protect against movement or settlement of earth; loss of earth beneath pavements, slabs, foundation structures and like items; resultant movement or settlement of existing and new conditions, improvements or construction and of adjacent or adjoining property, and for safety and health of personnel and public. Maintain excavations in a stable and safe condition until completion of backfilling. 1) Meet codes and regulatory requirements of public and other authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 2) Responsibility: Excavation retention systems and associated installation and maintenance shall be designed, certified, reviewed and inspected by engineer of Contractor. 3) Take into consideration: a) Angle of repose of earth material. b) Vibration from vehicular traffic, equipment and construction operations. c) Stress transferred to existing and new structure, improvements or construction. 4) Maintain stability of excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. Carry down excavation stabilization as excavation progresses. 5) Provide materials, such as sheathing, uprights, stringers and cross- braces, in good and serviceable condition for stability of excavations. 6) Provide permanent steel sheet piling or pressure preservative treated creosoted timber sheet piling wherever subsequent removal of sheet piling might permit movement of earth at adjacent structures, improvements or construction. Cut -off tops as required and leave sheet piling permanently in place. b. Excavation Retention System: Provide excavation retention systems where sloping of excavation sides is not possible either because of inadequate earth stability, excavation depth, space restrictions or like conditions. 1) General: Establish requirements for excavation retention systems which shall meet codes and regulations of public and other authorities bearing on performance of the Work. Be responsible for adequacy and strength of excavation retention systems, and for damage and injury caused by insufficiency of excavation retention systems. Protect existing and new conditions and permanent work from damage, defacement and loss of service resulting from excavation retention system provisions. 2) Responsibility: Excavation retention systems and associated installation and maintenance shall be designed, certified, reviewed and inspected by engineer of Contractor. 3) Submittals: For information only, submit design data and drawings for each excavation retention system before starting such work. 2. Cold Weather Protection: Protect subgrades and excavated bottoms, where construction will be or is bearing on such surfaces, against freezing when ambient air temperature is less than 35 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. Material Disposal: Meet requirements of Article -Material Storage and Disposal, of this Section. AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -10 18JAN08 o • D M. Structural Components: Do not cut, drill or weld building structural components for attachments of work, except as specified in Section 01356 - Alteration Procedures and Section 01732 - Cutting and Patching. N. Fireproofing: Do not cut or remove fireproofing materials which protector cover construction, except as specified in Section 01356 - Alteration Procedures and Section 01732 - Cutting and Patching. O. Vermin Control: Prevent inroad and multiplication of vermin, including insects, rodents and other pests. If conditions prevail, employ a certified exterminator to rid premises of vermin. Treat existing conditions and construction meeting requirements of Owner and safety and health regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 2.11 TRAFFIC REGULATIONS A. Site Access: Vehicles delivering products for the Work, construction equipment and vehicles of construction personnel shall enter and exit project site only at designated locations from public thorough fares. B. Traffic Ways: 1. Conduct operations to ensure minimum interference with public and private roads, walks and other occupied or used facilities adjacent to project site. M" 2. Do not close or obstruct public and private roads, walks and other occupied or used facilities adjacent to project site without permission from authorities having jurisdiction or Owner as applicable. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways or occupied or used facilities as required. C. Traffic Encroachment: Provide traffic control and directional signs, mounted on barricades or standard posts as applicable. 1. At each change of direction of a road and at parking areas. 2. Provide qualified and suitably equipped flagperson when construction operations encroach on traffic lanes, as required for traffic regulation. n D. Parking: Control use of parking areas at project site for use by Contractor. Honor reserved parking spaces. 2.12 PROJECT SIGNS A. General: No signs shall be displayed at project site, except as otherwise required or acceptable to Owner. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. B. Project Identification Sign: 1. Within one week after date of commencement of the Work established in Contract Documents, provide one project identification sign, and install at prominent location at project site to inform public and persons seeking entrance to project site as designated by Owner. For information only, submit to Owner and Architect shop drawings of sign indicating construction, design arrangement, dimensions, artwork, graphics and similar items. 2. Face size of sign shall be 64 square feet. Provide sturdy frame back of 2" x 4" nominal size wood minimum as applicable for support system. Face of sign shall be 3/4 inch thick exterior grade AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 18JAN08 01500 -11 plywood with medium density overlay. 3. Paint all surfaces with primer coat and 2 coats of outdoor alkyd paint. Provide 3 distinct finish colors, gloss sheen. 4. Provide painted artwork, graphics and information applied by an experienced professional sign specialist. 5. Layout of design arrangement, dimensions, artwork, graphics and similar items will be furnished by Owner, and will include following: a. Title of Project as indicated by Contract Documents. b. Name of Owner. c. Name and titles of Architect and professional consultants. d. Name of Contractor. 6. Support sign with securely braced posts or other supports of 4" x 4" nominal size minimum preservative treated wood or steel. Set posts firmly into ground or anchor sign supports to supporting structure, as applicable. C. Other Signs: Provide following signs at project site as applicable for the Work: 1. Warning signs. 2. Maximum loading signs. 3. Directional signs. 4. Identification signs at each project site office to identify occupant and function. Mount sign adjacent to entrance door. 2.13 SITE OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Contractor Site Office: 1. Provide and maintain an on -site, weathertight office as required to perform the Work. Install or place office at location so not to interfere with work operations. Remove office from project site when directed. 2. Office shall be provided with security, furniture, office equipment and other such items as required to perform the Work. 3. Include room of a size and furnished for project meetings. Provide natural and artificial lighting, heating, ventilation and air conditioning as required for comfortable conditions of occupants. B. Building Spaces: 1. General: When it becomes possible to establish site offices inside building and when directed, relocate facilities and operations to spaces inside building. C. Storage Sheds: 1. Provide adequate weathertight and portable storage sheds, trailers or other like facilitieswith raised floors for storage and protection of products to be incorporated into Project. Install or place storage sheds at locations on project site so as not to interfere with work operations. 2. Provide heating, cooling and ventilating as required to maintain proper ambient conditions for storage of products. AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -12 18JAN08 0 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION i A. Consult with Owner and Architect, and review site conditions and factors which affect construction and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the Work. B. Determine locations and extent of temporary facilities and controls required for expeditious accomplishment of the Work. Allow space for use of project site by Owner as required by Contract Documents. C. Determine need for temporary access openings in buildings or project for entry, passage or installation of materials and equipment. Coordinate requirements for temporary access openings with installers of related work. 3.02 GENERAL A. Establish and initiate use of each temporary facility and control at time first reasonably required for performance of the Work. B. Meet applicable requirements specified in other specification sections. C. Use of explosives or blasting is not perm itted, except as otherwise acceptable to Owner and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. D. Do not load structures and other work with weights which will endanger structures or other work. E. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout. F. Install work in a neat and orderly manner. G. Install, maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and safe and healthy condition, and to quality required for original installation or new work as applicable. 1. Do not overload temporary facilities and permanent facilities used for temporary services. 2. Regulate permanent facilities used for temporary services. H. Modify and extend temporary facilities and controls as required by work requirements and work progress. I. Relocate temporary facilities as required by work progress, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner. 3.03 MATERIAL STORAGE AND DISPOSAL A. Soil Storage: 1. Stockpile excavated materials classified as acceptable soil material where required, until required for backfill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage and erosion control. 2. Do not stockpile excavated or other materials in any floodplain areas. 10 , 3. Locate and retain fill materials away from edges of excavations. AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -13 18JAN08 L 4. Do not store fill materials within drip line of trees designated to remain. 5. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as specked in Paragraph - Disposal, of this Article. B. Disposal: Unacceptable excavated soil materials, excess quantities of acceptable excavated soil materials, trash, debris, waste materials and demolished materials shall become propertyof Contractor and shall be removed off project site premises as work progresses and disposed of in a lawful manner meeting laws, regulations and requirements of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 3.04 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary utilities, structures, materials, equipment and services: 1. When use is no longer required_ 2. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction, except as otherwise required. 3. At completion of the Work. B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal. C. Restore permanent and existing facilities used for temporary purposes to required or original condition as applicable to Owner. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations associated with temporary construction, except as otherwise required to permanently remain in place. 2. Grade areas of project site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes, and clean areas. END OF SECTION J FJ AESI 27210 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -14 18JAN08 0 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01630 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: This Section specifies basic requirements and procedures for consideration of proposals for product substitutions made after award of Contract. 1. No substitutions are permissible after bidding period, except as limited by requirements of this Section. F ] 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Substitution: Substitution requirements do not apply to product options. Revisions to Contract Documents are modifications, not substitutions. Substitutions requested during bidding period which have been accepted before bid due date or date of Owner- Contractor Agreement are included in Contract Documents and are not subject to substitution requirements of this Section. Determination of and meeting requirements of codes, regulations and other legal requirements of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work are not substitutions. Requests for changing products required by Contract Documents are requests for substitution subject to substitution requirements of this Section and other Contract Documents. 1.03 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: 1. Requests: Requests for substitution not meeting substitution requirements of this Section, including failure to submit required Substitution Request with complete support data for each item of consideration, will be returned without action other than to record non - compliance with substitution requirements. 2. Limitations: Substitutions requested after date of commencement of the Work established in Contract Documents will be considered only under one or more of following conditions: a. Not Available: When required products are not available through no fault of Contractor including, but not limited to, following: 1) Equivalent Unnamed Products: Where request is related to "or acceptable equivalent" or like language indicated by Contract Documents. 2) Public Authority: Where specified product cannot receive necessary approval by public authority bearing on performance of the Work. 3) Schedule: Where product required cannot be provided within Contract Time, but not as result of failure to promptly pursue or properly coordinate work. J 4) Compatibility: Where product required cannot be provided in manner which is compatible with other products of the Work and Project, cannot be properly coordinated with other products of the Work and Project, cannot be warranted as required, or will encounter other conditions not meeting requirements of Contract Documents which are not possible to otherwise overcome, except by making request for substitution which Contractor thereby certifies to overcome. AESI 27210 18JAN08 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 -1 D O b. Owner Best Interest: When a substitution would be substantial to best interests of Owner in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other consideration, after deducting any offsetting responsibilities including, but not limited to, additional compensation to Architect for services specified in Paragraph - Additional Costs, of this Section, increased cost of other work performed by other separate contractors or Owner, and like considerations. 3. Additional Costs: a. Contract Sum: Substitutions shall not result in additions to Contract Sum. b. Substitution: Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with substitutions incurred by: 1) Architect for evaluation review of proposed substitutions, and for any changes to design of the Work and Project and to Contract Documents caused by accepted substitutions, including architectural and engineering services. 2) Other separate contractors, if any, for increased costs of other work caused by accepted substitutions. 4. Considerations: Request for substitutions will not be considered for acceptance or as having been accepted when: a. They are not timely, not completely documented and improperly submitted. b. They are indicated or implied on submittals, including product data and shop drawings, withouta formal request from Contractor. c. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier. d. Proposed changes are not in keeping with intent of Contract Documents. e. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. f. Failure to submit required Substitution Request with complete support data for each item of consideration. 5. Proof: Burden of proof of merit of proposed substitution is upon Contractor. 6. Acceptability: Owner in consultation with Architect shall be sole judges of acceptability of a proposed substitution. 7. Beginning Work: Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of Owner. B. Substitution Request Form: Submit a separate Substitution Request, Document 00670 - Substitution Request, for each proposed substitution. Support each request with data to substantiate or address each criteria in request. C. Submission: 1. General: Submit each request for substitution separately. Make submissions to Architect. 2. Quantity Required: Number of substitution requests required to be returned, plus 3 copies to be retained, 2 copies by Architect and one copy by Owner. 3. Transmittal: Accompany each substitution request submission with a separate transmittal letter, in triplicate, containing: a. Submission date. b. Project name, location and number indicated by Contract Documents. AESI 27210 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 -2 18JAN08 • 9 c. Contract identification indicated by Contract Documents. d. Contractor name. e. General subject material covered by request for substitution. D. Contractor Responsibilities: Request for substitution constitutes representation of Contractor: Contractor has thoroughly evaluated proposed substitution and has determined proposed substitution will result in total Work which is equal to or better than the Work originally required by Contract Documents, in every respect of significance, except as otherwise specifically stated in Substitution Request Form, and that proposed substitution will perform adequately in application indicated, regardless of equality and exceptions thereto. Contractor waives rights to additional payment and time which may subsequently be necessitated, by failure of substitution to perform adequately, and for required work to make corrections thereof. 2. Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. 3. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. 4. Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. 5. Proposed substitution will not affect or delay progress of the Work. 6. Cost data is complete. Claims for additional costs and time related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived and for required work to make corrections thereof. 7. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. 8. Payment will be made for evaluation review of proposed substitution, and for any changes to design of the Work and Project, and to Contract Documents caused by accepted substitution, including architectural and engineering services. 9. Payment will be made for other separate contractors, if any, and Owner for increased cost of other work caused by accepted substitutions. 10. Coordination, installation and changes in the Work and Project as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. E. Architect Duties: 1. Review: Review request for substitution in consultation with Owner and accept, reject or take other appropriate action with reasonable promptness. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to Owner as applicable. Obtain written decision of Owner. 2. Results: Transmit decisions of Owner to Contractor. Acceptance will be documented by a Contract Modification. Rejection will include statement of reason for rejection. END OF SECTION 0 AESI 27210 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 -3 18JAN08 • 0 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01724 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and other Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: This Section specifies requirements for field engineering related to the Work. 1. Contractor shall provide and pay for professional field engineering services required for the Work. a. Survey work required in execution of the Work. b. Civil, structural or other professional engineering services as required to execute construction. c. Preserve any monuments, property lines, layout reference marks or points set by others. If displaced, these points shall be reset at no addition to Contract Sum. d. Verify grades, lines, levels and dimensions indicated on Drawings. e. Lay out work from established control points, lines and benchmarks and be responsible for their accuracy and proper correlation with the Work and established data, and with work of any other separate contractor. f. Coordinate work of subcontractors. 2. Owner will furnish following information and will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes, as required. a. A description of project site giving elevations and lines of streets, pavements and adjoining property, encroachments and boundaries of project site. b. Locations, dimensions and data pertaining to existing conditions. c. Title information as to easements, zoning, deed restrictions and other restrictions. d. Information as to available service and utility lines, both public and private. e. Location of survey baseline control points. f. Benchmark and temporary benchmark locations, and elevation of each. 3. Requirements related to settlement or underground field engineering shall be a condition precedent to acceptance of each Application for Payment. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surveyor Qualifications: 1. Professional civil engineer or land surveyor, as applicable for specific service required, licensed in jurisdiction where the Work is located. 2. Established in independent professional practice in specific discipline for a minimum of 5 years and as acceptable to Owner. B. Engineer Qualifications: 1. Professional engineer of discipline required for specific service required, licensed in jurisdiction where the Work is located. 2. Established in independent professional practice in specific discipline for a minimum of 5 years and as acceptable to Owner. AESI 27210 FIELD ENGINEERING 01724 -1 18JAN08 C. Quality Control: Should any doubt arise as to accuracy of field engineering services furnished by Contractor, Owner reserves right to employ a separate professional engineering service, as applicable for service required, to verify previous field engineering work or perform such additional field engineering as may in his judgment be necessary to settle points in question. Expense of such additional field engineering shall be borne by Contractor, if Contractor is in error, at no addition to Contract Sum. 1.03 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Elevations indicated on Drawings refer to reference datum indicated on Drawings and shall be established by levels from nearest benchmark or as otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Contractor shall make arrangements with authorities regarding preservation, temporary relocation or replacement of any governmental monuments or benchmarks. Cost shall be borne by Contractor at no addition to Contract Sum. C. Basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Work are those designated on Drawings. D. Locate and protect control points prior to occupation of project site, and preserve all reference points during construction. 1. Make no change or relocation without prior written notification to Architect. 2. Report to Architect when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. 3. Require surveyor to replace reference points which may be lost or destroyed. Establish replacements based on original survey control. 1.04 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Dimensions and grades indicated on Drawings and on surveys furnished by Owner are believed to be correct, but Contractor shall verify them at project site and notify Owner and Architect in writing of any discrepancies; similarly as to final lines and grades established by surveys, Contractor shall check Drawings against such established lines and grades and notify Owner and Architect in writing of any discrepancies. Obtain resolution for discrepancies from Owner before proceeding with work. In absence of such notifications, extra work caused by discrepancies shall be at expense of Contractor at not addition to Contract Sum. 2. Confirm, re- establish and maintain as required, existing permanent benchmarks on project site, and establish and maintain necessary control points and lines on project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on record documents. 3. Establish lines and levels; locate and layout by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: a. Site Improvements: 1) Stakes for excavation, grading, and fill, backfill and topsoil placement. 2) Pavement lines. 3) Utility slopes and invert elevations. b. Structures: 1) Building foundation lines and levels, column locations, floor lines and levels, pits and AESI 27210 FIELD ENGINEERING 01724 -2 18JAN08 • • depressions, roof lines and levels, wall and partition locations, and lines and levels for other such work as required. 2) Controlling lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical work. c. On a weekly basis or as otherwise required by the Work, verify layouts by same methods. B. Existing Improvements: 1. Before commencing construction work, provide a certified surveyof existing improvements, including structures, pavements and other existing conditions adjacent to the Work, establishing exact horizontal and vertical locations at fixed points to act as benchmarks throughout duration of Project. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing horizontal and vertical locations. Locate datum used to establish benchmarks sufficiently distant so as not to be effected by movement resulting from construction operations. 2. Inspect condition of existing improvements, including structures, pavements and other existing conditions, affecting construction of the Work. Prepare a list of prior settlement, cracking and other damage verified by dated pre - construction photographs as specified in Section 01321- Construction Photographs. 3. Meet existing condition requirements specified in Section 01110 - Summary of Work. C. Settlement Survey: Take settlement elevation readings and lateral movement readings at predetermined number of existing and new points, including benchmarks and other fixed points described in Paragraph - Existing Structures, of this Article, existing improvements (street and sidewalk pavements and underground utilities and structures) off project site premise for a distance of 100 feet from property lines in all directions, existing improvements on project site premises to remain and at several other points on project site, as acceptable to Architect. 1. Take readings weekly from time work operations start until building substructure, backfilling and superstructure work is completed. From such completion time until completion of buildings, elevations shall be taken at 2 week intervals. 2. Maintain an accurate log of surveyed elevations and lateral movement for comparison with original data. Immediately report to Owner and Architect any changes in elevation, lateral movement, sagging and other evidence of damage. Obtain resolution of Owner before proceeding with any change. 3. Forward certified surveys of original readings and subsequent readings to Architect within 24 hours after taking readings. Any significant changes shall be reported to Architect by telephone immediately, followed by a written report. D. Water Cut -Off Wall Survey: Provide a certified water cut -off wall survey indicating dimensions, lines and elevations as specified in Section 02266 - Water Cut -Off Wall and associated wall system components. E. Augered Pile Survey: Provide a certified pile survey indicating dimensions, lines and elevations of piles as specified in Section 02467 - Augered Piles. F. Rough Grade Survey: At completion of rough grading, provide a certified topographical survey indicating actual rough grade elevation readings. Horizontally locate points where elevation readings were taken with property lines of premises. G. Finish Grade Survey: At completion of finish grading, provide a certified topographical surrey indicating actual finish grade elevation readings. Horizontally locate points where elevation readings were taken with property lines of premises. H. Foundation Survey: At completion of foundation structures, and major site substructures and AESI 27210 FIELD ENGINEERING 01724 -3 18JAN08 improvements and utilities, provide a certified survey indicating dimensions, lines, angles and elevations of such construction and horizontal location of such construction with property lines of premises. I. Structural Steel Support Survey: At completion of work relative to support and anchorage of structural steel and before start of structural steel erection, provide a certified survey indicating locations of such work, including: 1. Horizontal and vertical location of bearing surfaces and setting plates, referenced to respective column centerlines and reference datum. 2. Centerlines (positions) of anchor bolts, referenced to respective column centerlines. 3. Elevation of top of anchor bolts, referenced to reference datum. J. Suspended Concrete Slab Survey: Provide elevation readings of top surface of cast -in -place concrete slabs in each building bay. 1. Establish points in each building bay at base of columns, midspan of each beam, middle of bay and at other locations acceptable to Architect. 2. Elevation readings shall be taken as follows: a. Top surface of concrete slabs after related shoring, bracing, re- shoring and re- bracing for entire floor is removed and before placing any superimposed load on slab. 3. At completion of each suspended concrete slab, provide a certified survey indicating location of each elevation reading point, date each reading was taken and elevation of point at each reading. Any significant changes shall be reported to Architect by telephone immediately, followed by a written report. K. Final Utility Survey: Record final horizontal and vertical locations of all installed utilities. Survey drawings shall indicate route plans, elevations, invert elevations and details at penetrations through adjacent construction. Indicate location in foundation in horizontal and vertical datum based upon established benchmarks or base stations acceptable to Owner and Architect. Accuracy of survey shall be as follows: 1. Horizontal Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 centimeter plus 1 part per million. 2. Vertical Accuracy: Plus or minus 2 centimeters plus 1 part per million. L. Final Work Survey: At completion of the Work, provide a certified survey indicating final dimensions, lines, angles, elevations and horizontal location of completed buildings, site improvements and utilities included under Contract with property lines of premises. 1.05 RECORDS A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of control and survey work as such work progresses. 1. Make available to Owner and Architect on request, field books, notes, logs and other data developed in performing control and survey work. 2. Maintain a record plat at field office for information and use of all parties. Record reference points, control points and benchmarks. B. Immediately report to Architect, findings of control and survey work, specifically indicating any discrepancies. AESI 27210 FIELD ENGINEERING 01724 -4 18JAN08 0 • 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name, address and qualifications of surveyor to Owner and Architect prior to start of survey work. B. Submit name, address and qualifications of professional engineer to Owner and Architect prior to start of service. C. On request of Owner or Architect, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. D. Submit required surveys and reports in triplicate, each to Owner and Architect. E. Submit certificate signed by professional engineer or land surveyor certifying horizontal and vertical locations of improvements are in conformance or non - conformance with Contract Documents. Indicate on record drawings variations from Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 71f AESI 27210 FIELD ENGINEERING 01724 -5 18JAN08 • A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: SECTION 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. Perform cutting and patching work that may be required or necessary for a full and complete execution of the Work. a. Generally, cutting and patching includes such work on newly completed portions of the Work, previously completed portions of the Work or existing construction. b. Not included is special categories or procedures of work identified as alterations, demolition and other similar activities even though such work activities may require cutting and patching. 2. Execute cutting, fitting and patching required to complete the Work or to: 11 a. Make several parts fit properly. b. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill -timed work. c. Remove any and all work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents and replace with work conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. d. Remove samples of installed work as required for testing. e. Install required work in existing construction, except as otherwise required. 3. Upon written instructions of Architect: a. Uncover work to provide for Architect observation of covered work. b. Remove samples of installed materials for testing. c. Remove work to provide for changes as applicable. 4. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof. 5. Do not cut or alter work of Owner or any separate contractor without written consent of Architect and of other such separate contractor. B. Related Requirements: 1. Conditions of the Contract provisions related to cutting and patching. 2. Existing utilities. 3. Alteration procedures. H 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written request for consent to Owner, Architect and any separate contractor whose property, work or operations will be affected by any cutting, alterations or excavation or which may affect the structural integrity of any portion of Project. Receive written consent of Owner, Architect and any separate contractor whose property, work or operations will be affected prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation. Include: 1. Identification of project. AES127210 18JAN08 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 -1 � O 2. Description of affected work. 3. Necessity for cutting, alteration or excavation. 4. Affect on the Work, including progress of work and progress schedule, on property or operations of Owner and any separate contractor, on existing construction or facilities, or on structural integrity of any portion of Project. 5. Description of proposed work. Designate: a. Scope of cutting, patching or alteration. b. Contractor and trades to execute work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. Extent of refinishing to be performed. 6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation. 7. Designation of responsibility for cost of cutting, patching and excavating. B. Should conditions of work or schedule indicate change of products from original installation, submit written request for substitution to Architect. Meet requirements of Section 01630 - Product Substitutions, and include: 1. Conditions requiring change. 2. Recommendations for alternative products. 3. Submittals as required for substitutions. C. Submit written notice to Owner, Architect and any separate contractor, designating date and time work associated with cutting and patching operation will be uncovered. 1.03 PAYMENT FOR COSTS A. Except as otherwise stipulated in Conditions of the Contract: 1. Costs caused by ill -timed or defective work, or work not conforming to Contract Documents, including costs for additional services of Architect, shall be paid by party responsible for ill- timed, rejected or non - conforming work. 2. Work performed on instructions of Architect, other than defective or non - conforming work, will be paid by Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Meet requirements of Contract Documents for each product involved. B. Use products that will result in equal or better performance characteristics than removed products. Replacement of removed products shall match original, except as otherwise required, as acceptable to Architect. If identical products are not available, or cannot be used, use products that match existing adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect, as acceptable to Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION AESI 27210 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 -2 18JAN08 v 3.01 EXAMINATION • A. Inspect existing conditions of the Work, including elements subject to movement or damage. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding with work. B. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products or performance of the Work. C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to Architect in writing. Do not proceed with work until Architect has provided further instructions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and support as required to assure and maintain structural integrity of that portion of the Work applicable to cutting and patching work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Work from damage. C. Provide protection from elements for that portion of the Work which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, and dewatering to maintain spaces free from water. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. Perform work required with due care. Be responsible for any damage which maybe caused by such work. Perform work in accordance with applicable requirements of Contract Documents. j B. Maintain integrity of fire resistance ratings and separation construction of existing facilities adjacent to new work, during the Work. At no time shall protection of existing facilities be compromised. Provide new openings into existing building as required, but at all times maintain fire resistance ratings and separation construction of existing building. C. Cutting shall be performed promptly and repairs shall be made as necessary to leave the Work in good condition, including cutting, fitting and drilling of materials as required for proper assembly, fabrication, installation and completion of work, including any - patching as may be necessary. D. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will assure safety and health, will prevent damage and movement to other work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs or new work. To avoid defacement of existing finished surfaces, cut from exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. E. Execute fitting and adjustment of products and existing construction to provide a finished installation to comply with indicated functions, tolerances and finishes. 1. Do not make openings larger than necessary to accommodate products to be installed or work to be performed. 2. Cut surfaces to terminate demolition at existing construction to remain, leaving straight and clean breaklines at natural points of division, and in as good a condition as existed prior to commencing work as acceptable to Architect. 3. Remove existing materials as required to properly install new work or to connect new backup construction. Where existing construction prevents proper construction of new work, remove, reroute, relocate or in other ways alter existing construction in order to accommodate new work requirements. AESI 27210 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 -3 18JAN08 F. Restore work which has been cut, removed, exposed or damaged to at least same condition and appearance which existed prior to performing such work as acceptable to Architect. Install new products to provide completed work meeting requirements of Contract Documents. G. Coordinate location of terminated patching with Architect to properly blend patched areas with existing construction. H. Repair existing construction or facilities to remain in place which has been disturbed, weakened or damaged as result of cutting and patching work, to at least same condition which existed prior to performing such work as acceptable to Architect. Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. 3.04 PROCEDURES A. General: 1. Structural Components: Do not cut, drill, weld, alter or remove existing structural components without prior written review of Architect for each condition, except where specifically indicated. Requests for authorization shall be in writing, designating speck extent and limits of work, and components proposed to be cut, drilled, welded, altered or removed. Work performed contrary to such consent is at risk of Contractor, subject to replacement at no addition to Contract Sum. When acceptable, perform work in a manner that will not result in reduction of load carrying capacity or in load deflection ratio. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage which may be caused to existing structures or facilities. 2. Fireproofing: Do not cut or remove fireproofing materials which protect or cover construction without prior written review by Architect for each condition. Requests for authorization shall be in writing, designating speck extent and limits of fireproofing proposed to be cut or removed. Removed fireproofing materials shall be replaced meeting requirements for original installation as vi minimum. Fireproofing materials shall protect or cover work attached to fireproofed construction as required. 3. Operational and Safety Components: Do not cut and patch operational elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in a reduction of capacity to perform in manner intended, including energy performance, or that would result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or decreased safety. 4. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch work that will be exposed in the completed Work, in a manner that would, in opinion of Architect, result in lessening aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch work in a manner that would result in substantial visual evidence of cut and patch work. Remove and replace work judged by Architect to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Adjoining Work: Where cutting and patching occur, or new and old work join, cut, remove, patch, repair and refinish, as applicable, adjacent surfaces or so much thereof as is required by involved conditions, and leave with straight and clean breaklines and in as good a condition as existed prior to commencing of the Work. Materials and workmanship employed in cutting and patching, unless otherwise required, shall match similar original work as acceptable to Architect. Cutting and patching work shall be performed by various trades which normally perform respective items of work. C. Surfaces: 1. If removal of construction exposes discolored or unfinished surfaces, or workout of alignment, such surfaces shall be refinished or materials shall be replaced as necessary to make continuous work AESI 27210 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 -4 18JAN08 • uniform and harmonious. 2. Finish new and adjacent surfaces as required for new work. Clean surfaces of dirt, grease, loose paint, and like substances, before refinishing. 3. Refinish entire surfaces of areas as necessary to provide a uniform finish as required for new work and to match adjacent finishes as acceptable to Architect. Extend finish restoration onto adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Continuous Surfaces: Refinish to nearest intersections. b. Assembly: Refinish entire assembly unit. D. Utilities: 1. Check utilities and services, including water, gas, waste and electric, affected by work for proper shutoff or sealing. Do not proceed with work until shutoff and sealing is completed. If utility or service is not properly shut off or sealed, notify utility owner and user for clearance; then perform required shutoff or sealing work. When required, reroute existing utilities or provide bypass as necessary to maintain continuity of service. 2. Cut off utility piping and electrical conduit to be abandoned at a point as not to interfere with subsequent work. E. Embedded Items: 1. Do not cut metallic components, such as reinforcing steel, piping and electrical conduits, embedded in construction, such as concrete or masonry, except after metallic components are identified and determined to be out of service or not critical if cut. 2. Do not permit fluid associated with cutting tools to migrate outside of immediate cutting area, including underside of floor construction, and causing damage or defacement. When cutting abandoned, embedded piping or electrical conduit, do not permit fluid to enter conduit or piping. F. Cast -In -Place Concrete: 1. Coordinate location of reinforcement, and tension strands and tendons, as applicable, to clear or if necessary to cut such items. Take precautions and coordinate procedures to clear, re- anchor and cut tension strands and tendons as applicable. 2. Where areas larger than core drilled holes of concrete construction are to be removed, score periphery of area to be removed, both sides when applicable, with saw cut of 1 inch minimum depth prior to removing construction from removal area. 3. Where areas of concrete construction are to be removed for passage of piping or electrical conduits, provide core drilled holes. 4. In general, demolish concrete in small sections. When necessary to prevent collapse of any construction, provide temporary shores, struts or bracing. G. Precast Concrete: 1. Coordinate location of reinforcement, and tension strands and tendons, as applicable, to clear or if necessary to cut such items. Take precautions and coordinate procedures to clear, re- anchor and cut tension strands and tendons as applicable. AESI 27210 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 -5 18JAN08 2. Where areas larger than core drilled holes of concrete construction are to be removed, score periphery of area to be removed, both sides when applicable, with saw cut of 1 inch minimum depth prior to removing construction from removal area. 3. Where areas of concrete construction are to be removed for passage of piping or electrical conduits, provide core drilled holes. 4. In general, demolish concrete in small sections. When necessary to prevent collapse of any construction, provide temporary shores, struts or bracing. H. Masonry: 1. Where courses of unit masonry will connect with ebsting unit masonry, remove each course of e)asting unit masonry at connection point to provide a saw-tooth pattern for bonding new unit masonry. Breaklines shall be at e)asbng joints which shall be free of e)asting mortar. 2. Where areas of unit masonry are to be removed for passage of piping or electrical conduit, provide core drilled holes. 3. In general, demolish masonry in small sections. Where necessary to prevent collapse of any construction, install temporary shores, struts or bracing. I. Waterproofing: 1. Perform work meeting requirements of any waterproofing warranties. Do not invalidate waterproofing warranties. 2. Confine cutting of waterproofing to remain to limits required for proper installation of the Work. Cut, repair and replace waterproofing as required. Cut and remove waterproofing system products as applicable. Provide temporary watertight protection as required until new waterproofing and flashings are installed and permanent waterproofing closure is installed. J. Roofing: 1. Perform work meeting requirements of any roofing warranties. Do not invalidate roofing warranties. 2. Confine cutting of roofing to remain to limits required for proper installation of the Work. Cut, repair and replace roofing as required. Cut and remove insulation and other system products as applicable. Provide temporary weathertight protection as required until new roofing and flashings are installed and permanent roofing closure is installed. K. Mechanical Work: 1. Evaluation: a. General: Evaluate mechanical work which is to be removed, relocated or altered. No addition to Contract Sum will be allowed for failure to include work that is required for removal, relocation or alteration of mechanical work. b. Equipment: Consult with manufacturers of mechanical equipment to be revised or edended, as applicable. 2. Maintaining Service: Continuous operation of facilities shall be maintained as required with necessary temporary connections. AESI 27210 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 -6 18JAN08 t a. Obtain approval from Owner, in writing, with copy to Architect, should it become necessary to shut down service to any part of the Work. b. Any shutdown shall be at convenience of Owner and only for period of time agreed upon. c. Include any temporary work that maybe required because of shutdown. 3. Removal and Relocation: a. Disconnect, remove or relocate piping, ducts, equipment, fixtures and other mechanical work as required, for removal or changes in construction. b. Perform cutting and patching necessary for installation of piping, ducts and other mechanical work. Provide support necessary for such work and for bracing and anchorage of work. c. Remove in entirety, mechanical work indicated to be abandoned or removed. d. Where piping, ducts, supports, hangers and other like work is to be abandoned or removed as a result of alterations, such work shall be completely removed, back to active line or origin which is unaffected by revision. Plug openings in piping, ducts and other like work. e. Work which is buried in concrete or otherwise inaccessibly positioned maybe abandoned, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. In such cases, plug openings in piping and ducts. , f. Provide new material and appurtenances required for relocated equipment. 4. Alterations: a. Alter, extend and reconnect mechanical work as required. b. Reconnect work which is to be revised, cut or exposed due to construction. c. Install new work and connect to existing work, as applicable, with minimum interference to facilities. New mechanical items shall be connected to existing systems so as to function as a complete unit or system. d. Where mechanical equipment, devices, fixtures and like items interfere with any alteration work, such items shall be removed and reinstalled as applicable. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect and make components operational. Relocated equipment shall be left in good operating condition. e. Where mechanical work is damaged or disturbed in course of performing the Work, remove damaged portions and provide new products of equal capacity, quality and functionality, as acceptable to Architect. 5. Penetrations: a. Penetration shall be sleeved, sealed and fireproofed as acceptable to authorities bearing on performance of the Work and Architect. b. Piping passing through waterproofing, roofs or other surfaces exposed to weather shall be properly flashed and made weathertight meeting requirements of waterproofing and roofing i t ' specification sections as applicable. Except as otherwise required, counterflashing shall be AESI 27210 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 -7 18JAN08 AESI 27210 18JAN08 performed as part of mechanical work meeting requirements specified in waterproofing and roofing specification sections as applicable. :trical Work: Evaluation: i. General: Evaluate electrical work which is to be removed, relocated or altered. No addition to Contract Sum will be allowed for failure to include work that is required for removal, relocation or alteration of electrical work. Equipment: Consult with manufacturers of electrical equipment to be revised or extended, as applicable. Waintaining Service: Continuous operation of facilities shall be maintained as required with iecessary temporary connections. Obtain approval from Owner, in writing, with copy to Architect, should it become necessary to shutdown service to any part of the Work. b. Any shutdown shall be at convenience of Owner and only for period of time agreed upon. c. Include any temporary work that maybe required because of shutdown. 3. Removal and Relocation: a. Disconnect, remove or relocate raceways, equipment, fixtures and other electrical work as required, for removal or changes in construction. b. Perform cutting and patching necessary for installation of raceways and other electrical work. Provide supports necessary for such work and for bracing and anchorage of work. c. Remove in entirety, electrical work indicated to be abandoned or removed. Include removal from service of following electrical work and as indicated by Contract Documents: 1) Branch wiring, power wiring, control wiring and feeders, including raceways and wire, except such items indicated to remain. 2) Outlets, except outlets indicated to remain or to be reused. 3) Lighting fixtures, except fixtures indicated to remain. E EM FJ d. Cut and remove buried raceways indicated to be abandoned, 2 inches below surface of adjacent construction, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. e. Where raceways, supports, hangers and other like work is to be abandoned or removed as a result of alterations, such work shall be completely removed, back to active line or origin which is unaffected by revision. Plug openings in raceways and other like work. f. Work which is buried in concrete or otherwise inaccessibly positioned maybe abandoned, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. In such cases, wire shall be pulled out of raceways and plug openings in raceways. g. Provide new material and appurtenances required for relocated equipment. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 -8 FJ • 4. Alterations: a. Alter, extend and reconnect electrical work as required. b. Reconnect work which is to be revised, cut or exposed due to construction. c. Install new work and connect to existing work, as applicable, with minimum interference to facilities. New electrical items shall be connected to existing systems so as to function as a complete unit or system. d. Where wiring is involved, new wires shall be pulled in between nearest available, accessible reused outlets to extent allowed by codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. e. Provide new raceways for wires which cannot be pulled in to existing raceways. f. Where electrical equipment, devices, fixtures and like items interfere with any alteration work, such items shall be removed and reinstalled as applicable. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect and make components operational. Relocated equipment shall be left in good operating condition. g. Where electrical work is damaged or disturbed in course of performing the Work, remove damaged portions and provide new products of equal capacity, quality and functionality, as acceptable to Architect. 5. Penetrations: j a. Penetrations shall be sleeved, sealed and fireproofed as acceptable to authorities bearing on performance of the Work and Architect. b. Raceways passing through waterproofing, roofs or other surfaces exposed to weather shall be properly flashed and made weathertight meeting requirements of waterproofing and roofing specification sections as applicable. Except as otherwise required, counterflashing shall be performed as part of electrical work meeting requirements specified in waterproofing and roofing specification sections as applicable. M. Reused Items: 1. Carefully remove, store, protect, alter, clean, recondition and repair as required to place in acceptable condition, items to be reused in the Work. 2. Items to be reused in the Work which are damaged during performance of the Work, shall be repaired to a condition acceptable to Architect. If damaged item is determined as not repairable, then replace item with a new item of equal quality as acceptable to Architect at no addition to Contract Sum. END OF SECTION A AESI 27210 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 -9 18JAN08 e • A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01740 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: This Section species basic requirements for maintaining project site, and leaving the Work clean and ready for occupancy. 1.02 GENERAL A. Compliance: Cleaning and disposal operations shall meet requirements of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. B. Hazard Control: 1. Store volatile waste substances in covered metal containers and remove from project site premises daily. 2. Prevent accumulation of waste materials which create hazardous conditions. 3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. C. Environmental Control: 1. Do not bum or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site premises. 2. Do not dispose of rubbish and waste materials in streams or other waterways, or on ground. 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes materials, such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner, in storm or sanitary drains. D. Scheduling: Complete cleaning operations before Substantial Completion inspection, except as otherwise directed by Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: 1. Use only those cleaning materials, agents and methods recommended by manufacturer of material and surface to be cleaned. 2. Use only those cleaning materials and agents which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage or deface materials and surfaces. 3. Use cleaning materials only on materials and surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION AESI 27210 CLEANING 01740 -1 18JAN08 3.01 GENERAL A. Description: 1. Prepare the Work for occupancy or operation by providing a thorough cleaning of areas and outdoor and indoor surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work. Leave the Work and project site dean and ready for occupancy. 2. In addition to requirements of this Article, meet speck cleaning requirements which may be specified in individual specification sections. B. Cleaners: Employ experienced workmen or professional cleaners for final cleaning. C. Protection: Provide and maintain non - damaging, non - staining material as required for protection of the Work, adjacent to cleaning operations. D. Completion: 1. Maintain cleaning until the Work or portion of the Work is accepted by Owner. 2. Prior to completion of the Work or to Owner occupancy or operation, conduct an inspection of all areas and all outdoor and indoor surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, to verify the Work is clean and not damaged from cleaning operations. Recleaning will not be required after work has been inspected and accepted, unless subsequent operations of Contractor make necessary recleaning of certain portions of the Work as determined by Owner or Architect. 3. Owner will assume responsibility for cleaning as of time of acceptance of the Work or a portion of the Work. 3.02 DUST CONTROL A. Clean indoor spaces and surfaces after finish painting and like operations, and continue cleaning on an as- needed basis until such work is completed and space is ready for Substantial Completion or occupancy. B. Schedule cleaning operations so dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not inhibit paint coating performance and operations, and not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. 3.03 CLEANING A. General: Clean outdoor and indoor surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, including removal of grease, oil and other petrochemical substances, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, efflorescence, fingerprints, foreign substances and other distracting substances. Do not disturb natural weathering material surfaces. 1. Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including glass, to a polished condition, removing substances which are noticeable as vision obscuring materials taking care not to deface surfaces. Clean window glass on both face surfaces. 3. Clean and polish reflective and glossy surfaces to original sheen condition. 4. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, above ceiling spaces, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes and similar spaces. AESI 27210 CLEANING 01740 -2 18JAN08 5. Clean pavements, floors and like surfaces broom clean and free of surface dust. Remove stains, spills and other foreign material, including grease, oil and other petrochemical substances. 6. Vacuum clean, carpets, fabrics and like surfaces, removing debris and excess nap or fiber. Shampoo if required. B. Equipment: Clean surfaces of building, mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. C. Plumbing Fixtures: Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including those resulting from water exposure. D. Ventilating Systems: 1. Clean permanent air filters or replace disposable air filters if associated fan, air handler or like unit was operated during construction. 2. Clean exterior and interior surfaces of ducts and blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 3. Clean internal and exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers and grilles. E. Light Fixtures: 1. Clean light fixtures, including reflectors, lens and lamps to function with full efficiency. 2. Replace burned out lamps, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and vapor fixtures. } F. Site Grounds: Clean project site yard and grounds, including landscaped areas and any existing adjacent areas disturbed by construction activities, of litter and foreign material. 1. Broom clean paved areas. 2. Remove stains, spills and other foreign material, including grease, oil and other petrochemical substances. 3. Rake grounds which are neither landscaped nor paved, to a uniform, even textured surface. G. Vermin Control: If applicable, employ a certified exterminator to make a final inspection and rid project site of vermin, including insects, rodents and other pests. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Repair and Replacement: 1. Repair, patch and touch -up marred surfaces to required surface condition and to match and blend in with adjacent surfaces as acceptable to Architect. 2. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that show evidence of repair or restoration. 3. Replace broken glass and damaged or defaced transparent or reflective materials. 3.05 DISPOSAL A. General: Remove rubbish and waste materials from project site premises and dispose of in lawful manner. END OF SECTION 0 r AESI 27210 CLEANING 01740 -3 18JAN08 0 0 i A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01770 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for closeout of the Work. 1.02 DEFINITION A. Contract closeout is defined to include general requirements near end of Contract Time, in preparation for final acceptance, final payment, normal termination of Contract, occupancy by Owner and similar actions evidencing completion of the Work. Specific requirements for individual units of work are specified in individual specification sections. Time of closeout is directly related to Substantial Completion, and therefore may be a single time period for the entire Work or a series of time periodsfor individual parts of the Work which have been certified as substantially complete at different dates. That time variation, if any, shall be applicable to other provisions of this Section. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Contractor: When Contractor considers the Work or designated portion of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor shall submit to Owner and Architect: 1. Written notice that the Work, or designated portion of the Work, is substantially complete. ®} 2. In Application for Payment that coincides with or first follows, date of Substantial Completion is * claimed, show 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to Contract Sum. b. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of items to be completed or corrected, value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 3. Advise Owner and Architect of pending insurance changeover requirements. 4. Specific warranties, bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. 5. Releases enabling Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. 6. Record drawings, maintenance manuals, final photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys and similar final record information. 7. Tools, spare parts, extra stock and similar items. 8. Perform final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to Owner. Advise Owner personnel of changeover in security provisions. 9. Complete start-up testing, performance and operational testing, and efficiency testing of equipment and systems, and instruction of Owner operation and maintenance personnel. Corrector adjust any deficiencies in operation noted during testing and retests. G ! AESI 27210 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 -1 18JAN08 10. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from site, along with mock -ups, construction tools and similar elements. 11. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touch -up painting. 12. Touch -up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. B. Status Review: Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Owner and Architect will perform a review to determine status of completion. C. Complete: When Owner and Architect determine the Work or designated portion of the Work is substantially complete, Architect will: 1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion containing: a. Date of Substantial Completion. b. Contractor list of items to be completed or corrected as verified and amended by Owner and Architect. c. Time within which Contractor shall complete or correct work of listed items. Such time shall not exceed 45 days. d. Responsibilities of Owner and Contractor for: 1) Insurance. 2) Utilities. 3) Operation of building, mechanical, electrical and other systems. 4) Maintenance and cleaning. 5) Security. 6) Contractor shall obtain Certificate of Occupancy as required. 2. Submit Certificate of Substantial Completion to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in Certificate. D. Not Complete: Should Owner and Architect determine the Work or designated portion of the Work is not substantially complete: 1. Architect will, within 14 days, notify Contractor, in writing, stating reasons. 2. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies in the Work and send a second written Notice of Substantial Completion to Owner and Architect. 3. Owner and Architect will again review the Work. 1.04 FINAL REVIEW A. Contractor: When Contractor considers the Work or designated portion of the Work is complete, Contractor shall submit to Owner and Architect written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 3. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. AES127210 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 -2 18JAN08 s 0 4. Final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations. 5. Updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to Contract Sum. 6. Deficiencies in the Work indicated by final punch list of Owner and Architect have been completed. 7. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 8. Consent of surety to final payment. 9. Evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage meeting insurance requirements. 10. Closeout submittals specified in Article - Closeout Submittals, of this Section, individually listed, have been delivered to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 11. Equipment and systems have been tested, in presence of representative of Owner, and are operational. 12. Work is completed and ready for final review. B. Status Review: Owner and Architect will perform a review to verify status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Complete: When Owner and Architect determine the Work is complete and acceptable in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents, Architect will request Contractor to make contract closeout submittals. D. Not Complete: Should Architect consider the Work is incomplete or defective: 1. Architect will promptly notify Contractor, in writing, stating reasons. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to Architect, certifying the Work is complete. 3. Owner and Architect will perform an additional review of the Work. 1.05 ADDITIONAL REVIEW COSTS A. General: Should Architect perform an additional review due to failure of the Work to complywith claims of status of completion made by Contractor: 1. Owner will compensate Architect for such additional services. 2. Owner will deduct amount of such compensation from final payment to Contractor. 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. General: After Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and before Owner occupancy of the Work or designated portion of the Work, Contractor shall submit duly executed closeout submittals to Architect for transmittal to Owner. AESI 27210 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 -3 18JAN08 C> Q B. Certificates: Evidence of compliance with requirements of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work including, but not limited to, following: 1. Certificate of Occupancy. 2. Certificates of Inspection: a. Miscellaneous building specialties, equipment and systems, as applicable. b. Elevators. c. Mechanical: 1) Fire protection and alarm equipment and systems. 2) Plumbing equipment and systems. 3) Heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment and systems. 4) Building automation and control systems, including instrumentation and controls for operating and controlling heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. d. Electrical: 1) Electrical equipment and systems. C. Other Closeout Submittals: 1. Final surveys. 2. Record documents. 3. Operation and maintenance data. 4. Operation and maintenance instructions to personnel of Owner. 5. Warranties. 6. Keys and keying schedule. 7. Spare parts and maintenance products. 8. Final photographs. 9. Certificate of insurance for products and completed operations. 10. Evidence of Payments and Release of Liens: a. Contractor affidavit of payment of debts and claims. b. Contractor affidavit of release of liens. 1) Consent of surety to final payment. 2) Contractor release or waiver of liens. 3) Separate releases of waivers of liens for subcontractors, suppliers and others with lien rights against property of Owner, together with list of those parties. 11. Photocopy evidence of each general and specialty permit and formal approval obtained for performing the Work as required by Contract Documents. 12. Other documents or items related to the Work which maybe requested by Owner. END OF SECTION F] J AESI 27210 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 -4 18JAN08 • A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1 -GENERA 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: • SECTION 01783 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1. Compile and furnish product data and related information, including collecting, collating and binding material, appropriate for operation and maintenance of products furnished under Contract. 2. Instruct Owner personnel in operation of equipment and systems and in maintenance of products. 3. These requirements shall be a condition precedent to acceptance of final Application for Payment. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Data Preparation Personnel Qualifications: Preparation of operation and maintenance data shall be performed by personnel trained and experienced in operation and maintenance of respective products, and: 1. Skilled as a technical writer to extent required to communicate essential data. 2. Skilled as a draftsperson to extent required to prepare required drawings. B. Instructor Qualifications: Instruction of Owner operation and maintenance personnel shall be performed by competent engineers or technicians experienced in operation and maintenance of respective ' products and capable to adequately train designated personnel in proper operation and maintenance of respective work. When required, provide product manufacturers factory trained representative to provide instructions. 1.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. General: Prepare and furnish operation and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent specification sections and as necessary to operate and maintain the completed Work, in form of manuals which contain definite and speck information and instructions relevant to product maintenance and equipment operation. B. Original Copy: Each product data, brochure, certificate, written text and like data or documents shall be original copy, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. Photocopies or other reproductions are not acceptable. C. Form: 1. General: Assemble data in form of an instructional manual for use by designated operation and maintenance personnel of Owner. Compile, organize and insert data in binders. Loose sheets are not acceptable. 2. Multiple Products: When multiple products are required, sequence products in manual, in sequence of project manual contents and then in sequence as they appear in respective specification section. 3. Data Sequence: Group data for each product in following sequence as applicable: description, product data, operation procedures, maintenance procedures, parts, certified data, final submittals, installation data, certificates and warranty provisions. 0 D. Format: AESI 27210 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01783 -1 18JAN08 1. Sheet Size: 8 -1/2 inches wide by 11 inches high. 2. Media: Durable paper suitable for permanent records. For typed pages, provide 20 pound weight, white paper. 3. Text: Manufacturer printed data or neatly type written. 4. Larger Sheets: Fold or reduce larger sheets or drawings to required sheet size. Folded or reduced sheets shall properly fit in manual and fully open without removing from manual. Furnish sheets with reinforced punched binder tabs. 5. Indexing: Provide each product with sectional index tab divider and title sheet. 6. Cover: Identify each manual volume with printed or typewritten title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. List title of project and contract, and identify subject matter covered in manual. E. Binders: 1. Type: Commercial quality 3 -ring loose leaf binders with stiff, hard, durable and cleanable, grain pattern, cured plastic covers; label holders on spine, reinforced or metal hinges, D- shaped or elliptical shaped rings and plastic sheet lifter. 2. Size: 2 inch ring size; for required sheet size. 3. Color: Black. 4. Multiple Binders: When multiple binders are used, correlate data into consistent groupings. F. Content: 1. Table of Contents: Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. a. List each product required to be included, indexed to content of volume. b. List Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 1J 2. Title Page: Neatly typewritten titre page for each product arranged in a uniform format and systematic order. a. List name, catalog number and description of product and major component items, and identifying symbols as indicated by Contract Documents. b. List name, address and telephone number of, as applicable: 1) Subcontractor or installer. 2) Service engineer or maintenance contractor located closest to project site. 3) Identify the area of responsibility of each. 4) Source of supply of parts and replacements located closest to project site. 3. Product Data: a. Include product data and like documentation indicating product name and number, manufacturer specifications, applicable reference standards, arrangements, properties, characteristics, handling and installation details, and instructions and procedures which are pertinent to specific product. b. Edit and annotate each sheet to: 1) Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. 2) Clearly identify data applicable to product and installation. 3) Delete references to inapplicable information. 4) Supplement standard information with speck information. MIL- 19 27210 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01783 -2 18JAN08 4. Drawings: a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 1) Relations of component parts of products and systems. 2) Control and flow diagrams. b. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of complete installation. c. Do not use Record Documents as operation and maintenance drawings. 5. Written Text: Supplement product data with written text as necessary for particular product and installation. a. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different conditions and procedures. b. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each condition or procedure. 6. Auxiliary Data: Where auxiliary products or component items are furnished from outside sources, obtain, review and include data for auxiliary products. 7. Certified Submittals: Copy of each certified drawing or data furnish by product manufacturer. 8. Final Submittals: Copies of final reviewed and accepted product data, shop and installation drawings, and like documentation, including final comments. 9. Certificates: Copy of each product compliance certificate, factory or field performance test report, insurance inspection and approval, governing agency inspection and approval, and like documents. 10. Warranty and Services: Original copy of each warranty and service contract issued. Furnish information sheet for designated operation and maintenance personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in event of failure. b. Exceptions and instances which might affect validity of warranties and like documents. G. Additional Data: Prepare and include additional or supplementary data when: 1. Required by respective specification section. 2. Need for such data becomes apparent during installation or instruction of designated operation and maintenance personnel, even though manuals have been delivered to Owner, at no addition to Contract Sum. 1.04 MATERIAL MANUAL A. General: Furnish complete data for maintaining each material, material system and applied finish. B. Content: In addition to operation and maintenance manual general content requirements specified, include, but not limited to, following as applicable: 1. Description: Manufacturer data giving complete information on materials, material systems and finishes. Include description of each material and component item. a. Catalog number. b. Size, composition, color and texture designation. c. Normal characteristic and limiting conditions. d. Performance and engineering data and tests. AESI 27210 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01783 -3 18JAN08 H e. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable items. f. Information and instructions required for future purchase (re- ordering) of additional manufactured items. 2. Installation Data: Manufacturer installation, erection or application instructions, details and procedures. Include detailed installation and assembly drawings indicating match markings, installation sequence, and interconnections and attachment methods of component items. 3. Maintenance Procedures: Manufacturer inspection, maintenance and repair instructions and procedures. a. Recommendations for precautions and care to be followed and periodic preventive maintenance requirements. b. Procedures and recommended schedule for routine inspections, maintenance and cleaning. c. Recommended cleaning agents and methods, and cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to material. 1.05 EQUIPMENT MANUAL A. General: Furnish complete data for operation and maintaining each equipment and system unit. B. Content: In addition to operation and maintenance manuals general content requirements specified, include, but not limited to, following as applicable: 1. Description: Manufacturer data giving complete information on equipment and system units. Include description of each unit and component part. a. Catalog numbers. b. Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions. c. Performance and engineering data and tests. d. Relay and breaker settings. e. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. f. Information and instructions required for future purchase (re- ordering) of additional manufactured items. 2. Control Diagrams: As- installed control diagrams. 3. Coordination Drawings: Coordination drawings of each installer indicating interface points with other pertinent work. 4. Piping Diagrams: As- installed identification coded piping diagrams. 5. Air Duct Diagrams: As- installed identification coded diagrams. 6. Valve Charts: Valve tag number chart with location and function of each valve. 7. Wiring Diagrams: As- installed identification coded wiring diagrams. 8. Panelboard Circuit Directions: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 9. Installation Data: Installation or erection instructions, details and procedures of manufacturer. AESI 27210 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01783 -4 18JAN08 • • Include detailed installation and assembly drawings indicating: a. Matching markings, installation sequence, interconnections and attachment methods of component parts. b. Details for setting, leveling and grouting. c. Final alignment procedures clearly indicating alignment tolerances and cold setting with regard to shaft elevations and match markings. 10. Operating Procedures: Printed operation description, instructions and procedures of manufacturer. a. System schematic diagrams. b. Readiness check -out procedure for proper operation. c. Start-up, break -in, routing and normal operating instructions, procedures and conditions. d. Summer and winter operating instruction, procedures and conditions. e. Description of operation sequences. f. Safe operating limits. g. Operating conditions requiring attention. h. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions, procedures and conditions. i. Special operating instructions and procedures. 11. Maintenance Procedures: Printed inspection, maintenance and repair instructions and procedures of manufacturer. a. Recommendations for precautions and care to be followed and periodic preventive maintenance requirements. b. Procedure and recommended schedule for routine inspections and maintenance. } c. Guide to troubleshooting operational problems. d. Alignment, adjustment and checking procedures. e. Disassembly, repair and reassembly procedures. 12. Parts: Original parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams of manufacturers required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear as based on experience of manufacturer. b. Parts normally stocked and non - stocked by manufacturer or a supply source. c. Parts recommended to be stocked as spare parts by Owner with recommended quantities to be maintained in storage and current prices. 1.06 MANUAL SUBMISSION A. Schedule: Prepare and submit operation and maintenance manuals meeting requirements of this Article. Preliminary Draft: Submit to Architect 2 copies of preliminary draft of format and contents outline of manual, 60 days minimum prior to time final manual is required. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. 2. Final Draft: Submit to Architect one copy of complete manual in final form, 30 days minimum prior to time final manual is required. Architect will review copy and return with comments. 3. Final Manual: Submit to Architect specified quantity of accepted manuals in final form, 10 days minimum prior to time final manuals are required. Architect in turn will transmit manuals to Owner. B. Required Time: Accepted operation and maintenance manuals in final form shall be available to Owner AESI 27210 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01783 -5 18JAN08 AM at time for instructing designated operation and maintenance personnel or at time of Substantial Completion of the Work, whichever occurs first. C. Quantity: Furnish 6 copies of each operation and maintenance manual in final form. D. Review: 1. General: Operation and maintenance manual submissions will be reviewed for meeting requirements of this Section. Manual review does not constitute product review. Responsibility for errors, omissions and deviations in submitted manuals shall not be relieved by review. 2. Time: Schedule each submission or resubmission for review turnaround time in office of Architect within a reasonable time, normally 14 days minimum, while allowing sufficient time, given complexity and volume of submittals, to permit adequate review and take appropriate action upon submittals. Some submittals may take longer to review. Submittals made which do not conform to requirements of Contract Documents or submittal schedule maybe subject to delays in processing. 1.07 PERSONNEL INSTRUCTIONS A. General: Prior to time of Substantial Completion of the Work, provide instructions and demonstrations to designated operation and maintenance personnel of Owner in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems, at project site during normal working hours of designated personnel. B. Coverage: Instructions shall devote full time to training program during this period. Owner operation and maintenance personnel shall gain a thorough knowledge and understanding of the Work. Instructions and demonstrations shall include work requirements, manufacturer instructions and all phases of safe operation, control, adjustment and maintenance. C. Service: Furnish product manufacturer factory trained representative to provide instructions when required by respective specification section, recommended by product manufacturer, required by installer, necessitated by project site conditions or product manufacturer warranty is contingent upon such instructions. Total cost for such instructions shall be included in Contract Sum. D. Warranty Provisions: When product warranty of manufacturer is contingent upon manufacturer factory trained representative to provide instructions and demonstrators, advise Architect in writing within 14 days after date of commencement of the Work. E. Basis of Instruction: Operation and maintenance manual shall constitute basis of instruction. 1. Review contents of manual with Owner personnel incomplete detail, explaining and demonstrating all aspects of proper and safe product operations and maintenance. 2. Ratio of time involved shall be approximately 25 percent classroom and 75 percent on-the-job instruction, except ratio may be reversed for control systems. Observations of construction by Owner operation and maintenance personnel shall not be construed as instruction time. F. Training Video: Produce and provide a high quality training videotape that records all sessions covered in instructions and demonstrations (training) of Owner operation and maintenance personnel. END OF SECTION J AESI 27210 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01783 -6 18JAN08 • A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01785 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS WARRANTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by Contract Documents, including manufacturer standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1. Furnish warranties for the Work furnished under the Contract. 2. These requirements shall be a condition precedent to acceptance of final Application of Payment. 3. Each required warranty shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner may have against Contractor under the Contract Documents. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Standard Product Warranties: Preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. B. Special Warranties: Written warranties required by or incorporated in Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for Owner. 1.03 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. Categories of Speck Warranties: Warranties on the Work are in several categories, including those of Conditions of the Contract, and including, but not limited to, following speck categories of individual specification sections: 1. Special Work or Project Warranty: A warranty specifically written and signed by Contractor for a defined portion of the Work or Project, and where required, countersigned by Subcontractor, installer, supplier, manufacturer or other entity engaged by Contractor. 2. Product Warranty: A warranty which is required by Contract Documents, to be provided for a manufactured product incorporated into the Work, regardless of whether manufacturer has published a similar warranty without regard for specific incorporation of product into the Work, or has written and executed a special work or project warranty as a direct result of Contract Document requirements. 3. Coincidental Product Warranty: A warranty which is not specifically required by Contract Documents, other than as specified in this Section, but which is available on a product incorporated into the Work, by virtue of fact that manufacturer of product has published warranty in connection with purchases and uses of product without regard for speck applications, except as otherwise limited by terms of warranty. B. Reference to Individual Sections: Refer to individual specification sections for determination of units of the Work which are required to be specifically or individually warranted, and for specific requirements and terms of those warranties. C. General Limitations: It is recognized that specific warranties are intended primarily to protect Owner against failure of the Work to perform as required, and against deficient, defective and faulty materials AESI 27210 WARRANTIES 01785 -1 18JAN08 and workmanship, regardless of sources. D. Governing Location: Unless otherwise indicated by Contract Documents, warranties for materials, equipment and work shall be governed by law of place where Project is located. E. Disclaimers: Manufacturer disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of warranty on the Work that incorporates products. Manufacturer disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve subcontractors, installers, suppliers, manufacturers or other entities engaged by Contractor, required to countersign warranties with Contractor. F. Related Damages and Losses: 1. General: In connection with Contractor correction of warranted work which has failed, remove and replace other work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted work. 2. Consequential Damages: Except as otherwise required by public and other authorities bearing on performance of the Work, warranties are not extended to cover damage to building contents, other than the Work of Contract, which occurs as a result of failure of warranted work. G. Warranty Reinstatement: Except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents, when work covered by a warranty has failed and has been corrected by replacement or restoration to an acceptable condition meeting requirements of Contract Documents, reinstate warranty by written endorsement. Reinstated warranty shall be equal to original warranty for time period, starting on date of acceptance of replaced or restored work and ending upon date that original warranty would have expired if there had been no failure. H. Replacement Obligations: Except as otherwise indicated, costs of replacing or restoring failed warranted units or products to an acceptable condition meeting requirements of Contract Documents is Contractor obligation, without regard for whether Owner has benefited from use of work through a fM portion of anticipated useful service life. I. Owner Recourse: 1. General: Expressed warranties made to Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights or remedies. 2. Rejection: a. Owner reserves right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of Contract Documents. b. Owner reserves right, at time of Substantial Completion or thereafter, to reject coincidental product warranties submitted by Contractor, which in opinion of Owner tend to detract from or confuse interpretation of requirements of Contract Documents or limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of Contract Documents. J. Contractor Procurement Obligations: 1. Do not purchase, subcontract for or allow others to purchase or sub - subcontract for materials or units of work for the Work where a warranty or similar commitment is required, on such Work or part of the Work, until it has been determined that entitles required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. AESI 27210 WARRANTIES 01785 -2 18JAN08 0 • 2. Where Contract Documents require a warranty or similar commitment on the Work or part of the Work, Owner reserves right to refuse to accept the Work, until Contractor presents evidence that entitles required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. K. Warranty Forms: 1. General: Where a warranty is required, prepare a written document to contain appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by required parties. Submit draft to Architect. Architect in turn will transmit warranty to Owner for acceptance prior to final execution. L. Effective Date: Date of commencement as stipulated in Conditions of the Contract. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Assemble warranties executed by subcontractors, installers, suppliers, manufacturers or other entities engaged by Contractor, and by Contractor, as required by Contract Documents, including individual specification sections. Co- execute documents when so required. 1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by Owner, by separate agreement with Contractor during construction period, submit properly executed warranties as specified in Article - Submissions, of this Section. 2. When a warranty is required to be executed by Contractor, or Contractor and subcontractor, supplier, manufacturer, installer or other entity engaged by Contractor, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by required parties. j B. Type Documents: Each warranty shall be original copy. Photocopies and other reproductions are not acceptable. C. Original Copies Required: Two of each warranty, and in addition, quantities of original copies required for operation and maintenance manuals as specified under Section 01783 - Operation and Maintenance Data. D. Form: 1. General: Assemble warranties in form of a manual. Provide separate manual for each copy of warranties required. Compile, organize and insert warranties in binders. Loose sheets are not acceptable. 2. Documents: Sequence warranties in manual, in sequence of Project Manual contents and then in sequence as items of work covered by warranty appear in respective specification section. E. Format: 1. Sheet Size: 8 -1/2 inches wide by 11 inches high. 2. Larger Sheets: Fold larger warranties to required sheet size. Folded warranties shall properlyfit in manual and fully open without removing from manual. Furnish documents with reinforced punched binder tabs. 3. Indexing: Provide warranties for each work type with sectional index tab divider and title sheet. 4. Cover: Identify each manual volume with printed or typewritten title WARRANTIES. List title of project and contract, and identify subject matter covered in manual. AESI 27210 WARRANTIES 01785 -3 18JAN08 F. Binders: 1. Type: Commercial quality 3 -ring loose leaf binders with stiff, hard, durable and cleanable, grained pattern, cured plastic covers; label holder on spine, reinforced or metal hinges, D- shaped or elliptical shaped rings and plastic sheet lifter. 2. Size: 2 inch ring size; for required sheet size. 3. Color: Black. 4. Multiple Binders: When multiple binders are used, correlate warranties into consistent groupings. G. Content: 1. Contents: Neatly typewritten contents for each manual volume, arranged in a systematic order. a. List each product or work required to be included, indexed to content of manual volume. b. List Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. Title Pages: Neatly typewritten title pages for each product or work arranged in a uniform format and systematic order. Provide complete information: a. Product or work item. b. Company, with name of principal, address and telephone number. c. Scope. d. Date of beginning of each warranty or service and maintenance contract. e. Duration. f. Provide information for: 1) Proper procedure in event of failure. 2) Exceptions and instances which might affect validity of warranty. g. Subcontractor or installer, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 1.05 SUBMISSIONS A. Review: Review warranty submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. B. Submittal: Submit to Architect specified quantity of warranty and manuals. Architect in turn will transmit warranties to Owner. C. Schedule: 1. For items of work covered by warranty put into service during progress of the Work, submit original signed warranties within 14 days after review and acceptance. 2. Make final submittals coordinated with requirements of Section 01783 -Operation and Maintenance Data, but 14 days maximum after date of Substantial Completion and prior to request for final payment. 3. For items of work when acceptance is delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal 14 days maximum after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. END OF SECTION AESI 27210 WARRANTIES 01785 -4 18JAN08 0 . 13 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS SECTION 01787 RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: 1. Furnish record documents of the Work under Contract. Record documents shall be an accurate record of all deviations from the Work as indicated by Contract Documents and that which is actually installed. 2. These requirements shall be a condition precedent to acceptance of each Application for Payment. B. Included: Maintain at project site one record copy of: 1. Drawings. 2. Specification. 3. Addenda. 4. Change orders and other modifications to Contract. 5. Architect written interpretation of Contract Documents and instructions. 6. Final reviewed submittals. 7. Field test records. 8. Construction photographs. D C. Related Requirements: 1. Final surveys. 2. Additional record document requirements related to respective work. 1.02 MAINTENANCE A. Type: 1. General: Record documents shall be of durable material which is easily reproduced and resistant to damage from handling and reproduction processes. 2. Drawings and Specification: a. Secure from Architect a complete set of Drawings and a complete Specification. Cost of furnishing these reproductions shall be included in Contract Sum. b. Record drawings shall be full strength, wash off, positive reproductions on 3 mil minimum polyester film. B. Method: Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible and accurate condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. C. System: File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of CSI Uniform Construction Index. D. Storage: Store documents and samples in field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide locked cabinets or storage space for storage of samples. AESI 27210 RECORD DOCUMENTS 01787 -1 18JAN08 IOWA, 1 0 % E. Availability: Make documents and samples available at all times for review by Owner, Architect and other parties as directed by Owner or Architect. 1.03 RECORDING A. General: 1. Label each document PROJECT RECORD in neat, large printed letters. 2. Make complete record of changes and revisions in original Contract Documents which east in the completed Work. Record information in a legible, neat, orderly understandable and accurate manner, concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal anywork until required information is recorded. B. Final Surveys: See Section 01724 - Field Engineering. C. Drawings: Mark with ink to record actual construction and deviations from work indicated on Drawings, and that which is actually installed, including, but not limited to, following data: 1. Depths of various elements of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. Specific locations of utilities, including, but not limited to, piping, water connections, valves, control points, sewers, conduits, ductwork, machinery, equipment and accessories, and other facilities and appurtenances installed in the Work. 3. Horizontal and vertical locations of utilities and appurtenances, underground, or concealed or exposed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible permanent surface improvements or features of structure, as applicable. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes made by change order or by field order. 6. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 7. Equipment schedules shall be updated to indicate each item of equipment actually installed in the Work, including manufacturer name and model number. D. Specification and Modifications: Mark with ink each specification section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by change order, field order or by other modification. 3. Other data, information or matters not originally specified. 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. At contract closeout, deliver completed record documents to Architect. In addition, include 3 sets of record drawing prints. Architect in turn will transmit record documents to Owner. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date. 2. Architect project title and number. 3. Contract identification. 4. Contractor name and address. 5. Title and number of each record document. 6. Certification each document is complete and accurate. 7. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. END OF SECTION AESI 27210 RECORD DOCUMENTS 01787 -2 18JAN08 E 0 A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01789 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: 1. Furnish maintenance products for maintenance of the completed Work meeting requirements of this Section. 2. These requirements shall be a condition precedent to acceptance of final Application for Payment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Additional maintenance products requirements related to respective work, including details as to products and quantities required. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Maintenance Products: Maintenance products include, but are not limited to, extra, additional or spare materials, equipment and parts; special tools and like items to be furnished to Owner for replacement or to assure capability relative to maintaining or operating the completed Work. 1.03 GENERAL A. General: Furnish maintenance products and quantities required as indicated in individual specification sections or by other Contract Documents. B. Exposed Product Qualification: Maintenance product for each installed product exposed in the completed Work shall be of same single manufacturer production run, including same location, date, time, batch and shift of manufacture, as installed product. C. Packaging and Crating: 1. Maintenance products shall be packaged or crated as appropriate for long term storage. Containers shall be of construction and strength to properly support products and provide protection from damage while in storage. 2. Mark containers to identify maintenance products, including type size, quantity, application relative to location in building and other data as necessary to identify product. Place identification on outside of container at a location that will be readily visible when container is in storage without need to move or open container. 3. Include with each container, one copy of instructions of manufacturer for handling and installing maintenance products in container, and information and instructions for future purchase (re- ordering) of additional products. Place instructions in a protective wrapping attached to outside of container at a location that will be readily visible when container is in storage without need to move or open container. AESI 27210 MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS 01789-1 18JAN08 D. Delivery and Storage: FAKI ni 1. At completion of the Work, deliver maintenance products to Owner at project site. 2. Unload, handle and place maintenance products in storage at locations designated by Owner. a. Do not place containers directly on floor. Provide pallets, blocking or other like devices under containers. b. Place containers in final storage position so labels and other information on outside of containers are readily visible while in storage without need to move or open containers. 3. Obtain a signed receipt from Owner describing maintenance products delivered. Description shall identify product, size and quantity. Furnish Architect a copy of receipt signed by Owner. END OF SECTION P] AES127210 MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS 01789-2 18JAN08 0 • A. EPSTEIN AND SONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. SECTION 01810 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS COMMISSIONING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: This Section specifies requirements for commissioning facility and facility systems. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Codes and Standards: Meet requirements of following, except to extent of most stringent requirements of Contract Documents and of codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work: 1. AABC Commissioning Group (ACG) - ACG Commissioning Guideline. 2. ASHRAE Guideline 0 - The Commissioning Process. 3. ASHRAE Guideline 1 - The HVACR Commissioning Process. 4. ASHRAE Guideline 5 - Commissioning Smoke Management Systems. 5. NETA - Acceptance Testing Specifications. 6. PECI - Building Commission Guidelines. 7. PBS / USDOE - Model Commissioning Plan and Guide Specifications. 8. USDOE - International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre - Commissioning Meeting: Conduct a pre - commissioning meeting at project site to review commissioning plan, schedule and conditions associated with performing work under this Section. Meeting participants shall include Architect, representative of each major manufacturer, installers of work associated with commissioning, Owner, and people responsible for continued operation of facility and facility systems. Record discussions of meeting, and agreements and disagreements reached, and furnish a copy of record to each participant. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Plan: Develop a plan and schedule for commissioning facility and facility systems. Submit to Owner and Architect for review. B. Reports: Submit reports of commissioning which document properties, characteristics, capabilities and performance of facility and facility systems of the Work. Include description of observations, results of tests, evaluations of results and other data indicating Work meets requirements of Contract Documents. C. Training Video: Produce a training videotape meeting requirements of Section 01783 -Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.05 STARTING A. Schedule: Coordinate schedule for start-up of facility and facility systems, including various equipment and systems. B. Notification: Notify Owner and Architect 7 days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verification: AESI 27210 COMMISSIONING 01810 -1 18JAN08 O W N 1. Each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence and conditions which may cause damage. 2. Verify that tests, meter readings and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by equipment or system manufacturer. 3. Verify wiring and support components are complete and tested. D. Manufacturer Service: When specified in individual specification sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at project site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. E. Start -Up: Execute start-up under supervision of applicable manufacturer representative and Contractor personnel, meeting instructions of manufacturer. 1.06 PERFORMANCE A. Performance Test: Conduct a thorough and systematic performance test of each individual element, subsystem and total system, in presence of Owner and Architect. Test shall demonstrate all systems and components operate in all reasonable respects and meet requirements of Contract Documents. Test all control, alarm and specialty systems integral to or necessary for proper functioning of facility and facility systems, including: 1. Building envelope, including outdoor wall systems and fenestrations, and roofing system. 2. Security access and control systems. 3. Building systems control. 4. Fire protection and alarm systems. 5. Elevators. 6. Plumbing systems. 7. Heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. 8. Electrical distribution, including switchgear and power systems, stand -by and uninterrupted power supply systems, motor control systems, variable frequency drives, and lighting systems and controls. B. Performance and Operational Testing: General: Conduct performance and operational testing of major mechanical and electrical equipment, including efficiency testing. 2. HVAC Systems: Commission heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems meeting requirements of ASHRAE Guideline 0 and ASHRAE Guideline 1. 3. Electrical Systems: Commission electrical systems meeting requirements of NETA - Acceptance Testing Specifications. C. Correct and Adjust: Correct or adjust all deficiencies in operation noted during testing and retest. D. Demonstrate: Demonstrate after correction as specified in Paragraph - Performance Test, of this Article. E. Acceptance: Project Substantial Completion will not be accepted until all facility and facility systems have been successfully commissioned. END OF SECTION AESI 27210 COMMISSIONING 01810 -2 18JAN08 ALPINE ENGINEERING, INC SECTION 02260 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Design and installation of shoring and underpinning system to protect excavation perimeter from movement or collapse. 2. Protection of adjacent buildings and improvements from movement, settlement or collapse. B. Related Sections: Earthwork: Section 02300 a 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Criteria: Contractor shall be solely responsible for design of shoring and underpinning system as required to resist lateral earth pressures and surcharges due to traffic, storage of materials, adjacent structures and all other loads imposed on adjacent soil during the construction period. Comply with requirements of soil and foundation investigation. Type of system used must be compatible with construction procedures and structural details and acceptable to the Structural Engineer and General Contractor. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirement: Obtain permits and permission of adjacent property owners as required. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions: Investigate to determine the location of adjacent existing underground improvements. B. Subsurface Investigation: A subsurface investigation report has been prepared for the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Excavation Support System: Provide piles, piers, walers, lagging, sheeting, anchors and structures as required. AEI EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 18JAN08 02260-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: Examine existing conditions to determine shoring and underpinning requirements. Examine existing adjacent improvements to determine their condition before starting work. Record their condition by written report, survey and photographs as required. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Take all necessary precautions and make provisions to protect adjacent existing improvements from damage from shoring, underpinning and excavation operations. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Design and install systems as required. B. Make proper allowances for building structure and improvements including waterproofing, damp proofing and foundation drainage systems. C. Install shoring as concrete formwork for outside walls where required. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Make periodic inspections and surveys of existing adjacent improvements. Keep accurate records of movements or changes in their condition. 3.05 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT A. Repair any damage or replace damaged existing adjacent improvements. 3.06 REMOVAL A. Remove shoring and underpinning systems as required after permanent structure is in place. Leave shoring in place where required. END OF SECTION R1 AEI EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 02260-2 18JAN08 • REDWINE ENGINEERS INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1 - GENERAL �i]EYllulul_l:YA SECTION 02261 PERMANENT SHORING WALLS A. Related Documents: Provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of the Contract, Drawings and Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specification, apply to this Section. B. Description: Permanent shoring walls are indicated by Contract Documents and shall include work necessary and incidental to completion and performance of the Work. C. Included: Permanent shoring walls include, but are not limited to, following: 1. Design, engineering, detailing, fabrication and installation of permanent shoring walls. 2. Excavation. 3. Anchorages. 4. Grouting of anchor bars. 5. Sealing anchors watertight. 6. Clean -up and removal of excavated soil. 7. Provide for permanent capture, collection and drainage of water from behind the wall. D. Related Work: 1. Description, availability and disclaimer related to project site geotechnical data and survey data. 2. Requirements related to existing utilities and facilities. 3. Requirements for protection of persons and property, shoring and bracing, street and walk cleaning, soil erosion and water control, earthwork controls, noise control, vibration control, use of explosives and disposal of materials. 4. Earthwork associated with building foundation elements. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Geotechnical Consultant: Geotechnical engineer employed by Owner. B. Structural Engineer of Record (SER): Structural engineer for primary structural systems of the building except those designated as design by others. 7 REDWINE PERMANENT SHORING WALLS 02261 -1 18JAN08 LIn 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION U A. Codes and Standards: Meet requirements of following, except to extent of most stringent requirements of Contract Documents and of codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work: 1. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, including Commentary. 2. AISC - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 3. AISC - Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, including Commentary. 4. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. 5. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. 6. Specification Sections: a. 03371 — Shotcrete b. 02300 - Earthwork B. Design Basis: General: Descriptions and requirements indicated by Contract Documents establish basic arrangements, performance and like requirements. Within these limitations, work shall meet arrangements, design criteria and like requirements indicated by Contract Documents, and include components not indicated but necessary for performance and function and to be a complete system. Perform modifications only as necessary to meet requirements of Contract Documents and to coordinate the work, subject to acceptance by Architect. Maintain design concept. Variations in details and materials shall not adversely affect durability, strength and performance. Provide complete drawings and data of proposed modifications. 2. Qualification: Contract Documents are intended to cover complete work and to outline performance and products required, but not to cover details of design and construction. Such details shall be responsibility of installer. Contract Documents do not invent or develop any part of work, but have made only representation of materials and other like characteristics from available choices. 3. Certification: Work shall be designed, certified, reviewed and inspected by engineer of Contractor subject to minimum requirements of Contract Documents. F REDWINE PERMANENT SHORING WALLS 02261 -2 18JAN08 • 0 C. Design Criteria: 1. General: Work shall meet and perform to design criteria and like requirements indicated by Contract Documents. 2. System: Provide permanent shoring walls associated with excavation retention and support, and permanent ground water drainage system at locations indicated on drawings and those areas that may not be indicated in order to allow construction of the project. 3. Criteria: Establish requirements for permanent system which shall meet codes, regulations and requirements of public authorities bearing on performance of the work. Be responsible for adequacy, strength, stability and performance. 4. Geometry: Design wall anchors such that position of associated wall system during life of system remains within limits indicated by Contract Documents. 5. Design: Design wall anchors to develop forces required for design based on earth pressures indicated in geotechnical report, included in the project manual. 6. Resistance: Prevent corrosion and deterioration of wall system and components from ambient conditions including, but not limited to, soils, ground water, air and other like substances. 7. Existing Improvements: Prevent damage and movement of existing improvements, including streets, utilities, buildings and like items. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Responsibility: Work shall be performed by a single installer having undivided responsibility for providing complete work and for performance and quality of work. B. Product Qualifications: Provide products indicated under same category produced by one manufacturer or products recommended and accepted by manufacturer. C. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall specialize in performing work of this Section and shall have 5 years minimum documented experience in design, engineering, detailing, fabrication, installation and maintenance of type and quality required for work. Supervisory personnel and workers shall be experienced in type of work. Upon request, provide proof of qualifications. D. Engineer of Contractor Qualifications: Professional engineer of Contractor licensed to practice as an engineer in jurisdiction where the work is located and experienced in providing structural engineering services that have resulted in successful installation and performance of work similar in extent, design and products to that required for the work. REDWINE PERMANENT SHORING WALLS 02261 -3 18JAN08 G O 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination: Prior to or concurrent with any other submittal required for work, submit design certification specified in this Article. B. Product Data: Submit product specifications, technical data, standard detail drawings and installation instructions of manufacturer for each product. Include published data, certified conformance report or certified laboratory test report of manufacturer substantiating each proposed product meets requirements of Contract Documents. C. Shop Drawings: 1. General: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of work, including associated components and appurtenances. Indicate details and requirements for following and other pertinent data not included in submitted product data of manufacturer: a. Layout arrangement and dimensions of work. Indicate arrangement and, where necessary, details of adjacent improvements and construction relative to work, correctly detailed and dimensioned. b. Specification for materials, typical and special details of performance, assembly, installation and anchorage. 2. Certification: Shop drawings for work shall be certified and sealed by engineer of Contractor who performed design work covered by content of shop drawings, stating work meets most stringent requirements of Contract Documents. D. Structural Calculations: 1. General: Submit structural calculations for work prepared in accordance with good and prudent structural engineering theory and current design practice. Sealed calculations shall be submitted to the jurisdiction of the project as a permit requirement. 2. Analysis: Calculations shall include design analysis for required pressures and loads, including design criteria specified in Paragraph - Design Criteria, of this Section. E)asting test reports, data from other projects, or untried or unproven theories will not be acceptable. 3. Certification: Calculations shall be certified and sealed by engineer of Contractor who performed design work covered by content of structural calculations, stating work meets most stringent requirements of Contract Documents. E. Mill Certificates: Submit mill certificates for steel components. F. Design Certification: Submit design certification prepared, certified and sealed by engineer of Contractor who performed design calculations for work, specifically indicating work meets most stringent requirements of Contract Documents and of codes and regulation of public authorities bearing on performance of the work. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Preconstruction Surveys: Prior to installation of work, preconstruction surveys required for recording conditions of e)asting project site, including improvements, shall have been performed and evaluated, and findings reviewed by Architect. REDWINE PERMANENT SHORING WALLS 02261 -4 18JAN08 0 • 1.07 WARRANTY A. General: Warrantywork meeting provisions of Conditions of the Contract, except warranty shall include additional requirements specified in this Article. B. Coverage: 1. General: Defective materials and workmanship shall include, but not be limited to, abnormal deterioration or aging of the work and structural failure of components resulting from exposure to pressures, loads and forces up to specified limits, and failure of work to meet or perform to other performance criteria requirements indicated by Contract Documents. 2. Extent: Warranty shall include corrections of work found to be defective and not meeting requirements of Contract Documents at no addition to Contract Sum. Included, shall be correction of damages resulting from such defects or nonconformance with Contract Documents. Corrective work shall be performed by original installer. C. Costs: Warranty shall be without cost limitation and at no expense to Owner. D. Signatures: Warranty shall be signed by Contractor, installer and manufacturer. E. Time Period: Extend warranty time period to 2 years. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS } A. Structural Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A572, Grade 50, or ASTM A36. B. Pipes: ASTM A53, Grade B minimum. C. Wall anchors: 1. Anchor bar: ASTM A615, grade 75 or other ASTM designations and grades as submitted and approved. D. Cement Grout: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or III, free from lumps and indications of hydration. 2. Water: Fresh, clean and potable meeting requirements of ASTM C94. 3. Admixtures: ASTM C494, type as required, which contains no chemical that may have harmful effect on wall anchors or cement and imparts low water content, flowability, minimum bleeding and controlled expansion of grout. 13 REDWINE PERMANENT SHORING WALLS 02261 -5 18JAN08 E. Prime Paint: 1. Description: Polyamide epoxy, self - priming, 54 percent minimum solids by volume, 3 Ibs/gal maximum VOC unthinned, meet USDA acceptability regulations, satin sheen. 2. Acceptable Products: Tnemec Company, Inc., Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline. F. Seal Grout: Description: Two - component hydrophobic polyurethane grout designed to stop water infiltration and exfiltration. When polyurethane resin is mixed with an accelerator, expands through contact with water or moisture to create a flexible, dense, close cell foam impervious to water and capable of filling -in small gaps and cracks. Grout shall tenaciously bond to wet and dry substrates, and shall be non - shrink and dry-out, environmentally safe, UL Classed in accordance with ANSVNSF 61 and meet USDA acceptability regulations. 2. Acceptable Products: a. Colloid Environmental Technologies Company, Akwaseal. b. Green Mountain International, Inc., Instant Set Polymer (ISP). 2.02 MIXES A. Grout: Mixture of portland cement, aggregate and admixtures as required for design. 1. Water /Cement Ratio: 5 gallons of water per 94 pounds of cement, maximum. 2. Mixing: Grout shall not remain in mixer more than 45 minutes. 2.03 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Fabricate work meeting requirements of Contract Documents, as indicated by final reviewed submittals for work and meeting instructions and recommendations of product manufacturers. Consult with manufacturers for conditions not covered by printed instructions. 2. Fabricate work to profiles and dimensions required for materials of types, thickness and finishes required. Achieve required design criteria and performance, and coordinate with other work. Provide appurtenances required for complete work. B. Size and Thickness: Select size and thickness of materials to provide necessary strength and durability in finished work for intended application, except use materials of sizes and thicknesses not less than required as minimum requirement. C. Anchor bars: Provide anchor bars for anchorage by skin friction along sides of excavated holes. Anchor bars shall consist of bars, anchorages and grout. 1. Anchorages: a. Develop 90 percent minimum of minimum required ultimate strength of wall anchors, tested in unbonded state, without exceeding anticipated set. b. Arrange anchorage so anchorage force of bar may be verified prior to removal of stressing REDWINE PERMANENT SHORING WALLS 02261 -6 18JAN08 0 0 equipment. 2. Anchors: Protect anchor heads and associated trumpets from corrosion by coating with paint. Prepare surfaces and apply paint to 4 mil minimum dry film thickness meeting instructions and recommendations of manufacturer. D. Protective Coatings: After fabrication, provide steel components with a prime paint coating. Prepare surfaces and apply paint to 4 mil minimum dry film thickness meeting instructions and recommendations of manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be installed for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and to determine if conditions affecting performance of work are satisfactory. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been resolved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install work meeting requirements of Contract Documents, as indicated by final reviewed submittals for work, and meeting instructions and recommendations of product manufacturers. Consult with manufacturers for conditions not covered by printed instructions. B. Hole Excavation: Drive or drill holes for anchor bars. Core drilling, rotary drilling, auger drilling or percussion drilling may be used. If holes will not stand open, install casing as required to maintain clean and open hole. Determine diameter of hole and anchor length suitable for particular soil or rock encountered and anchor bar selected. Drilling of holes shall be monitored by Contractor and if communication between any two or more anchor holes is noted, Contractor shall immediately notify Geotechnical Consultant. C. Anchor bar: 1. Install anchor bar in casing of hole excavated for anchor bar. Take care to ensure that corrosion protection is not damaged during handling or installation. Install anchor bar in anchor length in such a way as to ensure that it is centered in drilled hole. D. Grouting: 1. Grouting equipment shall be capable of continuous mixing, and produce grout free from lumps. Equip grout pump with grout pressure gage. Record quantity of grout pumped and grout pressure for each anchor bar. 2. Ensure grout in anchor length of anchor bars will not be washed away from anchor bar. Water pressure test of rock in anchor length or pressure grouting anchor length are two methods for assuring grout will not be washed from anchor bar. E. Anchor and Trumpet Seal: After installing anchors, completely fill trumpet and associated void spaces with seal grout injected by high pressure pump meeting instructions and recommendations of grout manufacturer. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL C) A. General: REDWINE PERMANENT SHORING WALLS 02261 -7 18JAN08 Aft 1. Owner will employ a Quality Control Service to perform during construction quality assurance and control evaluations of work to verify compliance of work with requirements of Contract Documents. Evaluations will include, but are not limited to, criteria specified in this Article. Quality Control Service will provide testing facilities and equipment, except as otherwise required. 2. Work may require re- evaluation as directed by Architect at anytime during progress of the work. Re- evaluation of rejected work and evaluation of replacement work shall be performed atexpense of Contractor, at no addition to Contract Sum. B. Grout Test: For every 25 cubic yards of grout used, or fraction thereof each day, grout strength shall be tested with a set of cubes. A set of cubes shall consist of one cube to be tested at 3 day age, and two cubes to be tested at 7 day age. Test cubes shall be made and tested meeting requirements of ASTM C190. C. Anchor bar Testing: Performance test shall be performed on a minimum ten anchor bars selected at random by Geotechnical Consultant. Performance Tests: Performance test shall be performed by incrementally loading and unloading anchor bar in accordance with following schedule using jacks that have been calibrated against engineering standard acceptable to Architect. At each load increment, movement of end of anchor bar shall be recorded with an Ames Dial reading to 0.001 inch and load maintained until rate of movement is clearly approaching zero and change in last 5 minute interval is 0.01 inch maximum. Increments of load shall be, reading across: 0 tons to 2 tons, to 2 tons to 0.25 design load, to 0.25 design load to 0.50 design load, to 2 tons to 0.75 design load, to 0.25 design load to 1.00 design load, to 0.50 design load to 1.20 design load, to 0.25 design load to 1.00 design load, to 2 tons to 0.75 design load, to 0.25 design load to 0.50 design load, to 0.50 design load to 0.25 design load, to 0.75 design load to 2 tons, to 0.50 design load to 0.25 design load, to 0.25 design load to 0.50 design load, to 2 tons to 0.75 design load, to 0.25 design load to 1.00 design load, to 0.50 design load to 1.20 design load, to 0.75 design load to 1.33 design load, to 1.00 design load to 1.20 design load, to 0.75 design load to 1.00 design load, to 0.50 design load to 1.00 design load, to (Lock -Off Load) 0.25 design load 2. Lock -Off Load: Load on jacks which are maintained while nuts on anchor bars are tightened. k 3. Results: Any anchor bar which cannot be successfully tested to loads required in this schedule shall only be incorporated in wall using one -half of load which anchor bar will hold without continuous movement. Additional anchor bars shall be installed for difference between design load and reduced capacity of first anchor bar. Any additional anchor bars required shall be added at no addition to Contract Sum. REDWINE PERMANENT SHORING WALLS 02261 -8 18JAN08 0 0 D. Wall Anchor bar Report: Issue a final report for permanent shoring walls, certified by licensed engineer of Quality Control Service, indicating details of each inspection and test to indicated satisfactory compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. Also state in report any unsatisfactory conditions or failure to meet requirements of Contract Documents. This requirement is in addition to immediate reporting items of unsatisfactory conditions and failures. 3.04 MATERIAL DISPOSAL A. General: Dispose of excess and waste materials meeting requirements of Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, Article - Material Storage and Disposal. END OF SECTION REDWINE PERMANENT SHORING WALLS 02261 -9 18JAN08 • REDWINE ENGINEERS INC. LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL • SECTION 02265 ENGINEERED MICROPILES A. This work shall consist of the engineering, layout and construction of micropiles and micropile caps as shown in the Plans and as specified herein. The Contractor is responsible for furnishing all materials, products, accessories, tools, equipment, services, transportation, labor and supervision, and manufacturing techniques required for installation and testing of micropiles and pile top attachmentsfor this project. B. The Contractor shall select the micropile installation means and methods and, confirm the estimated ground -grout bond value bytesting. The micropile load capacities shall be verified by verification testing and must meet the test acceptance criteria specified herein. 1.02 DESIGN BASIS A. Design Basis: 1. General: Descriptions and requirements indicated by Contract Documents establish basic arrangements, performance and like requirements. Within these limitations, work shall meet arrangements, design criteria and like requirements indicated by Contract Documents, and include components not indicated but necessary for performance and function and to be a complete system. Perform modifications only as necessary to meet requirements of Contract Documents and to coordinate the work, subject to acceptance by Architect. Maintain design concept. Variations in details and materials shall not adversely affect durability, strength and performance. Provide complete drawings and data of proposed modifications. 2. Qualification: Contract Documents are intended to cover complete work and to outline performance and products required, but not to cover details of design and construction. Such details shall be responsibility of installer. Contract Documents do not invent or develop any part of work, but have made only representation of materials and other like characteristics from available choices. 3. Certification: Work shall be designed, certified, reviewed and inspected by engineer of Contractor subject to minimum requirements of Contract Documents. B. Design Criteria: 1. General: Work shall meet and perform to design criteria and like requirements indicated by Contract Documents. 2. System: Provide permanent micropile foundations and micropile caps for the loads and locations indicated on drawings and in order to allow construction of the project. 3. Criteria: Establish requirements for permanent system which shall meet codes, regulations and requirements of public authorities bearing on performance of the work. Be responsible for adequacy, strength, stability and performance. 4. Design: Design micropiles to develop forces required for design based on loads indicated in REDWINE ENGINEERED MICROPILES 02265 -1 18JAN08 construction documents. 101 5. Resistance: Prevent corrosion and deterioration of wall system and components from ambient conditions including, but not limited to, soils, ground water, air and other like substances. 6. Existing Improvements: Prevent damage and movement of existing improvements, including streets, utilities, buildings and like items. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The following conditions will require special attention: 1. Cobbles and boulders may be encountered during 2. Caving soil may be encountered during drilling. Existing fill may be encountered. Use appropriate installation methods to stabilize the holes. 3. Water bearing layers may be encountered. Use appropriate installation methods to stabilize the holes. 4. Install micropiles so that ground loss or densification and resulting settlement does not damage existing structures, pavements, utilities, or other facilities to remain. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Responsibility: Work shall be performed by a single installer having undivided responsibility for providing complete work and for performance and quality of work. B. Product Qualifications: Provide products indicated under same category produced by one manufacturer or products recommended and accepted by manufacturer. C. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall specialize in performing work of this Section and shall have 5 years minimum documented experience in design, engineering, detailing, fabrication, installation and maintenance of type and quality required for work. Supervisory personnel and workers shall be experienced in type of work. Upon request, provide proof of qualifications. D. Engineer of Contractor Qualifications: Professional engineer of Contractor licensed to practice as an engineer in jurisdiction where the work is located and experienced in providing structural engineering services that have resulted in successful installation and performance of work similar in extent, design and products to that required for the work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination: Prior to or concurrent with any other submittal required for work, submit design certification specified in this Article. B. Product Data: Submit product specifications, technical data, standard detail drawings and installation instructions of manufacturer for each product. Include published data, certified conformance report or certified laboratory test report of manufacturer substantiating each proposed product meets requirements of Contract Documents. C. Shop Drawings: REDWINE ENGINEERED MICROPILES 02265 -2 NJ 18JAN08 • s 1. General: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of work, including associated components and appurtenances. Indicate details and requirements for following and other pertinent data not included in submitted product data of manufacturer: a. Layout arrangement and dimensions of work. Indicate arrangement and, where necessary, details of adjacent improvements and construction relative to work, correctly detailed and dimensioned. b. Specification for materials, typical and special details of performance, assembly, installation and anchorage. 2. Certification: Shop drawings for work shall be certified and sealed by engineer of Contractor who performed design work covered by content of shop drawings, stating work meets most stringent requirements of Contract Documents. D. Structural Calculations: 1. General: Submit structural calculations for work prepared in accordance with good and prudent structural engineering theory and current design practice. Sealed calculations shall be submitted to the jurisdiction of the project as a permit requirement. 2. Analysis: Calculations shall include design analysis for required pressures and loads, including design criteria specified in Paragraph - Design Criteria, of this Section. E)asbng test reports, data from other projects, or untried or unproven theories will not be acceptable. 3. Certification: Calculations shall be certified and sealed by engineer of Contractor who performed design work covered by content of structural calculations, stating work meets most stringent requirements of Contract Documents. E. Mill Certificates: Submit mill certificates for steel components. F. Design Certification: Submit design certification prepared, certified and sealed by engineer of Contractor who performed design calculations for work, specifically indicating work meets most stringent requirements of Contract Documents and of codes and regulation of public authorities bearing on performance of the work. 1.06 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, UTILITIES, AND UNDERGROUND OBSTRUCTIONS A. The Contractor shall verify all e)asting dimensions and site conditions. The Contractor is responsible for field locating and verifying the locations and depths of all utilities and underground obstructions prior to starting the work. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of utility conflicts and seek approval to shift micropile locations. B. The Contractor is responsible for removing abandoned utilities and other underground obstructions that may interfere with the installation of micropiles. 1.07 CONSTRUCTION QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor will monitor all aspects of micropile construction. The Contractor will perform material conformance testing as required. A REDWINE ENGINEERED MICROPILES 02265 -3 18JAN08 0 0 PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall furnish materials new and without defects. Defective materials shall be replaced at no additional cost. Materials for micropiles shall consist of the following: Admixture for Grout: Admixtures shall conform to the requirement of ASTM C494 or AASHTO M194. Admixtures that control bleed, improve flowability, reduce water content and retard set may be used in the grout, subject to the review and acceptance of the engineer. Admixtures shall be compatible with the grout and mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Expansive admixtures shall only be added to the grout used for filling sealed encapsulations and anchorage covers. Accelerators are not permitted. Admixtures containing chlorides are not permitted. 2. Bar Tendon Couplers, if required, shall develop the ultimate tensile strength of the bars without evidence of any failure. 3. Cement: All cement shall be Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150 1AASHTO M85, Type Il. 4. Centralizers and Spacers: Centralizers and spacers shall be fabricated from schedule 40 PVC pipe or tube, steel, or material non - detrimental to the reinforcing steel. Wood shall not be used. Centralizers and spacers shall be securely attached to the reinforcement; sized to position the reinforcement within 3/8 inch of plan location from center of pile; sized to allow grout tremie pipe insertion to the bottom of the drillhole; and sized to allow grout to freely flow up the drillhole and casing and between adjacent reinforcing bars. 5. Fine Aggregate: If sand - cement grout is used, sand shall conform to ASTM C144 /AASHTO M45 6. Grout: Neat cement or sand /cement mixture with a minimum 3 -day compression strength of 2,500 psi and a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 4,000 psi per AASHTO T106 /ASTM C109. Limit water- soluble chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to .015 percent by weight of cement. 7. Grout Protection: Provide a minimum 1 -inch grout cover over bare bars (excluding bar couplers). 8. Non - Shrink Grout: The mixture shall meet ASTM C928 R3 and have a minimum 24 -hour compressive strength of 5,000 psi per AASHTO T106 /ASTM C109. 9. Reinforcing Bars: Reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars in accordance with ASTM A615, Grade 75. When a bearing plate and nut are required to be threaded onto the top end of the reinforcing bars for the pile top to footing anchorage, the threading may be continuous spiral deformed ribbing provided by the bar deformations or may be cut into a reinforcing bar. If threads are cut into a reinforcing bar, the next larger bar number designation from that shown on the Plans shall be provided, at no additional cost. 10. Water: Water used in the grout mix shall conform to AASHTO T 26 and shall be potable, clean, and free from substances that may be injurious to cement and steel. REDWINE ENGINEERED MICROPILES 02265 -4 18JAN08 • PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION C A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work and the excavation so the micropile structures are safely constructed. Perform the micropile construction and related excavation in accordance with the Plans and approved submittals. 3.02 MICROPILE ALLOWABLE CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Centerline of piling shall not be more than 1 inch from indicated plan location. B. A)aal alignment of the piles shall be within 2 percent of total - length plan alignment. C. Top elevation of pile shall be plus 1 inch or minus 2 inch mabmum form vertical elevation indicated. D. Centerline of reinforcing steel shall not be more than 1 /2 inch from indicated location. 3.03 MICROPILE INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall select the drilling method, the grouting procedures and the grouting pressure used for the installation of micropiles. The Contractor shall also determine the final drillhole diameter. The minimum outside diameter of casing and drillhole diameter are shown on the Plans. If replacement micropiles are needed because installed micropiles are unacceptable, location of the replacement micropile(s) shall be approved by the Engineer. 3.04 DRILLING A. The drilling equipment and methods shall be suitable for drilling through the conditions to be encountered, without causing damage to any overlying or adjacent structures or services. B. The drillhole must be open along its full length to at least the design minimum drillhole diameter prior to placing reinforcement and grout. Temporary casing or other approved method of pile drillhole support will be required in caving or unstable ground to permit the pile shaft to be formed to the minimum design drillhole diameter. The Contractor's proposed method(s) to provide drillhole support shall prevent detrimental ground movement; detrimental ground movement is defined as movement that requires remedial repair measures. C. Flush (water or air) and drill micropiles. Use of drilling fluid containing bentonite is not allowed. D. Install micropiles so that the permanent casing is tight against the surrounding soil. E. Drill so that the micropile is not moved out of horizontal alignment or out of specified inclination. 3.05 PIPE CASING AND REINFORCING BAR PLACEMENT AND COUPLING A. Reinforcement shall be placed prior to tremie grouting. The reinforcement surface shall be free of deleterious substances such as soil, mud, grease or oil that might contaminate the grout or coat the reinforcement and impair bond. Pile cages and reinforcement groups, if used, shall be sufficiently robust to withstand the installation and grouting process and the withdrawal of the drill casings without damage or disturbance. B. The Contractor shall check pile top elevations and adjust all installed micropiles to the planned elevations. REDWINE ENGINEERED MICROPILES 02265 -5 18JAN08 C. Centralizers and spacers (if used) shall be provided at 10 feet centers maximum spacing. The upper - and lowermost centralizer shall be located a maximum of 5 feet from the top and bottom of the micropile. Centralizers and spacers shall permit the free flow of grout without misalignment of the reinforcing bar(s) and permanent casing. The central reinforcement bars with centralizers shall be lowered into the drill hole to the desired depth without difficulty. Partially inserted reinforcing bars shall not be driven or forced into the hole. Contractor shall redrill and reinsert reinforcing steel when necessary to facilitate insertion. D. Lengths of casing and reinforcing bars to be coupled shall be secured in proper alignment and in a manner to avoid eccentricity or angle between the axes of the two lengths to be coupled. Threaded pipe casing joints shall be located at least two casing diameters (OD) from a coupler in any reinforcing bar. When multiple bars are used, bar couplers shall be staggered at least 1 foot. 3.06 GROUTING A. Micropiles shall be grouted the same day the load transfer bond length is drilled. B. Prior to grouting, the drillhole shall be flushed with water and /or air to remove drill cuttings. C. The Contractor shall use a stable neat cement grout or a sand cement grout with a minimum 28-day unconfined compressive strength of 4,000 psi. Admixtures, if used, shall be mixed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. The grouting equipment used shall produce a grout free of lumps and undispersed cement. D. Contractor shall have means and methods of measuring the grout quantity and pumping pressure during the grouting operations. The group pump shall be equipped with a pressure gauge to monitor group pressures. A second pressure gauge shall be placed at the point of injection into the pile top. The pressure gauges shall be capable of measuring pressures of at least 150 psi or twice the actual grout pressures used, whichever is greater. The grout shall be kept in agitation prior to mixing. Grout shall be placed within one hour of mixing and shall be installed without significant interruption. If significant interruption occurs, replace the micropile or install a new replacement micropile at a location approved by the Engineer. The grouting equipment shall be sized to enable each pile to be grouted in one continuous operation. E. The grout shall be injected from the lowest point of the drillhole and injection shall continue until uncontaminated grout flows from the top of the pile. The grout may be pumped through grout tubes, casing, or drill rods. F. First place grout into the borehole using tremie methods. Tremie grout the borehole completely prior to pressure grouting. Fill the pipe casing with grout without voids from bottom to top of the micropile. Make provisions for checking the grout level in place at the end of each stage of grouting. G. Temporary casing, if used, shall be extracted in stages during primary grouting ensuring that after each length of casing is removed the grout level is brought back up to the ground level before the next length is removed. Additional grout shall be placed by the use of a tremie pipe at all times. The tremie pipe shall always extend below the level of the existing grout in the drillhole. H. The grout pressures and grout takes shall be controlled to prevent excessive heave or fracturing of rock or soil formations. Upon completion of grouting, the grout tube may remain in the hole, but must be filled with grout. Install casing so that it is above the base of the existing footing. Allow the grout within the micropile to attain 4,000 psi strength prior to load testing. Determine REDWINE ENGINEERED MICROPILES 02265 -6 18JAN08 • • v 11 adequate strength by compression tests. 3.07 GROUT TESTING A. During production, micropile grout shall be tested by the Contractor for compressive strength in accordance with ASHTO T106 /ASTM C109 at a frequency of no less than one set of three 2 -inch diameter grout cubes each day of operation or per every 10 piles, whichever occurs more frequently. The compressive strength shall be the average of the 3 cubes. 3.08 AXIAL LOAD TESTS A. One proof test shall be performed with a movement- measuring devise with a sensitnrityof 0.001 inches of displacement. The total number of proof test shall be approximately 5% of the total number of production piles to be installed. B. Provide a movement - measuring device with a minimum travel of 6 inches. Align the dial gauge so that its axis is within 5 degrees of the axis of the micropile being tested. Use a hydraulicjack and pump to apply the test load. Use a jack and pressure gauge calibrated by an independent testing laboratory as a unit with the pressure gauge graded to allow 10 kip increments. Use the pressure gauge to measure the applied load. C. Load the proof test micropiles until 1657 percent of design load is reached, or until the micropile exhibits continuous movement at constant load. Proportion any associated steel testing apparatus such that the maximum stress does not exceed 80% of the ultimate strength of the steel. Position the jack at the beginning of the test such that unloading and repositioning of the jack during the test will not be required. D. Perform the micropile proof test by incrementally loading the micropile in accordance with the following schedule: AL = Alignment Load DL = Design Load LOAD HOLD TIME 1 Al (0.05 DL) 1 minute 2 .025 DL 1 minute 3 0.5 DL 1 minute 4 0.75 DL 1 minute 5 1.00 DL 1 minute 6 1.33 DL 60 minutes ( Creep Test Load Hold 7 1.67 DL 1 minute Maxdmum Test Load 8 AL 1 minute The test load shall be applied in increments of 25% of the DL. Each load increment shall be held for a minimum of 1 minute. Pile top movement shall be measured at each load increment. The load -hold period shall start as soon as each test load increment is applied. The proof test pile shall be monitored for creep at the 1.33 Design Load. Pile movement during the creep test shall be measured and recorded at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,10, 20, 30,50 and 60 minutes. The Alignment Load shall not exceed 5% of the Design Load. Dial gages shall be reset to zero after initial Alignment Load is applied. REDWINE 18JAN08 ENGINEERED MICROPILES 02265 -7 0 E. The acceptance criteria for micropile proof load tests are: 1. The pile shall sustain the first 1.0 DL test load with no more than 0.25 inch total vertical movement at the top of the pile, relative to the position of the top of the pile prior to testing. 2. At the end of the .33 DL creep test load increment, test piles shall have a rate not exceeding 0.04 inches /log cycle time (1 to 10 minutes) or 0.08 inches/log cycle time (6 to 60 minutes). The creep rate shall be linear or decreasing throughout the creep load hold period. 3. Failure does not occur at the 1.67 DL maximum test load. Failure is defined as load at which attempts to further increase the test load simply result in continued pile movement. F. If a proof- tested micropile fails to meet the acceptance criteria, the contractor shall immediately proof test another micropile with that footing. For failed micropiles and further construction of other piles, the Contractor shall modify the design, the construction procedure, or both. These modifications may include modifying the installation methods, increasing the bond length, or changing the micropile type. Any modification that necessitates changes to the structure shall require the Engineer's prior reviewand acceptance. At the completion of verification testing, test piles shall a removed down to the elevation specified by the Engineer. 3.09 MICROPILE INSTALLATION RECORDS A. The Contractor shall prepare full -length installation records for each micropile installed. A separate log shall be provided for each micropile. The records shall include: 1. Micropile number and location 2. Type and size of casing 3. Type and size of central reinforcing steel 4. Actual top and bottom elevations of micropile 5. Total bond length and total no -load length 6. Total micropile length 7. Minimum and maximum pressure recorded during grouting 8. Description of unusual installation behavior or conditions 9. Other data that may be useful in evaluating the micropiles 10. Grout quantities pumped in the micropiles 11. Amount and location of groundwater encountered 12. Any deviations from the dimensions or locations shown on the drawings 13. Time and dates of drilling and grouting micropiles. END OF SECTION REDWINE ENGINEERED MICROPILES 02265 -8 18JAN08 • • ALPINE ENGINEERING, INC SECTION 02300 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS SITE EARTHWORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Excavation and borrow pits, removing and satisfactorily disposing of all materials taken from within work limits, including excavation forditchesand channels, removal and replacement of unsuitable material, inlet and outlet ditches for culverts and structures, all necessary shaping and sloping for the construction, preparation, and completion of all backfill, embankments, subgrade shoulders, slopes, gutters, intersections, approaches, and driveways, to required alignment, grade, and typical cross section shown on drawings. B. Related Work: 1. Site Demolition: Section 02220 2. Site Clearing: Section 02230 3. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 02370 4. Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921 C. Definitions: 1. Suitable Material: Earth fill material consisting of on -site or similar non - organic sands, gravels, clays, silts and mixtures thereof with maximum size of 6 ". Bedrock that breaks down to specified soil types and sizes during excavation, hauling, and placement may be considered as suitable material. 2. Unsuitable Material: Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, muck, peat, organic silt, topsoil, frozen materials, trees, stumps, certain manmade deposits, or industrial waste, sludge or landfill, or other undesirable materials. 3. Unclassified Excavation: Any and all materials, including surface boulders, encountered during construction. Rock formations that can be removed by ripping with D -9 tractor in good repair with single tooth hydraulic ripper are considered as unclassified excavation. 4. Rock Excavation: Rock formations which cannot be excavated without blasting. Includes removal and disposal of all rock. 5. Backfill and Embankment: Embankments, including preparation of area uponwhich they are to be placed, dikes within or outside right -of -way. Placing and compacting approved material within areas where unsuitable materials have been removed. Placing and compacting of material in holes, pits and other depressions to lines and grades shown on drawings. Use only suitable materials in construction of embankments and backfills. 6. Borrow: Backfill or embankment material which must be acquired from designated borrow areas to make up deficiencies which cannot be completed from excavation within work limits. Borrow material must be approved by the Engineer and Soils Engineer. 7. Proof Rolling: Applying test loads over subgrade surface by means of heavy pneumatic -tired roller of specified design, to locate weak areas in subgrade. 1.02 PERMITS AEI EARTHWORK 02300 -1 18JAN08 Mw 1. Fugitive Dust 2. Road Cut 3. Stormwater Discharge Permit (CDPHE) 4. Construction Dewatering (CDPHE) 5. 404 Permit PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL AND EMBANKMENT MATERIAL K Any suitable material or borrow as defined above. Free - running water shall be drained from materials before placement. 2.02 CONSTRUCTION WATER Acceptable water shall be provided at Contractor's expense. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION Unclassified Excavation: All excess or unsuitable excavated materials, including rock and boulders, that cannot be used in backfill and embankments, shall be placed in designated disposal areas or disposed of off site. Where shown on drawings or considered necessary, construct intercepting ditches above top of cut slopes and carry to outlets near ends of cuts. To blend intersection of cut slopes with slope of adjacent natural ground surfaces in uniform manner, shape tops of all cut slopes, except those in solid rock, for flattening and rounding in accordance with details shown on drawings. Treat earth overburden above solid rock cuts in same manner as earth cut. Engineer reserves the right to change cut slopes during progress of excavation. Scale all exposed rippable rock cuts of loose, potentially falling rock at Contractor's expense. 3.02 PROOF ROLLING Proof rolling may be required to determine whether certain areas of subgrade meet compaction requirements. Proof roll designated areas with heavy rubber -tired roller approved by Engineer. Areas found to be weak or fail the test shall be repaired in accordance with recommendations by the Engineer. 3.03 SUBGRADE PREPARATION Adjust completed subgrade from slope or grade stakes to assure surface width conforms to typical section, dimensions, lines, and grades on drawings. Compact subgrade in accordance with compaction requirements. 3.04 EMBANKMENT AND FILL CONSTRUCTION A. Place earthfill materials for backfill or embankment in thin horizontal layers and compact as specked before next layer is placed. Use effective spreading equipment on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As compaction of each layer progresses, continuously level and manipulate to assure uniform density. Add or remove water as necessary to obtain maximum density. When directed by Engineer, remove excess moisture in bridging across streams, ponds, and swampy ground. Place embankment in layers notgreater than 18 "which have been demonstrated to meet compaction standards. AEI EARTHWORK 02300 -2 18JAN08 B. When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be compacted against existing embankments, or when embankment is built one -half width at a time, slopes which are steeper than 4:1 measured longitudinally or at right angles to roadway shall be continuously benched over as work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed into existing slopes a minimum of 8' wide. Begin each horizontal bench at intersection of original ground and sides of previous benches. Material benched shall be excavated and recompacted along with new embankment material at Contractor's expense. C. Rock fill embankment material consists predominantly of rock 6" to 2' in diameter placed in loose lifts up to average rock dimension. Placing of occasional boulders of sizes larger than maximum layer thickness may be agreed to by Engineer provided material is carefully placed, large stones well distributed, and voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. Level and smooth each layer with suitable equipment, distributing soils and finer fragments of earth. Wet each loose layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing additional lifts. Embankments consisting predominantly of rock larger than 8" in greatest dimension, shall not be constructed above an elevation 2' belowfinished subgrade. Balance of embankment shall be composed of suitable material smoothed and placed in layers not exceeding 8" in loose thickness and compacted as specified. D. Remove all sod and vegetable matter from surface upon which embankment is to be placed. Completely break up cleared surface by plowing, scarifying, or stepping a minimum of 6" to insure a bond between embankment and original ground. Recompact to specifications. E. Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankments. F. During construction maintain area in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. G. At the end of every construction day all fill areas must be flat rolled to provide proper drainage. 3.05 BORROW Provide test pit if required by Engineer to evaluate acceptability and limits of source at Contractor's expense. If more borrow is placed than required, amount of overrun will be deducted from borrow volume. Contractor shall notify Engineer at least 10 working days in advance of need before opening borrow area. Strip all borrow pits of sod, topsoil, and unsuitable materials. Restore borrowarea, grade and shape to provide proper drainage before placement of topsoil, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS Deposit all surplus materials or unsuitable materials in such places as designated on drawings or approved by Engineer. Deposit all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding of site if required. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose of all waste material off site. 3.07 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS A. Thoroughly scarify surface upon which embankment is to be placed to depth of 6 ". 10 B. Compact scarified materials and embankments to following % AASHTO T99. Moisture AEI EARTHWORK 02300 -3 18JAN08 content shall be within 2% of optimum. 1. Landscaped area 95% 2. Roadway 95% a. 0- 5'Fill Depth 98% b. Over 5' Fill Depth 100 % 3. Interior Slab on Grade a. 0 -5' Fill Depth 95% b. Over 5'Fill Depth 100 %* 4. Beneath Footings 98% 5. Hardscape (sidewalk, paver, flatwork) a. 0 -5' Fill Depth 98% b. Over 5' Fill Depth 100 %* *To include 1:1 Zone of Influence C. Where Engineer agrees to rock fill material embankments constructed without moisture and density control, place in loose lifts up to average rock dimension not exceeding 2'. Apply water as necessary to facilitate compaction. Route construction equipment, compactors, or both, uniformly over each lift prior to placing additional lifts. Apply sufficient compactive effort to each lift to achieve uniform, well- compacted rock fill. Distribute rocks throughout layer, spaced far enough apart to allow compaction equipment to pass between and permit cross rolling. Place, move and compact embankment materials, and apply water to facilitate compaction and prevent voids in embankment. Number of passes required will depend on available compaction equipment to achieve compactive effort agreed to by Engineer. END OF SECTION AEI EARTHWORK 02300 -4 18JAN08 0 REDWINE ENGINEERS INC. SECTION 02302 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 13 19 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: Earthwork is indicated by Contract Documents and shall include work necessary and incidental to completion and performance of the Work. B. Included: Earthwork includes, but is not limited to, following: 1. Clearing and grubbing, including removal of trees and brush. 2. Preparation of existing grades to receive fill. 3. Excavation for structures and foundation elements, except deep foundations. 4. Excavation for pavements. 5. Proofing subgrades under structures, foundation elements and pavements. 6. Fill materials from sources on project site or off project site locations, as applicable. 7. Subgrade construction for support of structures, foundation elements and concrete slabs -on- ground. 8. Subgrade construction for support of pavements, curbs and gutters. 9. Placement of base course material under building slabs -on- ground. 10. Backfilling of excavations and compaction to required density. 11. Rough grading. 12. Spreading topsoil. 13. Final grading. 14. Disposal of materials. C. Earthwork Quantities: Any quantities, volumes or like measure values of earthwork indicated by Contract Documents shall not be construed as actual measure required for the Work. Contractor shall be responsible to determine actual quantities, volumes or like measure values of earthwork required for purposes of bidding and completion of the Work. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Placement of fill materials, in layers, in excavations to adjacent ground surface for each area classification. Placement includes transportation, spreading, manipulation, moisture conditioning and compacting fill material to required density. B. Building or Structure Area: Area within 5 feet outside exterior perimeter walls or line of buildings, structures, foundations or other man -made stationary features constructed above or below ground surface or area created by extending a line downward and outward at a slope of 1 horizontal to 1 vertical from bottom exterior edge of bearing surface of foundation element, slab -on- ground or pavement. C. Excavation: Removal of materials encountered to establish dimensions required and subsequent disposal of materials removed. D. Embankment: Materials of acceptable quality above natural ground, subgrade or other surface. E. Fill: Placement of fill materials, in layers, over ground surface to required dimensions, for each area classification. Placement includes transportation, spreading, manipulation, moisture conditioning and compacting fill material to required density. REDW IN E 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -1 F. Fill Material: Material used in placement of material for fill or backfill. G. Gradation - Soil and Fill Materials: 1. Well Graded: Material having a good representation of all particle sizes from coarse to fine. 2. Uniformly Graded: Material which is primarily all of one particle size. 3. Gap or Skip Graded: Material which is missing a significant percentage of any one particle size. 4. Poorly Graded: Material not well graded. H. Pavement: Rigid and flexible pavements, and any associated gutters and curbs, walkways, sidewalks, plazas and like construction, including associated subbase and base courses, as applicable. I. Subgrade: Bottom surface of an excavation or top surface of fill or backfill immediately belowsubbase course, base course, drainage course or topsoil materials. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Codes and Standards: Meet requirements of following, except to extent of most stringent requirements of Contract Documents and of codes and regulations of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work: 1. BNI Publications, Inc. - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook), 2003 Edition, referenced in this Section as PWC Specification. References to methods of measurement and payment, temporary facilities and controls, means and methods of construction, safety and health protection, and other like conditions shall not apply to work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre - Installation Meeting: Conduct a pre - installation meeting at project site prior to starting work at project site and delivery of products to review conditions associated with performing work. Meeting shall include review of existing project site geotechnical conditions, fill materials, construction conditions, quality assurance and control requirements and procedures, environmental requirements, ambient conditions and coordination required for installation of work. Meeting participants shall include Owner, Architect, geotechnical engineer, surveyor, Quality Control Service engineer, installer of work under this Section and installers of related work. Record discussions of meeting, and agreements and disagreements reached, and furnish a copy of record to each participant. 1.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Owner will employ a Quality Control Service to perform preconstruction quality assurance and control evaluations of work to verify compliance of work with Contract Documents. Evaluationswill include, but are not limited to, criteria specified in this Article. Quality Control Service will provide testing facilities and equipment. 2. Work may require re- evaluation as directed by Architect anytime during progress of work. Re- evaluation of rejected work and evaluation of replacement work shall be performed at expense of Contractor, at no addition to Contract Sum. 3. Furnish Quality Control Service with samples of proposed fill and backfill materials. Allow free access to material stock and facilities. Obtain acceptance of Architect prior to delivery of any material to project site. REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -2 0 • 0 B. Submittals: Review submittal statement of Contractor for each type of compacting operation. C. Proposed Soil and Fill Materials: 1. General: Test soil and fill materials proposed for use in the work to determine suitability. 2. Fill Materials: Determine acceptability of each fill material. Perform following tests: a. Mechanical analysis meeting requirements of ASTM D2487. b. Liquid limit meeting requirements of ASTM D4318. c. Plasticity index meeting requirements of ASTM D4318. d. Limit of fines meeting requirements of ASTM D1140. e. Moisture density curve meeting requirements of ASTM D1557. f. Frost susceptibility analysis of materials to be within 4 feet of finished grades of building slabs - on- ground and pavement areas. 3. Density Curve: Provide one optimum moisture maximum density curve for each type material encountered in subgrades and fill materials under foundations, building slabs -on- ground and pavements. Determine maximum densities as follows: a. ASTM D1557 for cohesive materials which exhibit a well defined moisture density relationship. b. ASTM D4254 for cohesionless materials which do not exhibit a well defined moisture density relationship. 0 ii 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: Submit certified inspection and test reports for required portions of work which document properties, characteristics, capabilities and performance of a product or portion of the Work. Include descriptions of inspection and test methods and procedures, results, interpretations and evaluations of results as to meeting requirements of Contract Documents. Each report shall be certified by organization or person who performed inspection, test and evaluation. Inspection and test reports will be only for information. B. Material Classification: Submit description, classification and gradation of each material to be used in the work as fill material and base course material, as applicable. C. Compaction Operations: For information only, submit a statement containing type of equipment and methods proposed for each type compacting operation and fill material required. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Available Site Information: Available information documents relative to earthwork are described in Document 00300 - Available Information. B. Existing Utilities: Meet requirements of Section 01352 - Existing Utility Procedures and applicable requirements of Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. C. Protection of Persons and Property: Meet requirements of Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -3 D. Sequencing: M 1. Fill Material Acceptance: Fill materials must be acceptable to Architect prior to delivery of any material to project site or placement of material, as applicable. 2. Clearing and Grubbing: Clearing and grubbing operations shall be completed prior to beginning any excavation or fill operation. 3. Excavation - Site Fill Areas: Excavate in project site fill areas after fill material has been placed and compacted to required elevation or after providing 4 feet minimum cover of compacted fill material above top of item to be installed in fill area, and before placement of any slab -on- ground base course or pavement base course. 4. Unformed Foundation Elements: Only excavate an area for unformed foundation elements (excavated earth forms) which can be filled with concrete in same day excavation is started. 5. Excavated Area Inspection: Prior to placement or installation of further construction, such as reinforcement, concrete or subbase, on or in excavated areas, each excavation shall be inspected by Quality Control Service and acceptable to Architect and public authorities bearing on performance of the Work as applicable. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. General Fill: 1. Material: Clean, debris free, inactive mineral soil material meeting requirements of ASTM D2487, Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, GC, SW, SP, SM, SC and CL, and shall not include: a. Peat and other organic soils, and roots and other organic matter. b. Stones larger than 2 inches in any dimension. c. Man made refuse, rubble, trash and debris. d. Frozen materials. e. Other deleterious matter. 2. Source: Material excavated from project site, if available, or furnished from location off project site, as applicable. 3. Qualification: Material from each source shall be evaluated by Quality Control Service and accepted by Architect. B. Rubble: Project site material reuse as specified in Article - Material Disposal, of this Section. C. Base Course Fill: Crushed gravel or crushed stone meeting requirements of ASTM C33, Coarse Aggregate, Class Designation 3S minimum, well graded from coarse to fine, of gradation as follows: 1 -1/2 inch square sieve size 1 inch 1/2 inch Number 4 Number 16 Number 200 REDW INE 18JAN08 100 percent passing by weight 90 -100 percent 60 - 95 percent 30 - 56 percent 10 - 40 percent 4 -12 percent SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -4 7 D 2 * • 9 D. Drainage Fill: Crushed gravel or crushed stone meeting requirements of ASTM C33, Coarse Aggregate, Class Designation 3S minimum, Grading Size 57, well graded from coarse to fine. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Lean Concrete: Portland cement structural concrete, normal weight type, of 2,500 psi minimum compressive strength at 28 days, meeting requirements of ACI 301, 304 and 318. B. Geotextile: Nonwoven permeable textile of polypropylene, nylon or polyester fibers, or a combination, meeting physical properties when evaluated meeting requirements of ASTM D4759 and following test methods: 1. Grab Tensile Strength: 100 pounds minimum when evaluated meeting requirements of ASTM D4632. 2. Apparent Opening Size: Number 100 US Standard sieve minimum when evaluated meeting requirements of ASTM D4751. 3. Permeability: 150 gpm /sf minimum when evaluated meeting requirements of ASTM D4491. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and to determine if conditions affecting performance of work are satisfactory. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been resolved. Commencement of work shall constitute acceptance of conditions. 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. General: Areas to be cleared and grubbed shall include limits of construction area, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents. Work shall include removal of brush, trees, stumps, roots, rocks and other objectionable matter and debris in area. Grubbing shall parallel clearing operations as nearly as sequence of operations will permit. Existing trees to remain will be tagged by Owner. B. Clearances: Objectionable matter and obstructions within limits of clearing shall be removed to a depth of 3 feet minimum below original ground elevation or required subgrade elevation, whichever is lower. C. Borrow Areas: Material found in borrow areas to be used for embankment or fill material shall meet applicable requirements for fill material specified in this Section. D. Disposal: Refuse resulting from clearing and grubbing shall be disposed meeting requirements of Article - Material Disposal, of this Section. 3.03 EXCAVATION - GENERAL A. Excavation Classifications: Following classifications of excavation will be made: General Excavation: General excavation consists of removal and disposal of materials and obstructions encountered to provide excavations of required dimensions, regardless of character of materials and obstructions encountered, that are not classed as unforeseen excavation or unauthorized excavation. Encountered materials shall include existing pavementsand otherexdsting construction and obstructions visible on ground surface; frozen subgrade or fill materials, existing underground structures, utilities and other existing items indicated by Contract Documents to be demolished and removed, existing materials and obstructions indicated by available subsurface data, and existing materials and obstructions which can be removed by normal excavation means, REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -5 such as excavation equipment used at project site. 2. Unforeseen Excavation: Unforeseen excavation consists of removal and disposal of materials and obstructions encountered to provide excavations of required dimensions that are not classified as general excavation, not indicated by Contract Documents or available subsurface data and cannot be excavated by normal excavation means, such as excavation equipment used at project site, without drilling, blasting or continuous use of a ripper or other special equipment. a. Trenches and Pits: 1) Trenches in excess of 10 feet wide and pits in excess of 30 feet in either length or width shall be classed as open excavation. 2) Excavation in trenches and pits includes removal and disposal of materials and obstructions encountered which cannot be excavated with a heavy -duty, track - mounted power excavator equipped with a 1.0 cubic yard (heaped) capacity, 42 inch wide short -tip radius rock bucket, equivalent to Caterpillar Model 215D -LC, rated at 120 horsepower minimum flywheel power, bucket curling force of 25,000 pounds minimum and stick -crowd force of 18,700 pounds minimum measured meeting requirements of SAE J1179. b. Open Excavations: Excavation in open excavations includes removal and disposal of materials and obstructions encountered which cannot be dislodged and excavated with heavy -duty, track - mounted, power loader - excavator, equivalent to Caterpillar Model 973, rated at 210 horsepower minimum flywheel power and developing 45,000 pound minimum breakout force measured meeting requirements of SAE J732c -69. c. Typical Materials: Typical materials classified as unforeseen excavation are boulders 1/2 cubic yard or more in volume, solid rock, and rock in bed, ledges and unstratified masses, and rock - hard conglomerated deposits. d. Unnecessary Drilling and Ripping: Intermittent drilling or ripping performed to increase production and not necessary to permit excavation of material encountered shall be classified as general excavation. e. Obstruction Removal: Remove obstructions to following limits, except as otherwise indicated by Contract Documents: 1) Two feet outside of concrete work for which forms are required, except footings. 2) One foot minimum outside perimeter of footings. 3) Neat outside dimensions of concrete work where no forms are required. 4) Under concrete slabs -on- ground, pavements and like construction, from below bottom of base course, but 6 inches minimum beneath bottom of concrete slabs -on- ground. 5) For trenches, to bottom elevation and width required for item to be installed in trench, less any over - excavation. f. Timing: Do not perform unforeseen excavation until material to be excavated has been cross - sectioned and classified by Quality Control Service and is acceptable to Architect. g. Payment: Unforeseen excavation will be paid on basis of contract conditions relative to changes in the work. REDWINE V; 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -6 • s 3. Unauthorized Excavation: Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of material beyond required dimensions without specific direction of Architect. a. Under Foundation Elements: Backfill unauthorized excavation by extending bottom elevation of foundation elements to excavation bottoms, without altering required top elevations, as acceptable to Architect. b. Elsewhere: Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as required for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Architect. c. Payment: Unauthorized excavation as well as remedial work directed by Architect shall be at no addition to Contract Sum. B. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required dimensions, notify Quality Control Service and Architect who will make an observation of conditions. 1. Bottoms: If unacceptable bearing materials are encountered at required dimensions, carry excavations deeper and replace with fill material as directed by Architect. a. Under Foundation Elements: Backfill additional excavation by extending bottom elevation of foundation elements to excavation bottoms, without altering required top elevations, as acceptable to Architect. b. Elsewhere: Backfill and compact additional excavation as required for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Architect. 2. Payment: a. Natural Ground: Removal of unacceptable material in natural ground strata, not embankments and fill areas, and replacement with fill material as directed by Architect will be paid on basis of contract conditions relative to changes in the work. b. Embankments and Fill Areas: Removal of unacceptable material in embankments and fill areas and replacement with fill material as directed by Architect shall be at expense of Contractor, at no addition to Contract Sum. C. Mud: After required excavation bottom elevation is achieved and prior to placement or installation of further construction, such as subbase, concrete work, piping or conduit, on or in excavated areas, excavate mud or wet soil not acceptable for bearing of further construction from excavation bottoms and replace excavated material as specified in Paragraph - Additional Excavation, of this Article, except perform work at no addition to Contract Sum. D. Slopes: Where fill is to be placed on slopes 4 horizontal to 1 vertical or more, cut 12 inch steps into existing slopes before placement of fill. E. Stability of Excavations: Meet requirements of Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, Paragraph - Earthwork Control. F. Soil Erosion and Water Control: Control soil erosion, and surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations meeting requirements of Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, Paragraph - Soil Erosion and Water Control. G. Material Storage: 1. Stockpile excavated materials classified as general fill material and required for fill material as specified in Article - Material Disposal, of this Section. 2. Dispose of excess excavated material and waste materials as specified in Article- Material Disposal, of this Section. REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -7 APNI H. Cold Weather Protection: Protect excavation bottoms and sides against freezing, meeting requirements of Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Control, Paragraph - Earthwork Control. I. Closing Abandoned Underground Utilities: Close open ends of abandoned underground utilities indicated by Contract Documents to permanently remain with sufficiently strong closures to withstand pressures which may result after closing. 1. Close open ends of pipes and conduits with caps, plugs or other method for type and size of material encountered as acceptable to Architect. Do not use plugs of material that will deteriorate, such as wood. 2. Close open ends of concrete and masonry utilities with 8 inches minimum thickness concrete bulkheads, constructed to completely fill opening. Concrete shall be lean concrete. 3.04 EXCAVATION -TOPSOIL A. Stripping: Topsoil shall be stripped from limits of construction areas, areas to be used for soil stock piles and areas to be used as temporary roads and parking areas. A sufficient amount of topsoil shall be stockpiled on project site at locations indicated on Drawings or as directed by Owner, so as to provide minimum thickness of topsoil over excavated or disturbed areas that are not improved with structures, pavements or like construction. 3.05 EXCAVATION - STRUCTURES A. General: Excavate for structures and appurtenances to required dimensions, within tolerances specified in this Section, and extending a sufficient distance from foundation lines to permit subsequent placement and removal of concrete formwork, installation of other construction and for inspection, as applicable. B. Formed Foundation Elements: 1. General: Excavate for formed foundation elements, using precaution not to disturb bottom of excavations. Excavate to final dimensions immediately before placement of concrete work. Trim bottoms to required dimensions and leave solid base to receive concrete. 2. Unacceptable Bearing Soils: a. Bottoms: When unacceptable bearing soils are encountered at bottoms of excavations for foundation elements or other conditions require, excavate below bottoms of excavations for foundation elements until acceptable bearing soils are reached. Over excavation shall extend 8 inches minimum horizontally from each edge of footing for each foot of fill thickness required below footing. Over excavation shall be backfilled utilizing base course fill - granular material, placed in lifts of 8 inches maximum in loose thickness and compacted to 95 percent minimum, maximum dry density meeting requirements of ASTM D1557. Lean concrete may also be used as backfill material. If lean concrete is utilized for over excavation backfill material, other fill material is not necessary. b. Payment: As specified in Paragraph - Additional Excavation, of this Section. C. Unformed Foundation Elements: 1. General: Excavate for unformed foundation elements (excavated earth forms), from top to bottom, using precaution not to disturb sides and bottom of excavations. Excavate to final dimensions immediately before placement of concrete work. Trim bottoms to required dimensions, and leave solid base to receive concrete. Final excavation shall be within tolerances specified in Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -8 • 0 2. Bottoms: When unacceptable bearing soils are encountered at bottoms of excavations for foundation elements or other conditions require, excavate below bottoms of excavations for foundation elements until acceptable bearing soils are reached. Over excavation shall be backfilled utilizing concrete required for foundation element. 3. Payment: As specked in Paragraph - Additional Excavation, of this Section. D. Slabs -On- Ground: Excavate areas under slabs -on- ground to dimensions and cross - sections indicated on Drawings. E. Basement Floors: Excavate areas under basement floors to dimensions and cross- sections indicated on Drawings. F. Final Excavation: 1. Bearing: Do not disturb bottom of excavations. Excavation shall provide solid and uniform bearing under subsequent construction. 2. Trimming: Perform final excavation and trim excavation bottom. 3.06 EXCAVATION - PAVEMENTS A. General: Excavate for pavements and appurtenances to required dimensions, within tolerances specked in this Section, and extending a sufficient distance from pavement lines to permit subsequent placement and removal of concrete formwork, installation of other construction and for inspection, as applicable. B. Pavements: Excavate areas under pavements and related construction to meet dimensions and cross - sections indicated on Drawings. C. Over Excavation: Over excavation and recompaction of soils below pavements shall include soils occurring within 2 feet of original ground elevation or 18 inches below required subgrade elevation, whichever is lower. 3.07 PROOFING A. General: Proof subgrade areas within building and pavement areas, and elsewhere as required, to check for pockets of soft, yielding or otherwise unacceptable materials beneath a soil crust. Perform proofing after compaction of subgrades to be proofed, before excavation for foundation elements and before placement of fill material, as applicable. Proofing will be directed and inspections performed by Quality Control Service. Perform proofing with one -half of passes made in direction perpendicular to other passes, unless otherwise directed by Quality Control Service. Perform proofing only when weather conditions permit. Do not proof wet or saturated subgrades. B. Equipment: Furnish and utilize appropriate equipment for type of soil encountered as acceptable to Quality Control Service. Minimum shall be a fully heap loaded tandem aide dump truck with a wheel load of 18,000 pounds. C. Limits: Limits of soil movement when subjected to proofing load shall be as follows for respective type soil, except as otherwise acceptable to Architect: 1. Cohesive Soils: a. Deflection: 1/2 inch maximum from original subgrade with rebound to original subgrade. b. Deformation: 1/2 inch maximum deformation, such as rutting, from original subgrade. REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -9 2. Cohesionless Soils: a. Deformation: 1/2 inch maximum deformation, such as rutting, from original subgrade. D. Correction: Remove any pockets of soft, yielding or otherwise unacceptable material, and backfill remaining excavation with fill material of type required for subgrade area in which pocket was found. E. Payment: As specified in Paragraph - Additional Excavation, of this Section. 3.08 COMPACTION A. General: Control compaction of subgrades and fill materials during construction for compliance with percentage of density specified for each area classification. B. Slabs -On- Ground and Pavements: Slab -on- ground and pavement areas that are excavated or will receive fill material, shall be scared to depth and then recompacted to density as specified for respective area classification density. C. Density Requirements: Compact materials to required percentages of density as appropriate for material to be compacted. 1. Maximum Dry Density: For cohesive materials which exhibit a well defined moisture density relationship as determined by meeting requirements of ASTM D1557. 2. Relative Density: For cohesionless materials which do not exhibit a well defined moisture density relationship as determined by meeting requirements of ASTM D4254. D. Area Classification -Density: Compact materials for following area classifications to specified in -place density: 1. Structures, Foundation Elements, Slabs -On- Ground, Steps and Ramps: Scarify and compact top 12 inches of subgrade and compact each layer of fill material to 95 percent minimum, maximum dry density or 85 percent minimum relative density. 2. Pavements: Scarify and compact top 12 inches of subgrade and compact each layer of fill material to 95 percent minimum, maximum dry density or 85 percent minimum relative density. 3. Other Areas: Scarify and compact top 8 inches of subgrade and compact each layer of fill material to 90 percent minimum, maximum dry density or 70 percent minimum relative density. E. Moisture Control: 1. Moisture: Before compaction, moisten or aerate surface of subgrade and each layer of fill material as necessary to provide optimum moisture content of material. Maintain uniform moisture content throughout compacting process by wetting or drying manipulation as necessary. 2. Conditioning: Where subgrade or layer of fill material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or to layer of fill material. Prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. 3. Wet Soil: Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, material that is too wet to permit compaction to required density at no addition to Contract Sum. 3.09 FILL MATERIAL PLACEMENT A. Area Classification - Material: Place specified fill materials in layers to required elevations for following area classifications: REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -10 • • 1. Embankment and Fill Areas: 41 a. General: General fill material, extending from subgrade to required elevations. 2. In Excavations: a. General: General fill material, extending from excavation bottom to required elevations. b. Foundation Elements - General: General fill material, extending from excavation bottom to required elevations. Lean concrete may be used to bring elevation of excavation bottoms to required elevations, only when acceptable to Architect. c. Foundation Elements - Over Excavation: Base course fill material, extending from excavation bottom to underside of foundation elements. Lean concrete may be used to bring elevation of excavation bottoms to required elevations, only when acceptable to Architect. 3. Under Slabs -On- Ground: General fill material, extending from excavation bottom to underside of base course, and base course of base course fill material, extending from subgrade to underside of concrete slab. 4. Under Pavements: General fill material, extending from excavation bottom to underside of subbase or base course, as applicable. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Surface: Remove vegetation, debris, unacceptable materials, obstructions and deleterious materials from ground and subgrade surfaces, as applicable, prior to placement of fill materials. Plow, strip and break -up sloped surfaces, as applicable, steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will key and bond with existing surfaces. 2. Density: When ground and subgrade surfaces have a density less than specified under Article - Compaction, of this Section, for particular area classification, scarify and break -up surfaces, pulverize, moisture condition to optimum moisture content and compact to required depth and density. C. Prior to Backfill Placement: Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of following: 1. Below Grade Construction: Completion and acceptance of construction belowfinish ground surface elevation. 2. Utilities: Inspection, testing, approval and recording locations of underground utilities. 3. Formwork: Removal of concrete formwork, as applicable. 4. Stability: Removal of excavation stability materials, and backfilling of voids with fill material. Cut off temporary sheet piling to remain permanently in place. Remove such materials in manner to prevent settlement of structure or utilities, or leave permanently in place if required. 5. Clean -Up: Removal of trash and debris. 6. Bracing: Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing is in place on walls or like construction. D. Placement and Compaction: 1. Placement: Place fill materials in successive layers of 8 inches maximum in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment and 4 inches maximum in loose depth for material compacted by hand operated compaction equipment. 2. Optimum Moisture: Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer of fill material as necessaryto provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required density for respective area classification. 3. Prohibited Condition: Do not place fill materials on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -11 or ice. Also, do not place fill materials which contain excessive moisture, are frozen, or contain frost or ice. 4. Lumps: Fill materials shall be free of lump formations. 5. Support: Place fill materials to provide complete support under entire construction, including any appurtenances, as applicable. 6. Layers: a. Place fill materials in uniform horizontal loose layers, starting in deepest areas and progress approximately parallel to finish ground surface elevation. b. Maintain symmetrical loading on structures. Place fill materials uniformly around structures and like items to approximately same elevation in each lift, to required elevations. In placing fill materials prevent damaging walls, pavements and like items; protect against wedge action, eccentric loading or overloading of structures and like items by material placement and equipment. 7. Adjacent Structure: Do not place fill material above foundation line of adjacent structures. Notify Architect immediately if such conditions exist, including conditions that would not allow enough space for required drainage courses and planting soils to be installed below the top of foundation. 8. Evaluation: Do not place layer of loose fill material over a previously compacted layer, until after compacted layer is tested and evaluated by Quality Control Service and acceptable to Architect. 9. Compaction: Compact each layer of fill material with compaction equipment to speed maximum densities at optimum moisture. Do not use water for placement or compaction of fill materials. 3.10 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this Section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surfaces within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are indicated on Drawings, or between such points and existing grades. B. Outside Structure Lines: Grade areas to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding of water after rains. Finish surfaces to within 0.10 feet of required subgrade elevations, compacted as required, and free from irregular surface changes. C. Under Slabs -On- Ground: Grade area to line, elevation and cross - section required. Finish subgrade surface to within 0.10 feet of required elevation, and surface of base course to within plus 0 inch and minus 1 inch of required bottom of slab -on- ground elevation when tested with a 10 foot straightedge in any direction, compacted as required. Surface of base course shall be free of voids and sand. D. Under Basement Floors: Grade area to line, elevation and cross - section required. Finish subgrade surface to within 0.10 feet of required elevation, and surface of base course to within 1/2 inch of required elevation when tested with a 10 foot straightedge in any direction, compacted as required. Surface of base course shall be free of voids and sand. E. Under Pavements: Grade area to line, elevation and cross - section required. Finish subgrade surface to within 1/2 inch of required elevation when tested with a 10 foot straightedge in any direction, compacted as required, and free from irregular surface changes. F. Transition Grades: At finish grade or ground surface elevation, surfaces shall have a transition to existing conditions free from irregular surface changes with a maximum slope of 4 horizontal to 1 vertical, except as otherwise indicated on Drawings. REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -12 0 0 G. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade areas to depth and required percentage of density for 40 each area classification. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Owner will employ a Quality Control Service to perform during construction quality assurance and control evaluations of work to verify compliance of work with requirements of Contract Documents. Evaluations will include, but are not limited to, criteria specked in this Article. Quality Control Service will provide testing facilities and equipment. 2. Work may require re- evaluation as directed by Architect anytime during progress of work. Re- evaluation of rejected work and evaluation of replacement work shall be performed at expense of Contractor, at no addition to Contract Sum. 3. Allow Quality Control Service to evaluate subgrades, and fill and backfill layers before performing further construction work. B. Evaluations: 1. Evaluate whether methods of excavation, segregation of fill materials, preparation of subgrades, dewatering, placement of fill materials and like work are as required by Contract Documents and, if necessary, prescribe corrective measures. 2. Evaluate fill materials to determine acceptability and compaction criteria required to provide results indicated by Contract Documents. C. Bearing Capacities: For each strata of soil on which foundation elements will be placed, perform 1 test minimum at each isolated footing and for each 50 linear feet or fraction thereof of continuous or strip type foundations to verify actual net allowable soil bearing capacities. Test methods shall be acceptable to Quality Control Service. Subsequent verification and acceptance of each foundation element subgrade may be based on a visual comparison with related tested strata, when acceptable to Architect. D. Proofing Observations: 1. Provide continuous observation of proofing of project site areas. 2. Recommend acceptance of subgrade or make recommendations for corrective action. E. Density Tests: 1. General: Perform density tests meeting requirements of ASTM D1556 (sand cone method), ASTM D2167 (rubber balloon method), ASTM D2937 (drive cylinder method) or ASTM D2922 (nuclear method). a. Nuclear Method: When nuclear method is used: 1) Calibration curves shall be periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D1556. With each density calibration check, check calibration curves furnished with moisture gages meeting requirements of ASTM D3017. 2) Make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at beginning of work, on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as required to provide accurate data. 2. Slabs -On- Ground, Basement Floor and Pavement Subgrade Areas: REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -13 a. Fill Material Layers: For each compacted fill material layer, perform one field density test minimum for each 2,000 square feet of overlaying slabs -on- ground or pavement areas, but in no case less than three tests. b. Subgrades: Perform one field density test minimum of subgrade for each 2,000 square feet of slabs -on- ground, basement floors or pavement areas, but in no case less than three tests. 3. Foundation Element Subgrades: For each strata of soil on which foundation elements will be placed, perform one density test minimum at locations as directed by Architect to verify density of bearing area. Subsequent verification and acceptance of other foundation element subgrades may be based on visual comparison of each subgrade with related tested strata, when acceptable to Architect. 4. Foundation Element Backfill: Perform two field density tests minimum for each 100 linear feet of foundation elements, each side, at locations and elevations as directed by Architect, or as otherwise directed by Architect. 5. Results: Results of density tests which maybe selected will be considered satisfactory when test results are in each instance equal to or greater than required density, and if not more than 1 density test of 5 has a value greater than 2 percent below required density. 6. Additional Work: If, in opinion of Architect, based on Quality Control Service reports and inspections, subgrades or fill materials which have been placed are below required density, additional compaction shall be performed by Contractor and testing will be performed at expense of Contractor, at no addition to Contract Sum. F. Base Course Modulus of Reactions: Perform one modulus of reaction test for each 2,000 square feet of base course for concrete slabs -on- ground, within 14 days of placement of concrete. Modulus of reaction shall be equal to or more than modulus that was assumed in slab -on- ground thickness design. 3.12 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Maintain free of trash and debris. B. Repair: 1. Replace portions of embankments which have become displaced, disturbed or in need of repair. 2. Repair and re- establish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to required dimensions and tolerances. 3. Repair areas which fail to meet bearing or compaction standards as determined by Quality Control Service. C. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior to further construction. Use hand operated compaction equipment as required for recompaction over underground utilities. 3.13 MATERIAL DISPOSAL A. Project Site Material Reuse: 1. Structural Areas: Following materials which originate from project site activities may be used in construction of embankments in structural areas, in layers and compacted meeting requirements of this Section. If used, these materials shall be covered by 2 feet minimum depth of general fill REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -14 0 s material. a. Concrete without projecting reinforcing steel, bricks, rock, stone, reclaimed asphalt and aggregate base courses, broken or crushed so particles are 10 inches mabmum in any dimension. b. Rock removed from excavations, broken or crushed so particles are 10 inches ma)amum in any dimension. 2. Non - Structural Areas: Organic materials free of contamination by man made sources which originate from project site may be used in embankments in non - structural areas if acceptable to Architect. END OF SECTION REDWINE 18JAN08 SUPERSTRUCTURE EARTHWORK 02302 -15 • ALPINE ENGINEERING, INC SECTION 02370 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Excavation, grading, and installation of riprap, filter material, jute netting, straw bale sediment barriers, and all necessary appurtenances. B. Related Work: 1. Site Clearing: Section 02230 2. Earthwork: Section 02300 3. Storm Drainage: Section 02630 4. Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: If requested, furnish copies of tests from certified and acceptable testing laboratory 1. Gradation and Soundness of Riprap. 2. Gradation of Filter Material. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 RIP RAP • Hard, dense, sound, rough fractured stone meeting AASHTO T 85. Excavated shot rock may be used if agreed to by the Owner's representative and the Engineer. Neither breadth nor thickness of single stone to be less than one -third its length. Nominal Size Min. Volume Min. Weight 9" 0.25 CF 30 lbs. 12" 0.5 CF 75 lbs. 18" 1.8 CF 250 lbs. 24" 4 CF 600 lbs. Size of stone and total thickness of riprap as shown on drawings. Stone well graded so voids can be filled, and at least 50% of mass equal to or larger than size called for on drawings. 2.02 FILTER MATERIAL Aggregate Filter: Conform to following gradation: Sieve Size Percentage by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves 3" 100 3/4" 20 -90 No. 4 0 -20 No. 200 0 -3 Li AEI 18JAN08 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 02370-1 AMA 2.03 FILTER FABRIC Manufactured especially for stability of erosion control construction. Made from polyethylene and polypropylene yarns, in accordance with following: Weight Thickness Grab Strength Elongation Break Burst Strength Trapezoid Tear Strength 70 lb. Water Permeability Water Flow Rate Equivalent Opening Size 2.04 JUTE NETTING 4.0 oz/yd ASTM D1910 15 mils ASTM D1777 130 lbs. ASTM D1682 62% ASTM D1682 125 psi ASTM D7742 ASTM 2263 0.02 cm /se CFMC 4.80 gal /min /ft CFMC 70 -100 U.S. Sieve ASTM D422 Heavy -woven jute mesh of a rugged construction. Made of undyed and unbleached, twisted jute fibers, having smolder resistant treatment. Provide in rolls 225' by 4' wide containing 100 square yards weighing approAmately 90 pounds. 2.05 SILT FENCE A. Silt Fence Fabric: The fabric shall meet the following specifications: Fabric Properties Grab Tensile Strength (Ibs) Elongation at Failure ( %) Mullen Burst Strength (PSI) Puncture Strength (Ibs) Slurry Flow Rate (gal /min /sf) Equivalent Opening Size Ultraviolet Radiation Stability % Minimum Acceptable Value Test Method 90 ASTM D1682 50 ASTM D1682 190 ASTM D3786 40 ASTM D751 (modified) 0.3 40 -80 US Std Sieve CW -02215 90 ASTM -G -26 B. Fence Posts (for fabricated units): The length shall be a minimum of 36 inches long. Wood posts will be of sound quality hardwood with a minimum cross sectional area of 3.0 square inches. Steel posts will be standard T and U section weighing not less than 1.00 pound per linear foot. C. Wire Fence (for fabricated units): Wire fencing shall be a minimum 14 -1/4 gage with a ma )dmurn 6" mesh opening, or as approved. D. Prefabricated Units: Envirofence or approved equal may be used in lieu of the above method providing the unit is installed per manufacturer's instructions. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 FILTER FABRIC Place fabric over shaped surface loosely where, when large stones are placed, they will not cause stretching of fabric beyond elastic limits. Overlap joining sections 2' at edges. Secure overlapped edges to subgrade with cinch pins. If riprap is dropped, place aggregate bedding 2" thick over fabric. Place riprap in a manner that fabric will not be damaged by stretching, punching, or ripping. AEI Erosion and Sedimentation Control 02370-2 18JAN08 3.02 RIP RAP A. Reasonably well- graded from smallestto ma)amum size specified. Stones smallerthan 10% of smallest size not permitted. Control gradation of riprap by visual inspection to assure thickness of riprap conforms with drawings. B. Hand Placed: Rectangular to facilitate butt placement. Fill openings with loose, well- graded road aggregate base material. 3.03 FILTER MATERIAL Wet subgrade, reasonably shape, and compact prior to placing filter material. Filter material may be backdragged with loader bucket to a reasonably smooth surface for placement to lines and grades of drawings. 3.04 WATER BARS /INTERCEPTOR TRENCHES Construct ditch in accordance with drawings. Flow line of water bar not steeper than 1 %. Discharge on eiasting vegetated slopes alternately to avoid erosion. 3.05 STRAW BALE SEDIMENT BARRIER Use straw bale barriers at storm drain inlets, across minor swales and ditches, and other applications where barrier is of temporary nature. Bind straw bales with nylon or baling wire, not twine. Anchor bales to ground with two posts per bale. 4D 3.06 JUTE NETTING Start jute roll at top of slope or channel and unroll down grade. Lay second strip parallel to first and allow 2" overlap. Bury top end of roll in trench, minimum 4" deep. Anchor jute roll to earth surface with stakes of 8 gauge steel, 8" long, appro)amately 12" apart. Staple outside edges 4' to 10' apart and along overlap edges. Overlap end rolls by 4" and anchor securely. 3.07 CHECK DAMS Install bottom of check dam at least 6" below ma)amum depth of newly graded channel. Extend to 6" above ma)amum design water depth. Install materials in accordance with drawings. 3.08 FILTER BERM /SEDIMENT POND Field construct berm as directed by Engineer. Place washed 1" to 1 -1 /2" aggregate with 2'top and 3:1 side slopes extending to bottom of channel. Berm to retain sediments by retarding and filtering runoff. Place sand on face of berm for future replacement of filter material. Construct in accordance with drawings. 3.09 SILT FENCE Install silt fence in accordance with drawings. END OF SECTION AEI Erosion and Sedimentation Control 02370-3 18JAN08 • ALPINE ENGINEERING, INC SECTION 02510 LANDMARK CONDOMINIUMS WATER DISTRIBUTION PART 1 -GENERA 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Excavation, backfill, bedding, and installation of pipe, valves, fittings, fire hydrants, vaults, service lines, curb stops, valve boxes, pressure reducing valves, meters, and all necessary appurtenances. B. Related Work: 1. Site Clearing: Section 02230 2. Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921 C. Definition: 1. Trench Excavation: Excavation of all material encountered along trench other than rock excavation. 2. Rock Excavation: All solid rock formations which cannot be reasonably broken by a backhoe with 3/4 cubic yard bucket with bucket curling force and stick crowd force of 35,000 lbs. each, and requiring drilling and blasting. Boulders and large rocks one cubic yard or larger, are considered rock excavation. D. Local Water District Specifications: All work shall conform to the standard specifications for water lines as adopted by the local water District. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings or product data showing specific dimensions and construction materials for: 1. Valves and Valve Boxes 2. Fittings 3. Fire Hydrants 4. Vaults 5. Service Lines 6. Meters B. Test Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests for bedding and trench stabilization materials, concrete mix design, and compression test. C. Permits: Submit copies of all permits issued for project. D. Certificates: Submit copies of acceptance from Health Department prior to placing water system in service. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written authorization, cease concreting when descending air temperature in shade and away from artificial heat falls below 35 degrees F and there is frost in subgrade. When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-1 18JAN08 of mix shall not be less than 60 degrees F at time of placing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS All ductile iron pipe and fittings used shall meet the latest AWWA Specifications. A. Pipe 1. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, working pressure 350 psi, minimum thickness class 52, with cement - mortar lining, AWWA C104. Bituminous outside coating one mil thick. Pipe joints, push -on type utilizing rubber ring gasket, AWWA C111. 2. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Couplings: AWWA C900, working pressure 200 psi, with push -on joints ASTM D1869. six inch (6 "), eight inch (8 ") and twelve inch (12 ") PVC water lines shall be Class 200 dimension ratio 14 (DR 14). PVC pipe may be used only in corrosive areas and in the Edwards Metropolitan District provided the static water pressure does not exceed 170 psi. Installation of PVC pipe in corrosive areas must have prior written authorizations from the District. 3. Steel Pipe: All steel pipe and fittings shall be fabricated in accordance with AWWA Standard C -200 "Steel Water Pipe six inches (6 ") and Larger ", AWWA M -11 Steel Pipe Manual. All material used shall be acceptable under the "Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates of Structural Quality," ASTM A283. All fittings shall be fabricated from tested pipe and dye checked in accordance with AWWA C208. All steel pipe and fittings shall be prepared, primed, lined, coated, painted orwrapped as hereinafter specified: a. Exterior Surfaces - Scotchkote 206N- conform to AWWA C213 and C550. b. Interior Surfaces - Scotchkote 150N - conform to AWWA C213 and C550. B. Fittings Fittings shall be ductile iron and in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C153, pressure rating 350 psi. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA C111. Bolts and nuts shall be low -alloy steel. All fittings cement - mortar lined, AWWA C104. Bituminous outside coating one mil thick. 2.02 VALVES The valves shall be the same size as the main. A. Gate Valves Mueller A -2370. Cast iron body with pressure rating 200 psi, bronze - mounted, AWWA C509. Resilient seat gate valve. Valves, flanged or mechanical joint as required. Valves with ring stem seal, two inch (2 ") square operating nut, open left. Use gate valves on all pipe sizes up to and including twelve inches (12 "), Direction of opening: open right in the Water District; AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-2 18JAN08 open left all other locations. To determine the correct valve application, contact the District Inspector and Engineer prior to ordering material. B. Butterfly Valves Mueller Class 200 B. Conforming to AWWA C504. Tight closing with rubber seals fastened to valve body. Open right in V.V.C.W.D.. Open left all other locations. Use butterfly valves on installations larger than twelve inches (12 "). C. Valve Boxes All buried valves shall be provided with a six inch (6 ") cast iron valve box, screw type. The valve box shall be of a design which will not transmit shock or stress to the valve and shall have enough extension capability to be raised to final street grade. The valve box shall be cast iron, adjustable screw type, with minimum five inch (5") diameter shaft provided with cover, marked "water ". D. Pressure Reducing Valves All pressure reducing valves shall be Golden- Anderson cushioned, single globe, pilot pattern, hydraulically operated with flanged ends. The valve body shall be of cast iron ASTMA 26 with flanges conforming to the latest ANSI standards. The valve body shall be extra heavy construction throughout. The valve interior trim shall be bronze B -62 as well as the main valve operation. The valve seals shall be easily renewable while no diaphragm shall be permitted within the main valve body. All controls and piping shall be of non - corrosive construction. All service stubouts are required to have pressure reducing valves located within the building. CLA -VAL and Watts pressure reducing valves may be considered as an acceptable alternative. E. Air Release/Vacuum Valves APCO series 140C as manufactured by Valve and Primer Corp. The valve shall have a cast iron body, cover and baffle with a stainless steel float. The seat shall be fastened into the valve cover, without distortion, and shall be easily removed, if necessary. Air releaselvacuum valves shall be installed on all main line extensions at the high points in the system. F. Check Valves Golden- Anderson Silent Check Valve (Figure 280). Bronze mounted, AWWA C508. High strength cast iron gate with bronze gate ring. Bronze, back -faced seat ring. Solid bronze Y- shaped hinge. 2.03 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Mueller "Centurion" or "Waterous" conforming to AWWA Standard C502. Working pressure 200 psi. Six inch (6 ") mechanical joint inlet, minimum 5 -1/4" compression -type main valve which closes with pressure, two 2 -1/2" hose nozzles, and one 4 -1/2" pump nozzle. Nozzle threads ANSI B26. Nozzles easily replaced in field with standard tools. Operating and cap nuts 1 -1/2" No. 17 National Standard hex main valve opening left. Direction of opening indicated by arrow cast on top of hydrant. Breakable section which permits clean break at or near ground level, preventing water loss in case of breakage. Working parts removable for maintenance or repair without excavation. Operating mechanism non - wetting, oil reservoir AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-3 18JAN08 lubricated, with O -ring seals. Barrel drain bronze mounted with at least two outlets, and operate automatically with main valve. Fire hydrants must be installed on end of all mainlines. B. Fire Hydrant Extensions Same manufacturer as fire hydrant or approved equal, complete with barrel, operator rod, and all appurtenances. C. All hydrants shall be installed with a guard valve to isolate hydrant for repair while maintaining service to main. No service line taps will be allowed between guard valve and hydrant. D. Fire hydrants must be installed at ends of all lines unless otherwise approved by the Eagle River Water and Sanitation District. 2.04 SERVICE LINES A. Copper Tubing Type "K ", ASTM B88. Connections to be compression or silver soldered. B. Corporation Stops Mueller 300 Ball Valve No. B -25008 or B25028, AWWA C800. All brass construction with compression connection. McDonald No. 4701 BT or 4704 BT, AWWA C800. C. Curb Stops Mueller 300 Ball Curve Valve No. 25209 with compression connections, AWWA C -800. McDonald Ball Curb Valve - 6100 T, AWWA C800. D. Curb Boxes Mueller H- 10316. 2 -1/2" shaft with extension, Tyler 101F with extension or equal. Shaft extensions over nine feet (9) will not be permitted. E. Saddles Mueller H -10500 or approved equal. Double flat strap design with ductile iron body. Conform to AWWA C800. 2.05 METERS Rockwell SR Compound Meter A. All services are required to have a positive displacement Rockwell meter with ECR touch -read pad. Conformance per AWWA C702 Standard for Cold Water Meters - Compound Type. 1. SR 2. SR2 3. Compound 4. Meter Type will be determined by the District AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-4 18JAN08 7 B. Installation must be in freeze - proof, accessible area. C. A telephone jack must be installed within five feet (6) of the meter to provide for future automated meter reading. D. Installation will be near floor level in a horizontal position. Isolation valves shall be located before the PRV and after the meter (i.e. valve, PRV, meter, valve). E. Customer shall install wire from meter location to touch -read pad prior to meter installation. F. Touch -read pad will be located on street side of building, five feet (5') above the ground in an accessible location free from snow. G. Master Meter Vaults: All master meter vaults will be required to have a six inch (6 ") Rockwell turbine meterwith a two inch (2 ") positive displacement lowflow meter. The Contractorwill be required to submit a piping schematic to the District and Engineer prior to any installation. Refer to Details for additional information. 2.06 BEDDING A. Granular material - 3/4" screened rock. The bedding material shall be free of corrosive properties and shall conform to the following gradation limits when tested by means of laboratory sieves: 3/4" Screened Rock Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 3/4 inch 100 1/2 inch 90 -100 3/8 inch 40 -70 No. 4 0 -15 No. 8 0 -5 B. On -site 1 -1/2" minus well graded screened material, free from organic materials, chunks of soil, frozen material, debris, or other suitable materials. Use of on -site bedding material must have prior written District and Engineer approval. C. %" Class 6 aggregate base course where specked in the plans and details. Class 6 ABC shall meet CDOT specifications. 2.07 TRENCH BACKFILL Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable. No boulders over six inches (6") in diameter in top twelve inches (12 ") of trench. No backfill material with boulders larger than eighteen inches (18 ") in diameter shall be backfilled in the trench. No boulders over 6" in trench backfill for trenches located within the Town of Vail right -of -way or those portions of Tract C Vail /Lionshead, Third Filing owned by the Town of Vail. 2.08 CONCRETE MATERIAL A. General: All materials shall be furnished from sources agreed to by the Engineer. AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 18JAN08 02510-5 LM B. Cement: ASTM C -150 for Portland Cement, Type II. Cement which has become partially set or contains lumps of caked cement shall be rejected. C. Aggregate: ASTM C33. D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, alkali, or organic materials harmful to concrete. 2.09 CONCRETE MIX A. Design Mix 1. Proportions Cement 5 -1/2 sacks per cubic yard Coarse aggregate - 43% Water - 5.5 gallons per sack Maximum size aggregate - 3/4" 2. Slump: 4" maximum 3. Strength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days 4. Air Content: 5% - 7% B. Job -Mixed Concrete Mixed in drum mixer conforming to Concrete Paving Mixer Standards of Mixer Manufacturers Bureau of Associated General Contractors of America. Mixer shall be capable of combining aggregates, cement, and water into thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Discharge entire contents of drum before recharging. Continue mixing of each batch for not less than 10 minutes after all materials are in drum. C. Ready -Mixed Concrete Proportioned, m ixed and transported in accordance with ASTM C94. Any concrete not plastic and workable when it reaches project shall be rejected. 2.10 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT When required by the District, a polyethylene encasement material shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C105, with the following additional requirements. The raw material used to manufacture polyethylene film shall be Type 1, Class A, Grade E -1, in accordance with ASTM D -1248. 2.11 THRUST BLOCKS AND ANCHORS Concrete thrust blocks and anchors shall be sized for the internal pipe pressure and soil bearing capacity. Standard sizes and shapes of thrust blocks and anchors are shown on the details. No thrust block shall be smaller than that size required for an eight inch (8 ") main. Thrust reaction blocking shall be concrete of a mix not leaner than 1 part cement to 2 -1/2 parts sand and 5 parts stone, and having a compressive strength of not less than 3000 P.S.I. after 28 days. Megalug thrust restraints may be substituted for concrete thrust blocking provided prior approval has been given by the District and the Engineer. AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-6 18JAN08 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCHING A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depths required. Confine excavation to work limits. B. Rock Trench Excavation: Prior to removal, notify Engineer of areas requiring rock excavation. C. Blasting: In general, blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a permit by the local authority having jurisdiction granted. All explosives and appurtenances shall be transported, handled, stored and used in accordance with the laws of the local, state and federal governments, as applicable. All blasting shall be controlled so as not to injure any existing structure or facility. The protection of life and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the person or persons conducting the blasting operation. The hours of blasting shall be in accordance with the permit of the local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimum 24 hour notification to Engineer. D. Trench Support: The trench shat l be adequately supported and the safety of workers provided for as required by the most recent standards adopted by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards Board. Sheeting and shoring shall be utilized where required to prevent any excessive widening or sloughing of the trench, which may be detrimental to human safety, to the pipe and appurtenances being installed, to existing utilities, to existing structures, or to any other existing facility or item. 3.02 UNSTABLE TRENCH BOTTOM AND EXCAVATION IN POOR SOIL If the bottom of the excavation at subgrade is found to be soft or unstable or to include ashes, cinders, refuse, vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fragments of inorganic material that cannot satisfactorily support the pipe or structure then the Contractor shall further excavate and remove such unsuitable material. Before the pipe or structure is installed, the subgrade shall be accepted by the Engineer. 3.03 BEDDING Install in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of 6" below bottom of pipe to 1' over the top of pipe for entire width of trench. 3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: Deliver, handle, store, and install in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and the applicable paragraphs of AWWA C600, AWWA C603, and ASTM D2321. Carefully examine all pipe and fittings for cracks and other defects. Groove in bells of ductile iron pipe to be full and continuous or be rejected. Remove all foreign matter from interior and ends of pipe and appurtenances before lowering into trench. Carefully lower all pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants into trench piece by piece to prevent damage to pipe materials, protective coatings, and linings. Do not dump into trench. If pipe cannot be lowered into trench and into place without getting earth into it, place heavy, tightly woven canvas bag over each end and leave in place until joints are made. During pipe laying, place no debris, tools, clothing or other materials in pipe. AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-7 18JAN08 E Keep trenches free from water during pipe laying and jointing. Dewatering of trench considered as incidental to construction an all costs included in contract prices. When pipe laying is not in progress, close open ends of pipe by watertight plug, or other means approved by Engineer. B. Deflection of Pipe: Pipe deflections are discouraged. Do not exceed 50% of the deflection limits for each type of pipe as recommended by pipe manufacturer. C. Pipe Jointing 1. General: Cut pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces in neat and workmanlike manner with no damage to pipe or lining. Leave smooth end at right angles to axis of pipe. 2. Mechanical Joints: Thoroughly clean last 8" of spigot and inside bell to remove oil, grit, tar, and other foreign matter. Coat spigot and gasket with solution furnished by pipe manufacturer. Slip cast -iron gland on spigot end of pipe with lip extension of gland toward spigot end. Coat gasket with joint lubricant and place on spigot end of pipe to be laid, with thick edge toward gland. Push entire section forward to seat spigot in bell of pipe in place. Press gasket into place within bell, even around entire joint. Move ductile -iron gland along pipe into position for bolting all nuts with suitable torque wrench. Alternately tighten nuts 180 degrees apart to produce equal pressure on all parts of gland. Pipe Size Bolt Size Range of Torque Inches Inches Ft.-Lb. 3" 5/8 45-60 4 " -24" 3/4 75-90 3. Push -on Joints: Thoroughly clean exterior 4" of pipe spigot and inside of adjoining bell to remove all oil, grit, tar, and other matter. Place gasket in bell with large round side of gasket pointing inside pipe bell. Apply thin film joint lubricant over gasket's entire exposed surface. Wipe spigot end of pipe clean and insert into bell to contact gasket. Force pipe into bell to manufacturer's jointing mark. 4. Flanged Joints: Thoroughly clean faces of flanges of all oil, grease, and other material. Thoroughly clean rubber gaskets and check for proper fit. Assure proper seating of flanged gasket. Tighten blots so pressure on gasket is uniform. Use torque wrenches to insure uniform bearing. If joints leak when hydrostatic test applied, remove and replace gaskets and retighten bolts. D. Thrust Restraint: Concrete thrust blocks are required. 3.05 SANITARY SEWER CROSSING A. Normal Conditions: Whenever possible lay water mains over sanitary sewers to provide vertical separation of at least 18" between invert of water main and crown of sewer. B. Unusual Conditions: If above separation cannot be met, use following: 1. Sewer passing over or less than 18" under water main. AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-8 18JAN08 0 • 73 2 3.06 TAPPING PIPE Use experienced workmen with tools in good repair and proper adapters for size of pipe being tapped. Drilling and tapping machines proposed for tapping directly into pipe agreed to by Engineer. If tap is improperly installed with leakage around threads or, in opinion of Engineer, connection is substandard, provide tap saddle at Contractors' expense. If damage to pipe cannot be repaired by saddle, install approved repair sleeve over injured portion and retap at Contractor's expense. Install corporation stop and couplings, flanged coupling adapters, and service saddles to provide clean seat. Wipe gaskets clean before installation. Flexible couplings and flanged coupling adaptergaskets may be lubricated for installation on pipe ends. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Tighten bolts progressively from opposite sides until all bolts have uniform tightness. Use torque wrenches or other approved equipment. A 3.07 SERVICE LINE Place true to line and grade in accordance with drawings, from main line to curb stop or meter, in shortest direct route by continuous section of pipe with no splices. Locate 10' horizontally from all sewer lines. Terminate near center of each lot or as shown on drawings. 3.08 VALVES AND HYDRANTS Carefully inspect valve and hydrant before installation. Clean interior. Operate valve and hydrant to determine parts in proper working order, with valves seating and drain valve operating properly. Set plumb and securely braced into place. Set hydrant with bury line at finish grade, with hose nozzles parallel to and pumper nozzle facing pavement, at least 6" behind curb or sidewalk and 18" from property line or as shown on drawings. Provide drainage pit having 9 square feet of surface area and 2' of depth below seep hole. Backfill pits with 1 -1/2" washed rock to 6" above barrel drain hole. Provide thrust blocking at bowl of each hydrant as shown on drawings. Do not obstruct barrel drain hole. Hydrants and valves backfilled by installing 1 -1/2" aggregate road base to subgrade. Valve boxes centered and plumb over the operating nut. Valve boxes supported by bricks or other means to prevent any shock or stress transmitted to pipe or valve. Set valve box covers to just below subgrade level to prevent damage during construction of surfacing if applicable. Adjust to grade of surfacing. 3.09 PLUGGING DEAD ENDS a. One continuous length of watertight pressure pipe C900 PVC 20' long centered on water main. Joints between different pipes encased in concrete 6" thick and extending 6" either side of joint; or b. Sewer pipe encased in 6" concrete around pipe, and extend 10' either side of water main. Water mains passing under sewers: If vertical separation less than 18" provide structural support for sewer. Install standard plugs or caps at dead ends of all fittings and pipe in accordance with drawings. If dead end is not to be extended, place water service line as near dead end as practical. U 3.10 VAULTS AEI 18JAN08 WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-9 a Construct vaults to line and grade shown on drawings. 3.11 CONCRETE WORK A. Placement: Place to required depth and width conforming to drawings. Place concrete as uniformly as possible in order to minimize amount of additional spreading. Place and consolidate with suitable tools to avoid formations of voids, honeycomb or pockets. Well vibrated and tamped against forms. B. Retempering: Do not retem per concrete or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing with or without additional cement, aggregate, or water. Provide concrete in such quantity as is required for immediate use. C. Curing: Protect against loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, from rain, and flowing water for not less than two days from placement of concrete. Immediately after finishing, cover concrete surface with curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer. Protect exposed edge of concrete slabs by removing forms immediately to provide these surfaces with continuous curing treatment. 3.12 BACKFILL A. One Foot Over Pipe: Use 3/4" screened rock for cover material and backfill by approved mechanical methods. Cover material shall be clean soil, free from organic materials, chunks of soil, frozen material, debris or other unsuitable materials. Place and compact starting at top of pipe bedding extending upwards to 1' above top of pipe. Place in lifts to a density of 864e 90 %, AASHTO T99. B. Remainder of Trench: Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable. No boulders over 6" in diameter in top 12" trench. No backfill material with boulders larger than 18" in diameter. Carefully lower boulders larger than 12" in diameter into trench until backfill is 4' over top of pipe. No boulders over 6" in trench backfill for trenches located within the Town of Vail right -of -way or those portions of Tract C Vail /Lionshead, Third Filing owned by the Town of Vail. 3.13 COMPACTION A. Demonstrate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonstration section for uniform density throughout depth of each lift. Alter construction methods until acceptable to Engineer. Continue same procedure until significant change in soils occurs, or compaction is not being achieved, then demonstrate new method. B. Compaction requirements for all trenches: 1. Predominantly cohesive soils where AASHTO T99 procedures are applicable: Compact uniformly throughout each lift to 95 %, AASHTO T99. 2. Predominately of rock, to 18" in diameter: Place in loose lifts up to average rock dimension. Placing of occasional boulders of sizes larger than maximum layer thickness may be agreed to by Engineer, provided material is carefully placed and large stones well distributed with voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. Level and smooth each layer to distribute soils and finer fragments of earth. Wet each loose layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing additional lifts. AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-10 18JAN08 • • 0 3. Trenches outside road right -of -way: Compact to 95% AASHTO T99. 3.14 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT Score existing surface with a cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existing surface and aggregate base course. Leave 6" undisturbed subgrade lip on each side of trench. After trench has been backfilled and properly compacted, place aggregate base course in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact aggregate base course to 95% AASHTO T180. Replace pavement in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thickness in these Specifications. Compact asphalt to 95% ASTM D1559; consolidate concrete with vibrators. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Notify Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of pipe being laid in any trench. Cover no pipes until observed by Engineer. Notify Engineer at least 48 hours before pipe is to be tested. B. Hydrostatic Testing 1. General: Make pressure and leakage tests on all newly laid pipe. Test two or more valved sections not to exceed 1000 feet. Test first section of pipe laid to verify if watertight. Lay no additional pipe until first test section has passed tests. Furnish the following equipment and materials for tests, unless otherwise directed by Engineer: 2 Graduated containers 2 Pressure gauges 1 Suitable hose and suction pipe as required 2. Testing Procedure: Test each 1000 feet of line installed while trench is partially backfilled and joints are left exposed for examination for leaks. Do not conduct pressure tests until 48 hours after placement of concrete thrust blocks. After pipe has been partially backfilled, slowly let water into line. Vent to allow air in line to be released. Flush line as necessary for cleaning. Leave water in line for 24 hours prior to pressure test. Test at 1 -1 /2 times working pressure, calculated for low point of test section, or 150 psi, whichever is greater. Valve off pump and hold pressure in line for test. Test for two hours or as agreed to by Engineer. At end of test, operate pump until test pressure is again attained. Calibrate container of water for pump suction to determine amount of water to replace leakage. 3. Leakage Allowance: Leakage is quantity of water necessary to refill line at end of test period. No installation will be accepted until leakage is less than: ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE PER 1000' OF PIPE IN GPH Avg. Test Nominal Pipe Diameter - in. Pressure psi 6 8 10 12 18 200 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.91 175 0.59 0.80 0.99 1.19 1.79 150 0.55 0.74 0.92 1.10 1.66 125 0.50 0.67 0.84 1.01 1.51 100 0.45 0.60 0.75 0.90 1.35 AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-11 18JAN08 u *For pipe with 18' nominal lengths. To obtain recommended allowable leakage for pipe with 20' nominal lengths, multiply the leakage calculated from the table by 0.9. If pipeline under test contains sections of various diameters, allowable leakage will be sum of computed leakage for each size. Reduce allowable leakage proportionately for sections less than 1000 ft. 3.16 FLUSHING AND DISINFECTING A. General: In accordance with AWWA C601. Acceptable chlorine disinfectants are calcium hypochlorite granules, sodium hypochlorite solutions, and calcium hypochlorite tablets. B. Chlorine -water solution method: Chlorine Required to Produce 25 mg /L Concentration in 100 feet of Pipe - by Diameter Pipe 100 Percent 1 Percent Diameter Chlorine Chlorine Solution In. Lb. Gal. 4 013 .16 6 .030 .36 8 .054 .65 10 .085 1.02 12 .120 1.44 16 .217 2.60 Induce chlorine solution into pipe line at a continuous feed rate to attain a concentration of 25 Mg /L free chlorine. C. Tablet Method: May not be used on solvent welded plastic pipe. May be used only when all foreign materials have been kept out of pipe. If ground water has entered pipe during installation and tablets have been installed, flush main and use chlorine -water solution method. Do not use if temperature is below 5 degrees C. Place tablets with non -to)ac adhesive in each pipe length in top of pipe in accordance with following table: Number of 5 -g Hypochlorite Tablets Required for Dose of 25 mg/L* Pipe Diameter in. Length of Pipe Section, ft. 13 18 20 30 40 4 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 2 2 8 1 2 2 3 4 10 2 3 3 4 5 12 3 4 4 6 7 16 4 6 7 10 13 *Based on 3.25g available chlorine per tablet, any portion of tablet rounded to next higher number. AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-12 18JAN08 • D. Chlorination Test: Assure valves are closed on e)asting system to prevent chlorine solution flowing into ebsting system. Retain 25 mg /L chlorinated water in pipe line for minimum of 24 hours. During retention period operate all valves and hydrants to disinfect. At end of 24 hour period, chlorine in system to be no less than 10 mg/L throughout length tested. When section being tested meets 10 mg/L chlorine after 24 hours, flush main. Water samples taken shall show no coliform organisms. If water in pipe does not meet the governing health agency requirements, repeat disinfection procedure, at Contractor's a )pense, until requirements are met. furnish acceptance forms from governing agency to Engineer. 3.17 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION Restore all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other structures or surfaces to condition equal to or better than before work began, and to satisfaction of Engineer. Deposit all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding of site, if required. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose of all waste material off site. END OF SECTION AEI WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-13 18JAN08